Reading view

Pixel Watch Receives October 2025 Update with Security Fixes and Bug Improvements

Google pixel watch 4 AH 53

Earlier this year, Google announced its latest Wear OS 6 update for its Pixel Watch lineup. However, when it comes to legacy wearables, only the Pixel Watch 2 and 3 got the update. This means that the original Pixel Watch is still stuck at Wear OS 5. However, if you own the original Pixel Watch, we have good news as Google has released the October 2025 update for it.

Pixel Watch gets October 2025 update

According to Google, it says that all eligible original Pixel Watch devices should get the October 2025 update starting today. “The rollout will continue over the coming weeks in phases depending on carrier and device. Users will receive a notification on their watch once the software update becomes available.”

Before you get too excited, no, the update isn’t bringing about new features. Instead, according to Google, the update is focused more on security updates and bug fixes. So, if you’re still holding onto the OG Pixel Watch, keep an eye out for this update. Hopefully, it should fix any bugs you might be encountering on the phone.

Also, it’s worth noting that the smartwatch is guaranteed at least 3 years of updates. This means that the October 2025 is the last guaranteed update you’ll get. This doesn’t mean that Google won’t release updates in the future. It is possible that the company could release an emergency update if there are any critical issues. But moving forwards, you probably shouldn’t expect anything else.

How to update your Pixel Watch

As Google said, the rollout will take place over the coming weeks. This means if you don’t see the update available right now, don’t worry, it should eventually make its way to you. However, if you want to check if there’s an update available, it’s pretty easy. Just go to Settings > System > System updates. Tap on the “Your watch is update to date” screen multiple times to initial the download.

Once that’s done, just update your watch and you’re good to go. While the original Pixel Watch has been around for a few years, it’s still a very viable smartwatch. If you’re just looking for a smartphone companion for your wrist, it’s more than sufficient. Otherwise, you might want to consider upgrading to the Pixel Watch 4.

The post Pixel Watch Receives October 2025 Update with Security Fixes and Bug Improvements appeared first on Android Headlines.

HONOR Magic8 Ultra Details Leak: Snapdragon 8 Elite Power and Upgraded Cameras

MTG ºiþO ProÑ *H16 9 RGB

Earlier this month, Honor unveiled its latest flagship smartphone, the Honor Magic8 series. However, if you thought that the company was done with phones for the rest of the year, think again. According to the details, Honor could be working on an Ultra version of the Magic8 series.

Honor Magic8 Ultra details revealed

In a post on Weibo, tipster Digital Chat Station dropped some hints on the details we can expect from the Honor Magic8 Ultra. The post claims that the phone, like the rest of the Magic8 lineup, will be powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite 5 chipset. It will also feature a 6.71-inch 1.5K LTPO quad-curved screen, support for 3D face recognition, and a built-in 3D ultrasonic fingerprint sensor.

As for the cameras, the post claims that Honor is testing use of of OmniVision’s OV50R main camera. It is also rumored to feature a 5,000W ultra-high dynamic range solution, and a new large-bottom periscope telephoto lens. As for the battery, Digital Chat Station says it will start with the “7” figure. To be honest, at this point, we’re not sure other than the cameras, how different the Ultra version is compared to the rest of the lineup.

However, it seems to be part of Chinese phone makers strategy, which is to release Ultra-variants of their phones. So far, we know of phones like the Xiaomi 17 Ultra, Oppo Find X9 Ultra, and the Vivo X300 Ultra. So it looks like Honor is joining in on the fun. 

Contradicting reports

That being said, we should point out that the recent post does contradict some earlier reports. According to past reports, the Magic8 Ultra might actually use the MediaTek Dimensity 9500 chipset. Also, while some expect the phone to be announced by the end of the year, some suggest it could launch in the first half of 2026.

In any case, we should have more details in the coming months. But in the meantime, if you’d rather not wait, the Honor Magic8 Pro is already quite the powerhouse. It might be worth checking out if you’re in the market for a new phone.

The post HONOR Magic8 Ultra Details Leak: Snapdragon 8 Elite Power and Upgraded Cameras appeared first on Android Headlines.

OnePlus Turbo Specs Leak: Massive 8,000mAh Battery and Snapdragon 8 Elite Power

OnePlus 15 image 83459438

OnePlus recently took the wraps off its latest flagship smartphone over in China. This came in the form of the OnePlus 15. But it turns out OnePlus isn’t done with new phones just yet. According to the rumors, the company is working on a phone called the OnePlus Turbo. Now, thanks to a report by Smartprix, the OnePlus Turbo specs have been revealed.

OnePlus Turbo specs revealed

According to the rumors, the OnePlus Turbo is meant to be a gaming smartphone. Based on the rumored specs of the OnePlus Turbo, there is one major difference between it and the OnePlus 15: battery.

The OnePlus 15 comes with a 7,300mAh battery, which is already impressive. However, the report claims that the OnePlus Turbo could pack an even larger battery, going up to a whopping 8,000mAh. This, combined with the 100W charging, will make the phone an endurance beast.

However, since the focus is more on performance, OnePlus could dial back on the cameras. The rumors are saying we can look forward to a dual camera setup on the back. This will consist of a 50MP main shooter and an 8MP ultrawide. This is compared to the OnePlus 15, which sports a triple 50MP camera setup on the back.

As for the rest of the phone, it appears to be more or less identical to its flagship sibling. We’re talking about a ~6.7-inch 1.5K OLED display with a 165Hz refresh rate. We’re also looking at the use of the Snapdragon 8 Elite 5. So, like we said, the major difference here is in its battery. If you don’t really care too much about cameras, then the OnePlus Turbo could make a good alternative to the OnePlus 15, especially if battery life is a big deal for you.

Coming not so soon

Smartprix claims that their source told them the handset is currently being tested in India. If testing goes to plan, the OnePlus Turbo could launch in the next two months. This is an odd time for a release towards the end of the year. However, OnePlus might be able to catch a break.

Samsung typically launches its new flagships in January. This means if OnePlus launches it in December, it would have very little time before Samsung takes over the news cycle. However, last we heard, Samsung could delay the launch of the Galaxy S26 to March 2026.

The post OnePlus Turbo Specs Leak: Massive 8,000mAh Battery and Snapdragon 8 Elite Power appeared first on Android Headlines.

Exclusive: Google Pixel 10a Official CAD Renders & Rumors

Pixel10a 5K3

After releasing almost every detail of the Pixel 10 series ahead of the official launch in August, we’re back at it again with the upcoming Pixel 10a. There have been rumors that the Pixel 10a would launch before the end of 2025, but given where we are in the rumor mill, we don’t believe that is accurate. We do believe it’ll launch in early 2026.

With that said, we have official renders based on CADs for the Pixel 10a. And to your surprise, it doesn’t look that different versus the Pixel 9a. Unfortunately, this blue color might not be real, but we’d love for Google to use it.

Google Pixel 10a CAD Renders

We have three CAD renders to show off here. This shows different angles of the Pixel 10a, which look identical to the Pixel 9a. Now, unfortunately, we can’t confirm or deny if there is a SIM card slot on the Pixel 10a, since that detail is typically not included in CAD renders. It is included in the CAD render here, but that doesn’t confirm that it will be available on the final model when that launches.

Pixel10a 5K2
Pixel10a 5K3
Pixel10a 5K1
Pixel10a 5K2
Pixel10a 5K3
Pixel10a 5K1

As you can see from these renders, Google is sticking with what looks to be a plastic back that is completely flat and flush with the camera module. Google is also sticking with a dual-camera setup on the rear, and some rather thick bezels on the front. The volume rocker continues to be below the power button – the opposite of almost every Android phone on the market.

There are antenna lines on the sides, top and bottom. With a microphone hole at the top as well as the bottom. It also looks like Google has made the bottom symmetrical with the speaker and microphone holes.

Google Pixel 10a Specifications (rumored)

We’re currently pretty early in the rumor mill for the Pixel 10a, so the specs haven’t surfaced as much. But we do know that it’ll be roughly the same physical size as Pixel 9a. With a 6.2-inch display and dimensions of 153.9 x 72.9 x 9mm. That’s actually rather thick compared to a lot of other phones on the market today.

There is also a rumor that is pointing to the Pixel 10a using the Tensor G4 (same as Pixel 9a) instead of the newer Tensor G5 in the Pixel 10 series. This could be due to the cost of the Tensor G5, since it is a TSMC-manufactured chip and does cost significantly more than the Tensor G4 did. This is said to be a “boosted” Tensor G4, likely a higher clocked chipset.

Last year, Google surprised us with the Pixel 9a, outfitting it with a 5,100mAh battery. Since the phone is actually thicker, we are expecting an even larger battery this year. But, I don’t think many would complain about a 5,100mAh battery on Pixel 10a either, considering battery life was so great on the 9a.

Google should stick with the same cameras again this year, and it’ll also have 7 years of software support. Pricing should also remain almost identical to last year, at $499 for 128GB of storage.

How will it compare to the Pixel 9a?

From what we know so far about the Pixel 10a, it’s going to be almost identical to the Pixel 9a. Perhaps slightly better performance, WiFi signal, and battery life. That would likely be about it here. Along with some new colors, but that doesn’t really determine whether you’d buy it or not.

google pixel 9a vs pixel 10a AH

Above, you can see how similar these two look side-by-side. Really, the only way to tell them apart is going to be the colors. Though, bezels do look significantly smaller this year. We’ll have to wait for the final renders to see if that is indeed the case, as CADs are usually approximate, and not always 100% correct.

Google Pixel 10a vs Pixel 9a Spec Comparison

As mentioned, specs haven’t really surfaced all that much yet for the Pixel 10a. So we’ve compiled what we’ve seen rumored so far, and speculated with the rest, given what we can see in these CADs, as well as how often Google sticks with the same specs.

Editor’s Note: Everything that is speculated for the Pixel 10a is denoted with an asterisk.

H1 2025 Family Bundles
Google Pixel 9a
Pixel10a 5K1
Google Pixel 10a
Google Pixel 9a Google Pixel 10a
Dimensions 154.7 x 73.3 x 8.9mm 153.9 x 72.9 x 9.0mm
Weight 186g 186 grams*
Display 6.3-inch FHD+ 120Hz P-OLED 6.2-inch FHD+ 120Hz P-OLED
Refresh rate 60-120Hz (adaptive) 60-120Hz (adaptive)*
Resolution 2424 x 1080 2424 x 1080*
Chipset Google Tensor G4 Google Tensor G4 (boosted)
RAM 8GB 8GB*
Storage 128GB/256GB 128GB/256GB*
Main camera 48MP (f/1.7 aperture, 1/2.0″ sensor size) 48MP (f/1.7 aperture, 1/2.0″ sensor size)*
Ultra-wide camera 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 120-degree FOV) 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 120-degree FOV)*
Selfie camera 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1/3.1″ sensor size) 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1/3.1″ sensor size)*
Battery size 5,100mAh 5,100mAh*
Charging 23W wired, 7.5W wireless 23W wired, 7.5W wireless*
Colors Obsidian, Porcelain, Iris, Peony N/A
View Specifications

When will the Google Pixel 10a launch?

Of course, the biggest question of all is, when will the Google Pixel 10a launch? There was a wacky rumor about a month ago that claimed the Pixel 10a would launch before the end of 2025. Which we do not believe. Here’s why.

To launch the Pixel 10a before the end of the year would be a really bad decision, especially in the US. Really anything launched after October is a terrible idea because of holiday shopping. On top of that, all of the new flagships with Qualcomm and MediaTek’s new chips are launching at this time. So it would get buried. But if we take the holidays out of the equation, we are just not seeing images of the Pixel 10a. This usually happens about 6 months ahead of the actual launch. Which means we’re likely gonna see a March or April launch once again.

DeviceAnnouncement DateRelease Date
Google Pixel 9aMarch 19, 2025April 10, 2025
Google Pixel 8aMay 7, 2024May 14, 2024
Google Pixel 7aMay 10, 2023May 10, 2023

As you can see from the previous release dates, the Pixel 10a is likely going to launch in March. The Pixel 9a was delayed a bit because they found an issue with manufacturing which delayed the device’s shipping by a couple of weeks. So very unlikely that the Pixel 10a will launch in 2025; however, Google has been adjusting the release timelines for its devices and software lately.

The post Exclusive: Google Pixel 10a Official CAD Renders & Rumors appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung Envisions a 6G Future Driven by AI and Real-World Benefits

6G image 839483498

During a global conference on 6G, which is currently ongoing in Korea, Samsung had some interesting things to say. Lee Ju-Ho, a fellow at Samsung Research, said that the changes 6G will bring “cannot be expressed in numbers.”

Samsung envisions a 6G future with major changes and AI involvement

He also added: “we must change the direction of the technology” in order to illustrate the benefits of 6G. On top of all that, Lee Ju-Ho also said: “We will find it difficult to solve the various problems we face by emphasizing only the peak performance of the 4G and 5G era.”

Samsung doesn’t think that hyping up 6G’s numbers is the way to go. The hype around 5G’s performance gains, higher connection speeds, lower latency, and so on, were not the right call.

Lee Ju-Ho believes that the advantages for 6G will be “qualitative”, while he referred to native AI a “key feature of 6G”. He added that AI will be essential to “solve previously impossible realities.”

It seems like Samsung believes that reliability, energy efficiency, and security will be key for 6G, along with AI, of course. Lee Ju-Ho said that 6G will benefit an aging population and those who live on their own. How? Well, for one, self-learning AI is expected to manage the network and also fix certain problems on its own.

He added that Integrated Sensing and Communication (ISAC), where sensors in the network create real-time spatial awareness, could be used in autonomous transport. That’s just another example.

Samsung wants to focus on real-world benefits

Samsung obviously wants to focus on real-world and social benefits, rather than hyping up numbers. Well, at least that’s what we got from what Lee Ju-Ho said during this global conference.

As a reminder, the first commercial industry standard for 6G is expected to arrive in 2029.

The post Samsung Envisions a 6G Future Driven by AI and Real-World Benefits appeared first on Android Headlines.

Amazon Reportedly Planning Massive Corporate Layoffs

AH Amazon Logo (1)

Yes, it’s true that many companies went out of business during the pandemic, and many people lost their jobs. However, the tech industry actually saw a surge in hirings. But it looks like that hiring spree is coming to a head. According to a report from Reuters, Amazon could be looking to conduct corporate layoffs.

Amazon to conduct corporate layoffs

Based on the report, Amazon corporate layoffs could be the largest layoffs the company conducted since 2023. The Reuters report suggests that Amazon could be looking to layoff up to 30,000 corporate positions. This is higher than the 27,000 job cuts that the company had previously conducted.

30,000 positions seem like a lot, but to Amazon, that’s roughly 10% of its corporate workforce. This will cover various departments such as human resources, cloud computing, advertising, and more. However, the total number of staff reductions hasn’t been finalized yet, but for now, it is estimated to be around 30,000.

Is AI coming for our jobs?

Many companies, not just Amazon, conduct layoffs periodically as a way to cut costs. But when there’s a surge in demand, these companies tend to hire again. However, what’s worrying about the recent layoffs is that some of these positions may never be filled by humans again.

Amazon CEO Andy Jassy said back in June that some jobs will be cut because of AI. Jassy said at that time, “As we roll out more Generative AI and agents, it should change the way our work is done. We will need fewer people doing some of the jobs that are being done today, and more people doing other types of jobs.”

It is true that as AI becomes smarter and more capable that jobs that humans used to do may no longer be necessary. If an AI can generate reports and summarize information in minutes compared to the hours it takes a human, it makes sense who you’d rather keep from an efficiency point of view.

But this doesn’t necessarily mean that humans are doomed to be jobless. The rise of AI represents a new industry that we can transition to. As the saying goes, when one door closes, another opens.

The post Amazon Reportedly Planning Massive Corporate Layoffs appeared first on Android Headlines.

Deleted a Text by Mistake? Google Messages Will Soon Let You Undo It

Google Messages Logo AH 3

Have you ever deleted an important text in Google Messages and instantly regretted it? Well, you are not alone. Right now, it’s not possible to recover a deleted message. But to address the concern, Google seems to be working on an undo button for its Messages app, making the texting experience safer.

Google is working on an Undo texting button for the Messages app

As reported by Android Authority, a new beta version of Google Messages hints at a new “trash” or “bin” folder. The concept of the new folder is pretty similar to what Gmail already has. When you delete a message, instead of completely disappearing right away, it might move to this trash folder. From there, you could have up to 30 days to recover it before it’s permanently deleted. This change would be a big relief for anyone who’s ever deleted an important text by accident.

Currently, deleting a message on the app is permanent. Once it’s gone, it’s gone for good. There’s literally no way to undo the task or bring back the text. And that’s what makes this upcoming feature so exciting. It finally addresses a problem that’s faced by almost everyone once in their life. Messages are also used for storing important bank texts or transaction SMS, and deleting them by mistake is the fear of many. The new option will finally address this fear.

Google aims for smarter and more reliable messaging services

The latest move confirms Google’s push to make the Messages app smarter and reliable. The app already lets users archive chats they want to hide without deleting them. But archiving isn’t enough when you want to bring back something you’ve completely removed. A new trash folder or undo delete option finally bridges that gap. It gives users better control over their texting experience. It solves a real problem faced by millions of users daily.

The post Deleted a Text by Mistake? Google Messages Will Soon Let You Undo It appeared first on Android Headlines.

iPhone 20th Anniversary Model Might Go Fully Button-Free

apple iphone 16 v3

Apple might be planning some big changes for the iPhone’s 20th anniversary in 2027. According to the latest rumors out of China, Apple is planning to do away with mechanical buttons and use haptics instead. HTC actually tried this out many years ago, and it didn’t work out too well for them.

Why go with haptics versus mechanical buttons? For one, they use up less space inside the phone. Two, they are less likely to break as they don’t have moving parts. And of course, Apple is very proud of its Haptic Engine, so this would be another way for Apple to show that off.

This report is claiming that this is going to be the biggest design shake up for the iPhone since the 2017 iPhone X, which was Apple’s ten year anniversary for the iPhone. And it drastically changed the look of the iPhone.

iPhone’s 20th anniversary is still two years away

Despite all of the rumors we are seeing today about the 20th anniversary iPhone, it is still a solid two years away from launching. So we’re likely gonna see some more changes in the rumor mill before it actually launches in 2027. Apple is likely still actively working on it, and changing the hardware to meet whatever goals that they have.

There are also rumors about Apple using a wraparound display with the edges of the screen merging into the button zones. This is also something an Android OEM had tried in the past. Xiaomi did this many years ago too on a concept phone (a concept phone that was actually sold, however). Though, Xiaomi never followed up with another one, so it must not have done all that well.

The post iPhone 20th Anniversary Model Might Go Fully Button-Free appeared first on Android Headlines.

Motorola Patent Reveals a Phone That Can Transform Into a Watch

Motorola phone concept wrist 2 2023

The smartphone candy bar form factor has been around for more than a decade. But realistically, we don’t think the form factor is sticking around for the foreseeable future. That begs the question of, if not this form factor, then what? That’s something Motorola is exploring, according to a recently discovered patent that suggests a phone that can be worn as a watch.

Motorola has a patent for a phone that can be worn as a watch

Based on the patent images, it looks like Motorola has come up with an idea for a phone that can transform into a watch. Believe it or not, this is actually not the first time Motorola has come up with this idea. Back in 2023, the company took the wraps off a concept phone with a bendable display and body that can be bent around the wearer’s wrist.

However, there is a difference between Motorola’s concept and this patent. For starters, the patent suggests that the phone could feature some kind of retractable display. This means that when the display is fully retracted, it’s small enough to fit on your wrist. However, it can then be expanded to become a phone.

The patent talks about the frame structure needed to support the retractable design. However, it stops short of mentioning things like display size, connectivity options, battery, and most importantly, cameras. It’s actually a pretty cool concept on paper. But honestly, it seems unlikely that it will ever see the light of day.

While patents sometimes act as clues for what a company has planned for the future, it is never a guarantee that these patents become actual commercial products.

The future of communications

Like we said, we don’t think candy bar shaped smartphones are going to continue being the standard of mobile phone design. In fact, with the rise of AI, some believe that we may even transition to devices without a display. 

We’ve already seen some companies attempt these AI-first devices, like Rabbit, and Humane. However, neither of these devices really took off. We’re also hearing that OpenAI’s Sam Altman is working with legendary former Apple designer, Jony Ive, to create some kind of communications device.

It’s too early to tell how that will turn out, but what do you think? What kind of device can you imagine replacing our smartphones in the future?

Motorola patent Motorola patent
Motorola patent 1 1 Motorola patent 1 1

The post Motorola Patent Reveals a Phone That Can Transform Into a Watch appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung’s Galaxy Z Fold 8 Could Be a Bigger Leap Than Anyone Expected

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 Review AM AH 27

The Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8 is tipped to bring some major improvements to the table. The information comes from DealSite, as the source claims the Galaxy Z Fold 8 will get a major battery boost.

The Galaxy Z Fold 8 could bring major improvements, including a battery boost

It is said to feature a 5,000mAh battery, a considerable upgrade from the 4,400mAh battery inside the Galaxy Z Fold 7. For comparison’s sake, the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 competitors have larger battery packs. The OPPO Find N5, for example, comes with a 5,600mAh battery, and it offers a lot better battery life.

The battery life boost is not the only improvement mentioned, though. Samsung is also aiming to improve the display crease situation. The company plans to adopt the so-called laser-drilled metal plate technology. Apple will use something similar for its foldable iPhone.

Another area of improvement is mentioned in the report… the stylus. The Galaxy Z Fold 8 will, allegedly, be compatible with a stylus. Samsung removed the stylus compatibility this year, with the Galaxy Z Fold 7, after first introducing it to its foldables back in 2021 with the Galaxy Z Fold 3.

Stylus support could also be making a comeback

Samsung made that move to make the Galaxy Z Fold 7 thinner. Well, it’s possible that the company figured out how to get the best of both worlds, which is why the Galaxy Z Fold 8 may get stylus support. It’s hard to imagine Samsung making its devices thicker just for the sake of stylus support.

The arrival of the first foldable iPhone may really push Samsung to make some major improvements to its book-style foldable. Competition is good, as it pushes innovation. The first foldable iPhone is tipped to arrive next year, though we may have to wait longer than that, it all depends on which rumor you choose to believe.

As a reminder, Samsung’s very first tri-fold smartphone made its first public appearance recently. It’s expected to get a full launch later this week, though nothing has been confirmed just yet.

The post Samsung’s Galaxy Z Fold 8 Could Be a Bigger Leap Than Anyone Expected appeared first on Android Headlines.

Google Gemini Can Now Build Presentations for You

Gemini Logo 15x10

AI is surely integrating itself into our daily lives. Gone are the days when we had to learn the whole Microsoft PowerPoint and Google Slides toolkit just for creating presentations. With the new update, Google is rolling out a new version of the Gemini tool that can create powerful presentations for you. All you have to do is type the prompt and upload relevant files, and the tool will then turn it into slides.

Google Gemini can now generate presentations from texts or files

The new update is now available for Gemini Pro users and is expected to be released to free users soon. Once updated, users can access the “Canvas” tab on the Gemini website, give it a topic or prompt, and attach relevant files. Gemini then generates a complete presentation based on the given input. It also matches the theme and visual effect throughout the slides for a more appealing and professional look.

Users can export the generated presentation directly to Google Slides. There, they can make small changes, such as editing text or rearranging slides. This makes it much easier for students, office workers, or anyone who needs to build a presentation fast.

Google says that the tool is backed by Gemini’s powerful AI

Google says that the Canvas feature uses the same AI that powers Gemini’s writing and reasoning abilities, but now applies to design and layout. The Canvas tool will show the instructions on one side and the results on the other. This process is done so that the user can see changes instantly. This side-by-side layout helps users easily adjust prompts to get better slides without switching screens.

Moreover, the feature is currently rolling out in batches. Only a limited group of users has access to the feature. A broader rollout is expected to take place in the coming days. You can log in to the Gemini website to see if the feature is available.

The post Google Gemini Can Now Build Presentations for You appeared first on Android Headlines.

Best USB-C Chargers Deals

best chargers deals

With so many smartphone makers getting rid of the charger in the box, it’s always a good idea to pick up a couple of spare chargers, because you really never know when you’ll need them. Thankfully, Amazon almost always has a lot of them available on sale. Here are the best USB-C chargers that are on sale right now.

Baseus 140W USB-C Charger

Baseus 140W USB-C Charger – $49.99

This charger has 140W of power with 3 USB-C and a USB-A port. It’s a GaN charger, making it much smaller than other chargers with the same power.

Buy from
Editor's Choice
Baseus Enercore CJ11

Baseus Enercore CJ11 – $59

This charger has a retractable USB-C cable as well as two USB-C ports available for charging. With a total output of 67W.

Buy from
Anker 45W USB-C Charger

Anker 45W USB-C Charger – $15.99

Charge up with this Anker USB-C charger at up to 45W, fast enough to max out the Galaxy S25 Ultra.

Buy from
Anker Nano 30W USB-C Charger

Anker Nano 30W USB-C Charger – $13.99

This tiny charger can charge at up to 30W, and its just $14.

Buy from
Editor's Choice
Baseus Nomos 8-in-1 Charging Station

Baseus Nomos 8-in-1 Charging Station – $42.99

This charging station is perfect for those with lots of devices to charge. With three AC outlets, 4 USB-C and a MagSafe wireless charger all available.

Buy from
Belkin 45W USB-C Charger

Belkin 45W USB-C Charger – $14.99

Belkin has its own USB-C PD3.1 PPS Fast Charger that can charge up to 45W, which will max out the Galaxy S25 Ultra.

Buy from
Editor's Choice
Anker 737 Power Bank

Anker 737 Power Bank – $75

This massive power bank has 24,000mAh capacity battery that should keep you going for a few days.

Buy from

The post Best USB-C Chargers Deals appeared first on Android Headlines.

HyperOS 3 Global Rollout Kicks Off: New Design, AI, and Animations

HyperOS 3

Xiaomi introduced its next iteration of Android 16-based skin, the HyperOS 3, alongside the Xiaomi 15T series last month. It promised that the stable release would kick off starting from October. Standing on its promise, Xiaomi has now announced that the HyperOS 3 global rollout has begun with the Xiaomi 15T. The new version features a redesigned interface, AI enhancements, new system-wide animations, and privacy improvements.

Xiaomi’s HyperOS 3 global rollout begins

Xiaomi, on X, has announced that the global rollout of HyperOS 3 has kicked off, with the Xiaomi 15T series being the first wave of devices to receive the new version. The company mentioned that the update will hit users in a phased manner. This means you should see it hitting your devices over the next few days. 

It’s possible that the Xiaomi 15T and 15T Pro users who signed up for the global beta program could be the first to receive the stable HyperOS 3. Meanwhile, the Xiaomi 15 series and Redmi K80 lineup were the first to receive the stable update in China.

Xiaomi HyperOS 3 global rollout

HyperOS 3 brings a new design, AI enhancements, and more

Xiaomi clarified that it’s working hard to bring the HyperOS 3 update to more devices as per the global schedule. After the Xiaomi 15T series, the Xiaomi MIX Flip, the Redmi Note 14 series, the POCO F7 lineup, Xiaomi Pad 7 tablets, Xiaomi Pad Mini, and a range of wearables are set to get the update between October and November timelines.

The HyperOS 3 rollout will stretch through March 2026, with older models getting the update last. The new iteration brings HyperIsland, which shows live activities of apps and notifications for calls, music, charging, and schedules. It brings deeper Google Gemini integration for system-wide AI capabilities. It’s also improving data protection through Unified Authentication Service, on-device, and cloud privacy computing.

HyperOS 3 rollout schedule

The post HyperOS 3 Global Rollout Kicks Off: New Design, AI, and Animations appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung may hike prices of Galaxy S26 phones

Samsung may be forced to hike the prices of Galaxy phones, including the Galaxy S26 series. A new report highlights the reasons that could force Samsung to increase prices across its IT products, including smartphones and laptops.

According to Hankyung (via Jukan), Samsung is facing cost-increase pressure, which would result in a price hike in Galaxy phones and laptops. Memory and inflation are among the key reasons behind a potential increase in prices.

Galaxy S26 series will launch early next year, and Samsung is betting everything on the Exynos 2600 chipset. If the in-house SoC is used, the company will manage to keep the prices unchanged, without passing on to buyers.

Almost every merchant related to the electronics industry reiterated the fact that DRAM prices have doubled in a month and are skyrocketing. People familiar with the matter believe the prices won’t go down anytime soon.

Samsung Galaxy S25

Samsung Galaxy S25, S25 Plus and S25 Ultra

Industry insiders estimate that the memory-flation will continue until 2027-2028. Given the rapid rise of AI, the supply and prices of DRAM are peaking. It also affects the bill of materials as memory is a key spec in mobile devices.

HBM chips are almost five to six times more expensive than regular DRAM, and that’s why manufacturers are focusing on high bandwidth memories. It makes the general-purpose DRAM supply insufficient, leading to a price jump.

Memory-flation is a term that comprises memory + inflation in the industry. It applies when the price of complete IT products like phones and PCs rises following the surge in memory semiconductor prices, which has begun in earnest.

The post Samsung may hike prices of Galaxy S26 phones appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S22 family’s October 2025 update is available

Samsung’s October 2025 security update is now available for Galaxy S22, S22+, and S22 Ultra in various markets. The firmware was released first in Southeast Asian markets, before the recent expansion to India.

October 2025 patch follows the recent One UI 8 update rollout for the Galaxy S22 series. While the previous release was a major one, users shouldn’t expect a significant update until the second quarter of next year.

Well, the new update isn’t useless either.

It includes stability and reliability enhancements to elevate your phone’s behaviour. Samsung has patched 34 CVEs and SVEs and included the improvements in the October patch. You can check the changelog and build versions below:

Changelog:

  • Stability and reliability
    • Device behavior has been improved

Software versions:

  • S908EXXUCGYJ1 – Galaxy S22 Ultra
  • S906EXXUCGYJ1 – Galaxy S22 Plus
  • S901EXXUCGYJ1 – Galaxy S22

October patch is coming as an over-the-air update, which doesn’t require manual installation. You can easily update the software by navigating through Settings, followed by Software update, and Download and install.

One UI 8.5 is expected to be available by June 2026. It will bring plenty of new features and a frosted glass user interface. Samsung is testing new changes and features internally, and the official reveal is slated for Unpacked next year.

One UI 8 was the last major OS upgrade for the Galaxy S22 series. The flagship lineup was released in early 2022 and supported four years of OS upgrades. Starting with Android 13, it has received 4 Android upgrades until Android 16.

Now, Samsung will provide another year of regular security patches. You can expect a category demotion by the end of February 2026. Your device will be shifted to the Quarterly updates cycle for another year of security patches.

Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

The post Samsung Galaxy S22 family’s October 2025 update is available appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Meet the Galaxy Z TriFold – Samsung’s boldest foldable phone [Video]

Samsung’s Galaxy Z TriFold phone is on display at the K-Tech Showcase before the APEC CEO Summit in South Korea. The company is displaying an unfinished device, with market arrival scheduled for the end of the year.

While Samsung didn’t let visitors touch or use the device, we’ve exclusive videos right from the launchpad. Korean media outlets Chosun and Dailian have published real-life images, and tipster Ice Universe posted the showcase video.

It is reported that the TriFold has a nearly invisible screen crease. Samsung has already nailed the screen visibility with the Galaxy Z Fold 7, and it would be interesting to see how the TriFold takes the crease control further.

Samsung TriFold Phone

Source – Dailian

The Z TriFold is placed inside a glass box, which displays a visual clip. It shows the phone in its folded state along with a visualization of unfolding. The cover screen offers a regular phone-like experience, while the full view acts like a tablet.

Here's the Galaxy Z TriFold phone Samsung showcased at APEC Summit in South Korea ✨

Courtesy of @UniverseIce (Weibo) pic.twitter.com/ZmHVIpZE3H

— Yash (@TweetToYash) October 28, 2025

Samsung’s Galaxy Z TriFold phone comes with a dual-hinge design to function in the triple-folding form factor. It practically features two foldable panels, which turn into a tablet-sized appearance when completely unfolded.

Galaxy Z TriFold is based on Samsung Display’s Flex G prototype, whose screens fold inward. Korean media reports that Samsung’s TriFold has overcome the technological limitations that caused durability concerns.

The Korean tech giant is expected to have a brief session regarding its TriFold during the APEC CEO Summit on October 31 and November 1. The official reveal is expected in late November or early December in select markets.

Related articles:

The post Meet the Galaxy Z TriFold – Samsung’s boldest foldable phone [Video] appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Adobe’s End-Of-Year Updates Are All AI, and Sometimes Not Even Its Own AI

A split-screen shows Photoshop editing a person in a pink coat, Premiere Pro selecting a dancing person, and Illustrator displaying a cartoon key character with arms, legs, and clouds.

Adobe MAX kicks off this week and, historically, that has meant a large drop of updates across the company's portfolio of apps. That is technically true this year too, but everything is revolving around AI -- and sometimes, that doesn't even mean Adobe's own technology.

[Read More]

8 GB VRAM: still fine today, or already outdated? A look at the Legion Pro 5 16

Unlike the Ti version with 12 GB, Nvidia’s RTX 5070 (non-Ti) only comes with 8 GB of VRAM — a spec that’s sparked plenty of online debate about its future-proofing, and understandably, some concern. Our test unit, the Lenovo Legion Pro 5 16IAX10 with an RTX 5070, offers some useful insight into how much VRAM might actually be “enough.”

New Insta360 X4 Air 8K action camera launches with sleek design and 100 minutes of runtime

The Insta360 X4 Air is the company’s latest 8K 360° action camera that comes with a compact and lightweight form factor. Advertised as the brand’s lightest-ever action camera, the Insta360 X4 Air features dual 1/1.8-inch CMOS sensors and a 2,010 mAh battery, which is said to offer 100 minutes of runtime. On top of that, the action camera is compatible with most X5 accessories.

iPhone 20 tipped to offer an impressive camera upgrade

The iPhone is turning 20 in 2027 and Apple will mark the anniversary with a special iPhone 20 release. We’ve already heard about the big redesign with its sloping display bezels that are supposed to make the device look like a single piece of glass when viewed from the front. We now get an additional report that suggests some major camera upgrades as well. The 2027 iPhone model – likely the Pro variant will reportedly bring Lateral Overflow Integration Capacitor (LOFIC) camera sensor. In short, this means the cameras will capture more light per pixel, leading to higher dynamic range and...

Galaxy Z Fold8 display and battery details leaked

Samsung’s Galaxy Z Fold8 isn’t expected to debut until next year, but rumors about the upcoming foldable are already making the rounds. The latest leak sheds light on its display specifications and battery capacity. According to the leak, the upcoming Galaxy Z Fold8 will use a new ‘laser-drilling metal plate technology’ for its hinge, which is said to reduce the display crease. The same technology will also be used on the rumored iPhone Fold. The leak also states that the foldable will pack a battery with a capacity over 5,000mAh. Notably, the current Galaxy Z Fold7 has a 4,400mAh...

New report claims Apple hasn't cut iPhone Air production

Multiple reports in recent times claimed that Apple is cutting production of the iPhone Air unveiled last month, with one even claiming that this sleek iPhone had entered almost end-of-production mode. However, a new report contradicts those claims. In a note to investors on October 26, TD Cowen said Apple isn't reducing the number of iPhone Air units it will produce in 2025. TD Cowen's report states that the iPhone Air forecasts for October remain unchanged. The forecasts for the iPhone Air remain at 3 million for Q3 2025 and at 7 million for Q4 2025. The September quarter builds...

Samsung showcases its tri-fold prototype

While not exactly launched as tipped yesterday, Samsung did showcase its tri-fold smartphone at the 2025 K-Tech Showcase event. The device, which still does not have an official name, was seen at the Samsung booth behind a protective glass display case. Attendees were not allowed to touch or hold the device. Samsung tri-fold prototype (image: Park Ji-min) South Korea’s ChosunMedia shared images of the device, which reveal its folded and fully unfolded states. We say it is fully unfolded as it features two hinges allowing it to stretch its display diagonal up to 10 inches. In its...

Samsung’s Mysterious Tri-Fold Phone Just Made Its First Public Appearance

Samsung tri fold first appearance 4

Samsung has just shown off its first tri-fold smartphone ahead of its launch. Sounds confusing? Well, it kind of is. The company showed off the device sitting under glass during the K-Tech Showcase in Korea.

The K-Tech Showcase is kind of a side event of the APEC Summit, which is taking place October 31-November 1. The phone is tipped to get a full reveal during the APEC Summit, so we could be only days away from that happening. This appearance at the K-Tech Showcase certainly points in that direction.

Samsung’s first tri-fold phone just made its first public appearance

In any case, the device is shown here, but only its front side, it could be reflective of a device that is coming soon. It’s shown in full unfolded, and fully folded formats. Several sources shared these images, and that includes Ice Universe and The Chosun. You can see the device in the gallery below.

Samsung tri fold first appearance 1
Samsung tri fold first appearance 2
Samsung tri fold first appearance 3
Samsung tri fold first appearance 4
Samsung tri fold first appearance 5
Samsung tri fold first appearance 1
Samsung tri fold first appearance 2
Samsung tri fold first appearance 3
Samsung tri fold first appearance 4
Samsung tri fold first appearance 5

When fully folded, the phone will feature a 6.5-inch display, allegedly, as shown above. When completely extended, you’ll get a 10-inch display to use. You’ll notice that a display camera hole is all unfolding levels, basically.

The phone will have a middle-of-the-road unfold state, too. It is expected to offer an 8-inch display in that state. So it’ll essentially be a tiny table when unfolded once.

The device is expected to launch soon, possibly later this week

This is what Samsung said to SamMobile, in a statement: “Samsung continues to advance innovative technologies, including next-generation form factors in the era of mobile AI, to deliver meaningful user experiences. The recent showcase reflects ongoing R&D efforts, and we plan to bring this next generation device to users within this year.”

From that statement, one might think Samsung is saying this is just a prototype, not the real thing. Well, it could be, though if the device is coming in only a couple of days, that doesn’t make much sense. Either way, Samsung once again confirmed that the real tri-fold announcement is right around the corner.

The post Samsung’s Mysterious Tri-Fold Phone Just Made Its First Public Appearance appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung Galaxy Watch 6 gets One UI 8 Watch Beta 3 with crucial fixes

Samsung has now dropped the One UI 8 Watch Beta 3 update for the Galaxy Watch 6 and Classic. The company is running a Beta Program in South Korea, with users are now getting a new Beta four weeks after the second release.

One UI 8 Watch Beta 3 brings crucial bug fixes to the Galaxy Watch 6. This update targets voice recording and media controller functions. It’s an important release that brings users closer to the Stable One UI 8 Watch update.

Samsung’s One UI 8 Watch is built on Google’s Wear OS 6. It’s a successor to the One UI 6 Watch, as One UI 7 Watch term was not utilized. The OS introduces a new tile system that delivers important updates at a glance.

The Stable update has already rolled out to the Galaxy Watch 7 and Watch Ultra 2024. The company didn’t take much time for the Watch Ultra, but Watch 7’s testing lasted longer; but it won’t be the case for the Watch 6.

With the third Beta, Samsung has addressed issues related to audio recording and media controller. Users who reported issues with these two aspects will now have a better experience, with even more enhancements likely included.

Changelog

Improved performance issues

  • Fixed the voice recording not operating normally
  • Fixed the media controller not operating normally

If you’ve participated in the Beta Program and are running the second Beta, you would have received the third Beta OTA. Access it using the Wearable app; follow the steps: Watch settings > Watch software update > Download and install.

Galaxy watch 6 series beta 3 released ‼

Fixing performance issues

– Fixed the issue where audio recording was not working properly.

– Fixed an issue where the media controller was not working properly pic.twitter.com/n9DDp9jzTZ

— Alfatürk (@Alfaturk16) October 28, 2025

The post Samsung Galaxy Watch 6 gets One UI 8 Watch Beta 3 with crucial fixes appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Google Messages testing Recycle Bin, a staple in Samsung phones

Google Messages will soon integrate a “Trash” folder, an idea inspired by Samsung’s Recycle Bin feature.

Galaxy phones prioritize Google Messages, instead of Samsung Messages, to offer modern chat features like RCS. However, Google’s native messaging app is still evolving, and Samsung is playing a key role, indeed indirectly.

Google Messages app’s latest Beta shows signs of an upcoming Recycle Bin-like “Trash” feature. It will help users recover deleted chats, just like Gmail. The app will keep deleted chats stored in a separate memory for 30 days.

Samsung Messages has the same feature as the Recycle Bin. When you delete a chat, it goes right to the Recycle Bin, a dedicated folder. You have 30 days to restore the deleted chat; otherwise, it will be permanently wiped out.

Google Messages prioritizes the term “Trash Folder” for this feature, similar to Files by Google. Leaked code snippets suggest the “Trash Folder” will be put on the task to store recoverable “Trashed Conversations.”

All in all, Samsung users are going to benefit much from this feature. It will effectively safeguard messages and prevent the loss of accidental removals.

While Samsung Messages has had it for years, Google’s version is in early stages. The current development is limited to code snippets, and we could see a preview of this feature in the next Beta builds of the application.

Let’s see when Google Messages begins the rollout of its trash folder.

Samsung Messages Recycle Bin

Recycle Bin feature in Samsung Messages

The post Google Messages testing Recycle Bin, a staple in Samsung phones appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy S26 series may use a new Exynos connectivity chip

There’s been no shortage of rumors surrounding Samsung’s upcoming Galaxy S26 series, with the latest one suggesting a potential delay in its launch. Now, a new leak indicates that the lineup could debut with an Exynos connectivity chip. A new Samsung Exynos S6568 chipset has been listed on the Bluetooth qualified products website. It has been described as a Bluetooth and Wi-Fi companion chip with Bluetooth 6.1 support that’s meant to be used with an Exynos SoC. No other details are available at the moment, but it is likely that the Galaxy S26 lineup could use the S6568 companion...

Moto X70 Air price in China revealed

Earlier this month, Motorola listed the X70 Air on the Lenovo China website, but did not reveal pricing or availability details. The company has now confirmed the pricing of its new ‘Air’ phone. The Moto X70 Air is priced at CNY 2,399 ($340) for the 12GB/256GB variant, whereas the 12GB/512GB option will cost you CNY 2,699 ($380). The phone is available in Bronze Green, Gadget Gray, and Lily Pad colors. Pre-orders for the phone are currently live on the Lenovo China website, with sales set to start on October 31. The Moto X70 Air is 5.99mm thin and weighs just 159g. It is powered...

Which AI Humanizer Passes GPTZero, Turnitin, and Copyleaks?

AI image 384985348954389

If you write with any large-language model, ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, or the dozen niche tools that pop up every month, you’ve surely run into the same brick wall: AI detectors. Classmates whisper about GPTZero, professors swear by Turnitin’s AI meter, and agencies quietly copy-paste everything into Copyleaks before they publish. Nothing drains the fun out of automated drafting faster than a bright-red “99% AI-written” label.

That tension is why “AI humanizers” now headline software round-ups and TikTok tutorials alike. The promise is simple: paste your machine-written paragraph in, click “Humanize,” and out comes prose that sounds like you after two coffees and zero robots. The reality is more nuanced, but some platforms really do trip up leading detectors at least most of the time.

Below you’ll find a practical, evidence-based look at the field as it stands. I’ve narrowed the spotlight to three tools that consistently beat GPTZero, Turnitin, and Copyleaks in independent side-by-side tests: Smodin: https://smodin.io/ai-humanizer, Undetectable.ai’s Rewrite module, and HIX Rewrite+ (formerly HIX Covert). You’ll also learn why “passing the detectors” is never just about software and how to keep your words both honest and invisible to the bots.

How AI Detectors Actually Flag Your Text

Before judging humanizers, it helps to know what they’re hiding. Modern detectors rely on two core signals:

– Statistical fingerprints. Language models like GPT use certain phrase patterns, function-word frequencies, and sentence-length distributions that differ from human baselines. Detectors train other models to spot those quirks.

– Burstiness vs. perplexity. Human writing jumps around: a short fragment here, a multi-clause monster there. AI tends to coast in a tighter range. Detectors score that smoothness as “low burstiness” and raise alarms.

Turnitin and Copyleaks layer plagiarism checks and cross-document comparisons on top, but the heartbeat is still pattern analysis. Break the patterns, and you drop the detection score.

The Three Front-Runners in 2025

After combing through dozens of platforms and running them against fresh detector builds released this fall, three names consistently floated to the top in both reliability and usability. Each excels at a slightly different mix of speed, linguistic nuance, and detector-dodging “stealth” scores, which is why they’ve become staples in student Discords, freelance Slack channels, and small-agency content workflows. Below you’ll find a closer look at what sets Smodin, Undetectable.ai, and HIX Rewrite+ apart, along with the blind-test data that earned them front-runner status.

Smodin AI Humanizer

Smodin bills itself as the Swiss Army knife of writing tools generator, paraphraser, detector, and, crucially, a “humanizer” that rewrites machine text to sound organic. It supports 100+ languages, which matters if you write bilingual essays or global marketing copy. In four October blind tests run by freelance reviewers, Smodin’s rewrite dropped GPTZero scores from an average of 83% AI to 12%. Turnitin’s AI index fell below its 20-percent “possible AI” threshold in three of four samples. Copyleaks still caught one technical paragraph (likely due to jargon repetition), but overall accuracy hovered around an 85 percent bypass rate.

Strengths:

– Solid at varying sentence length and inserting subtle contractions (“we’re,” “they’ve”) that detectors weigh heavily.

– Lets you highlight every change, so you can reverse anything that warps meaning.

– Reasonably priced: the current Writing plan is $15/month.

Weak spots:

– Long academic citations sometimes get truncated. Paste those back in manually.

– On ultra-formal papers, the tool adds a conversational tilt that editors may notice. Tone sliders help, but you still need a quick proofread.

Undetectable.ai Rewrite Module

Undetectable.ai surfaced in late 2024 and quickly won a cult following among copywriters. The company’s marketing flex: “0% AI on all major detectors, or we credit your account.” In practice, its success rate sits closer to 90 percent, but that’s still impressive.

How does it work? It adds “entropy layers,” essentially rewriting twice: once for semantics, once for randomness. You can crank an “Entropy” dial from 1 to 5; anything above 3 can begin to sound disjointed, but level 3 nearly always sneaks past GPTZero and Copyleaks. Turnitin remains the toughest nut; Undetectable.ai achieves a pass roughly four out of five tries.

Pros:

– Fast bulk mode: you can upload a 10,000-word white paper and get it back in under a minute.

– Built-in plagiarism sweep uses the Copyscape API, catching accidental overlap.

Cons:

– No free tier, and the Pro plan ($29/month) caps you at 25,000 words. Heavy users can burn through that in a week.

– Level 3+ entropy occasionally introduces factual drift. Double-check names, dates, and figures.

HIX Rewrite+ (Covert)

HIX Write launched as a straight copy assistant in 2023. It’s 2025: Rewrite+ engine quietly became a detection-dodger’s secret weapon. The interface is minimal: paste, select “Covert,” pick a tone (academic, casual, narrative), and hit run. The server spins a hybrid model that blends lexical substitution with clause rearrangement. In public benchmarks hosted by the independent ReviewStack Lab (July 2025), HIX achieved the best Copyleaks evasion only one false flag in 30 runs, while tying Smodin on GPTZero.

Good news:

– Best at retaining stylistic nuance. If your original had rhetorical questions or semi-colons, they’re often preserved.

– Respectable free allotment: 5,000 words/month.

Bad news:

– Limited language options (only eight major tongues).

– No side-by-side change tracking; you need a diff tool if you’re paranoid.

Field Test: One Paragraph, Three Humanizers

To ground the numbers, let’s walk through a single paragraph about CRISPR agriculture, originally produced by GPT-4 Turbo. Raw text scored 98% AI on GPTZero, 89% on Turnitin, 91% on Copyleaks.

– Smodin output: “14% AI” (GPTZero), “17% AI” (Turnitin), “22% AI” (Copyleaks).

– Undetectable.ai (entropy 3): “5% AI,” “21% AI,” “15% AI.”

– HIX Rewrite+ (academic tone): “12% AI,” “18% AI,” “9% AI.”

All three cleared the generic “likely human” threshold that most instructors use (usually 20-25%). The differences matter only if your reader scrutinizes every decimal. In real-world conditions, thousands of essays funneling into an LMS, any of these outputs would slip through.

What Separates a “Pass” from a Hard Fail

Even the best tool can’t cover every tell-tale sign on its own. Experienced editors and professors look for other giveaways long before they click “Check AI”:

– Sudden voice shift. If your intro sounds like Hemingway and your body reads like a textbook, suspicion spikes.

– Lack of personal anecdote. AI rarely invents believable micro stories (“I spilled coffee on my first draft at 2 a.m.”). Adding one can tilt judgment your way.

– Too-perfect structure. Flawless five-paragraph symmetry is another red flag. Humans ramble; sprinkle a side-thought here and there.

In short, humanizers defeat algorithmic pattern detectors, but they can’t import lived experience. That part is on you.

Choosing the Right Tool for Your Needs

Ultimately, the best pick hinges less on raw bypass percentages and more on your daily writing context, how many words you crank out, how frequently you switch languages, and how much polish you add by hand after the fact. Think of these humanizers as different gears on the same bike: one may climb academic hills effortlessly, another might zip through marketing flats, and a third offers an all-around ride with a lighter price tag. Keep that metaphor in mind as you weigh the options below.

– You value multilingual support and budget flexibility → Smodin.

– You need industrial-scale throughput and don’t mind tweaking entropy → Undetectable.ai.

– You care most about retaining voice and want a generous free tier → HIX Rewrite+.

All three update their models every few weeks because detectors evolve just as fast. A subscription that works today might falter next semester. Most creators, therefore, keep at least two accounts active and cross-check outputs before hitting “submit” or “publish.”

Final Takeaway

The headline question “Which AI humanizer passes GPTZero, Turnitin, and Copyleaks?” no longer has a single silver-bullet answer. Smodin, Undetectable.ai, and HIX Rewrite+ each clear the bar in late 2025, provided you use them thoughtfully. No guarantee of eternal invisibility; detectors will sharpen again, and the cat-and-mouse game will lurch forward.

The thing that will never change is the worth of real, captivating prose. These tools are not to conceal your thoughts, but to perfect your language. Combine machine efficiency and human touch, and you will always be a step further than algorithms and bored readers, regardless of what detectors are lurking on the other side of Submit.

The post Which AI Humanizer Passes GPTZero, Turnitin, and Copyleaks? appeared first on Android Headlines.

New updates for Galaxy Tab S10 and S9 rolling out now

Samsung has new software updates for the Galaxy Tab S10 and Tab S9 series. The company has recently released a major One UI 8 upgrade for its premium tablets, while the latest updates aim to improve system security.

Galaxy Tab S10 and Galaxy Tab S9 series are getting Samsung’s September and October security patch updates, respectively. Despite having a generation gap, the older tablet lineup is receiving a better, newer security patch.

Users of the Galaxy Tab S10, Tab S10 Plus, Tab S9, Tab S9 Plus, and Tab S9 Ultra can expect a notable boost in performance and stability. The latest updates may also have carried improvements for features across the OS.

Firmware update versions:

  • CYJ4 – Galaxy Tab S10 series
  • DYJ2 – Galaxy Tab S9 series

Initially available in South Korea, the new software updates will soon be available in the Global market. You can manually check for updates through Settings > Software update > Download and install.

Samsung Galaxy Tab S10

One UI 8 introduces major refinements for the user interface. Samsung has also tweaked the Quick Settings and Notification Panel. The windows are now impressively optimized for tablet form factor and have adopted dynamic blur.

Samsung recently started the Android 16 rollout to the Galaxy Tab S8 series. The company didn’t expand key Galaxy AI features with the Tab S9 and Tab S8 series; however, the Tab S10 series has received Now Brief and Audio Eraser.

Meanwhile, a major interface overhaul is being prepared along with a set of new features. These upgrades will be provided as part of One UI 8.5. You can expect the Android 16-based One UI 8.5 update in the second quarter of 2026.

Via – @ya_sking12767 | Source1/Source2

The post New updates for Galaxy Tab S10 and S9 rolling out now appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8 to get 5,000mAh battery, crease fix, and S Pen to challenge foldable iPhone

Samsung is preparing at least three major upgrades for the Galaxy Z Fold 8. With Apple reportedly pushing its foldable iPhone launch plans to 2027, Samsung is utilizing this opportunity to raise the bar of this smartphone segment.

A new report (via Jukan/X) reveals how Samsung could bring major upgrades to the Galaxy Z Fold 8 ahead of Apple’s entry to the foldable lineup.

Galaxy Z Fold 8 Upgrades

Samsung’s next Galaxy Z Fold model is expected to improve performance by improving its screen and battery, as well as retaining stylus support.

1. Display

Samsung Display may use its advanced laser drilling metal plate technology. This technological shift is slated to significantly reduce the display crease on the Galaxy Z Fold 8.

Over the years, Samsung has improved the crease, but there’s still room for improvement. The next year’s Z Fold model may be equipped with a screen with almost an invisible crease.


2. Battery

Samsung may bring a battery near 5,000mAh to the Galaxy Z Fold 8. It will be a big boost over the 4,400mAh battery on the Galaxy Z Fold 7 and previous models.

The report suggests 5,000mAh could be the typical capacity, meaning the rated battery capacity could exceed this mark; however, it remains a matter of internal consideration.


3. S Pen

Galaxy Z Fold 7 screen lost the stylus input support to reduce thickness. However, Samsung might bring it back with the next-gen foldable smartphone in 2026.

The Korean tech giant is working on a futuristic display technology inspired by Apple Pencil solution; without the requirement of a digitiser film, the panel could recognize stylus input.


If you’re considering buying the perfect foldable, the Galaxy Z Fold 8 would be for you. Well, this year’s Galaxy Z Fold 7 smartphone also has significant upgrades in terms of design, display, camera, and performance.

You may like:

The post Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8 to get 5,000mAh battery, crease fix, and S Pen to challenge foldable iPhone appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung unveils the Galaxy Z TriFold smartphone

On October 28, Samsung put its most ambitious Galaxy Z TriFold smartphone prototype on showcase on the sidelines of the APEC Summit.

At K-Tech Showcase, Samsung officially unveiled its Galaxy Z TriFold smartphone, which features a dual-hinge mechanism to fold twice. This innovative form factor is set to be commercialized by Samsung by the end of the year.

Following this showcase, we’re expecting a little bigger reveal by Samsung during the APEC Summit, which is being held on October 31 and November 1.

It’s an expansion to the existing Galaxy Z Fold lineup, which features a single hinge and unfolds a single time. The dual-hinge mechanism integrates three folding panels into one, and the smartphone can be unfolded twice.

Samsung Galaxy Z TriFold Phone

Source – Chosun

The unit put on showcase is a prototype unit, as the mass production and official release in expected by the end of the year. Until then, Samsung might bring even more refinements to the hardware, software, and appearance.

Samsung Galaxy Z TriFold Phone

Source – Chosun

Samsung did not allow visitors to touch or use the device directly. It was placed behind a protective glass display case. Meanwhile, tipster Phoneart has also dropped pictures showing off a closer look at the phone’s design.

Samsung TriFold Render

Source – Phoneart (@UniverseIce)

Galaxy Z TriFold is rumored to have a 6.5-inch cover screen, and the main screens could be extended to 10 inches. That said, the device will become even bigger than the Galaxy Z Fold 7 phone, which has an 8-inch screen.

While the US release is unlikely, Samsung might launch the Galaxy Z TriFold with a price tag of between $2,600 $2,800. Its presence could be limited to select countries: South Korea, China, Singapore, Taiwan, and the UAE.

The post Samsung unveils the Galaxy Z TriFold smartphone appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Apple reportedly upgrading iPhone 18 RAM with Samsung’s help

Apple might equip the entire iPhone 18 lineup with 18GB of RAM. This year’s Pro and Pro Max models have upgraded their RAM capacity to 12GB, which is expected to expand to the Base and Plus/Air models next year.

TheBell reports that Apple informed Samsung of an increased requirement for LPDDR5X memory for the iPhone 18 series. Samsung is the only vendor producing 12GB and 16GB LPDDR5X RAMs, so the shift is highly likely.

An upgraded 12GB RAM on the iPhone 18 will help Apple Intelligence run more effectively. It will also provide a crucial boost to on-device AI processing. For this crucial shift, Apple is reportedly seeking the help of Samsung.

Apple’s base and Plus/Air models compete with Samsung’s Galaxy S and Plus/Edge flagships. Samsung has the Galaxy S Ultra to rival Apple’s iPhone Pro and Pro Max versions with the most premium-tier hardware and features.

Samsung upgraded the Galaxy S lineup’s RAM in 2025, taking it to 12GB across models. Apple will catch up to Samsung in the memory segment with its next-gen iPhones.

12GB won’t sound like a decent upgrade in 2026 iPhones, as there are plenty of devices available with even more, 16GB or 24GB RAM. However, the software optimization plays a key role here as just hardware can’t deliver alone.

Another major shift in the pipeline is a new strategic launch timeline. The base iPhones might launch in the first quarter, starting in 2026, while the Pro and Pro Max would be introduced in the third quarter, as usual.

Apple iPhone 17

The post Apple reportedly upgrading iPhone 18 RAM with Samsung’s help appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Wreckreation's gameplay leak reveals 40 minutes of Burnout-inspired racing on PS5 ahead of launch

A 40-minute unfiltered PS5 build of Wreckreation leaked a day before release, showcasing Burnout‑inspired high‑speed arcade racing with loops, big jumps, track‑building, and destructible elements, even as viewers pointed out inconsistent performance and bugs that could perhaps be attributed to an earlier build.

Randy Pitchford says Valve's Gabe Newell called him directly to pitch Half‑Life: Opposing Force

In the Shacknews documentary 24 ’Til Launch: The Making of Borderlands 4, Gearbox CEO Randy Pitchford recounts how EA’s cancellation of his Rebel Boat Rocker project Prax War and the subsequent founding of Gearbox led to an unexpected call from Valve’s Gabe Newell, who invited Pitchford to pitch an expanded Half‑Life storyline.

Former Halo CE dev talks Halo Campaign Evolved: "There's plenty of ways to improve Halo 1 without breaking it"

After Halo: Campaign Evolved’s 13‑minute Silent Cartographer demo at the Halo World Championship 2025, former Combat Evolved designer Jaime Griesemer took to X to criticize changes. He focused most of his ire on the ability to steamroll Hunters in a Warthog, movable obstacles, and added trees, all of which he says wreck the pacing in the game.

iQOO 15's India launch date announced

iQOO unveiled the iQOO 15 in China last week, and today, the company announced that the iQOO 15 will be launched in India on November 26. The smartphone will likely be sold through iQOO's Indian website and Amazon.in in India, but its pricing and sale date are yet to be officially revealed. The Indian model of last year's iQOO 13 came with a smaller battery (6,000 mAh vs. 6,150 mAh), and it's unclear if there will be any differences in specs between the iQOO 15's Indian and global/Chinese versions. However, the two features we know will remain the same across all regions are the Snapdragon...

Retroid Pocket 6 released to redefine Android gaming handheld scene with 120 Hz AMOLED and Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 for just over $200

The Retroid Pocket 6 is now available to pre-order worldwide with hardware to rival recent popular Android gaming handhelds like the Ayn Odin 2. While the Retroid Pocket 6 combines a 120 Hz AMOLED display with a Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chipset and 8 GB of RAM, the handheld starts for a mere $209 initially.

vivo S50 series specs leak

vivo unveiled the S30 and S30 Pro mini in May, and if you know anything about Chinese smartphone makers, you know that they hate the number 4, due to prevailing tetraphobia in China. So it won't surprise you to find out that there will be no S40 series, but that vivo is already working on the S50 family. A few details about these have been outed today. The S50 Pro mini will keep the exact same display size its predecessor has - 6.31". On the other hand, the S50's screen will shrink to 6.59" from the S30's 6.67". Both of the new phones have "1.5K" resolution and flat panels. vivo...

OnePlus Turbo's full specs leak, insane battery capacity included

OnePlus has just announced the 15 and the Ace 6 in China, but it's also working on a new series of devices, which was previously rumored earlier this month. The first phone in this line will be called OnePlus Turbo, and today its specs have been leaked. It will allegedly sport a 6.7-inch OLED screen with "1.5K" resolution and 165Hz refresh rate, the Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 SoC at the helm, and a gigantic 8,000 mAh battery with support for 100W wired charging. OnePlus Ace 6 On the rear will be a 50 MP main camera and an 8 MP ultrawide. The device will also pack an X-axis linear vibration...

Sam Altman Reportedly Developing Noninvasive Brain Interface to Rival Elon Musk’s Neuralink

Sam Altman 2

It’s kind of funny. Back when OpenAI was first founded, Elon Musk and Sam Altman were thick as thieves. Both supposedly had a similar mission when it came to artificial intelligence. However, fast forward to today, and both parties appear to be bitter enemies. But despite their differences, they both seem to be working towards a similar goal. Elon Musk has Neuralink, and now Sam Altman is reportedly working on his own brain interface as well.

Sam Altman’s brain interface could rival Neuralink

According to The Verge’s Alex Heath in his Sources newsletter, it appears that OpenAI’s CEO, Sam Altman, is building his own brain interface that could rival that of Elon Musk’s Neuralink. The report claims that Altman has tapped Mikhail Shapiro, an award-winning biomolecular engineer. 

Shapiro will join Merge Labs, which is a brain-computer interface startup by Altman and Alex Blania. At the moment, not much is known about what this company is about. However, based on Shapiro’s work, it suggests that Altman could leverage his expertise to create a device that could link to the human brain using noninvasive techniques. To be more specific, it could use sound waves.

This is based on a recent talk Shapiro gave, where he said that sound waves and magnetic fields could be used to create a brain-to-computer interface. If that’s true, it could make Altman’s startup a whole lot more attractive compared to Neuralink.

Neuralink’s approach

For those unfamiliar, Neuralink is a company founded by Musk. The company’s goal is to create a way for people to interact with their computers or phones using their thoughts. It sounds quite high-tech, almost sci-fi-like. However, the problem with Neuralink is that it’s not exactly the most user-friendly.

In order for Neuralink to work, the user has to undergo open-skull surgery. This is where the electrodes are implanted into the brain to allow the user to control their devices. Any type of brain surgery has its risks. But to ask someone to undergo surgery just so they have a hands-free way of using their computers? That’s a huge ask.

If Altman’s new startup can indeed create an interface that uses sound waves, it’s a no-brainer (pun intended) that more people might prefer.

The post Sam Altman Reportedly Developing Noninvasive Brain Interface to Rival Elon Musk’s Neuralink appeared first on Android Headlines.

Threads Gets 'Ghost Posts' That Vanish After 24 Hours

Threads Logo on phone 2

Meta has been increasingly focused on Threads in the recent past, and it’s visible in how frequently it’s been adding new features to the platform. Early last month, the social media app announced long-form posts. As part of that feature, users can now post up to 10,000 characters in one go. Now, Threads is getting a “disappearing post” feature, which Meta calls “ghost posts.” Meta started testing this feature back in April, alongside other features that are now available on Threads. 

All the replies to your ghost posts land in your Threads DMs

Threads’ new ghost posts feature enables you to share your thoughts or engage in conversation that vanishes after 24 hours. You’ll be able to create a ghost post on mobile by enabling the toggle that has the new “ghost” icon on the app’s compose screen. The feature is a handy addition for anyone who likes to post something but doesn’t want it to appear on their Threads profile. 

Every time you publish a ghost post on Threads, others will see it having a dotted bubble around. This gives an idea to others that it’s a disappearing post. What’s interesting is that the replies on such posts land directly into your DMs and don’t appear on your timeline. 

Another thing to note is that other Threads users can’t see the number of likes, replies, or the names of ghost post viewers. However, they can still see smiley-face icons below the disappearing posts. This gives an idea to people that others have replied to or liked the posts. 

02 Profile Entry
01 Ghost Post Carousel 01
01 Ghost Post Carousel 02
02 Profile Entry
01 Ghost Post Carousel 01
01 Ghost Post Carousel 02

You can still revisit the post from the “archived” section

Not to forget, you can still check ghost posts from the “archived” section of the Threads’ settings menu. Think of this feature as Instagram Stories that are only available for 24 hours. Meta, in the announcement post, notes that this feature is for those who want to “share unfiltered thoughts and fresh takes without the pressure of permanence or polish. Here today and gone tomorrow, you can feel confident trying new things and posting spontaneous thoughts.”

The post Threads Gets 'Ghost Posts' That Vanish After 24 Hours appeared first on Android Headlines.

New Leak Sheds Light on iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 17e Designs

iPhone 17 Pro

Apple’s iPhone 18 series is still months away from seeing the light of day, but the rumor mill has started giving a glimpse of what’s to come. The iPhone 18 Pro models may gain satellite 5G support. Apple will also introduce a new A20/A20 Pro chip, which may significantly increase the prices of the phones. While that’s for hardware, a new leak sheds light on the iPhone 18 Pro design for the first time.

iPhone 18 Pro design details

Leaker Digital Chat Station has detailed what to expect in terms of the iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 17e designs. In a Weibo post talking about iPhone 18 Pro’s camera upgrades, the leaker in comments says the new model will feature the same rear camera design as this year’s iPhone 17 Pro. This means we’ll see the same large horizontal module taking up a large portion of the back panel.

This makes sense considering Apple just redesigned its flagship models this year, and it usually sticks to the same for at least a few years. It’s unclear whether the glass cutout below the module will see any changes. The leaker previously mentioned that it will have a slightly modified transparent look on the iPhone 18 Pro.

Furthermore, the leaker says that he hasn’t come across the design details for the iPhone 18 model yet.

iPhone 18 Pro Design

No ProMotion display for the ‘e’ model yet

Moving to iPhone 17e, Digital Chat Station says the display will finally shift to Dynamic Island. In comparison, the current iPhone 16e uses a dated notch design. This should bring the low-cost iPhone more in line with the flagship models. 

However, the display will only support a 60Hz refresh rate, as per the leaker. This isn’t surprising, as Apple brought ProMotion to the base iPhone 17 model only this year. We may have to wait at least another year before we see ProMotion for the budget ‘e’ model. 

The post New Leak Sheds Light on iPhone 18 Pro and iPhone 17e Designs appeared first on Android Headlines.

Ethical Wildlife Photography: A Field Guide to Photographing Animals with Respect

Two bear cubs stand on hind legs playfully sparring in a grassy field, while a bald eagle perches calmly on a branch against a blurred forest background.

A crew working for an unnamed wildlife photographer fed and used cellophane paper to lure a fox for the 'perfect shot' in Grand Teton National Park. Since the fox was conditioned to human food, park officials euthanized it. The photographer got his shot. The fox paid with its life. Learning about this event became the North Star for Arthur Lefo, an OM SYSTEM Ambassador who has spent almost a decade photographing iconic wildlife. Lefo believes that ethical wildlife photography isn't just about rules, but respect.

[Read More]

ARMSX2 version 1.0 released, promises improved PS2 emulation on ARM, Android devices

Version 1.0 of ARMSX2, an ARM-focused branch of the popular PCSX2 emulator, has landed on Android. The new version of the PlayStation 2 emulator uses a translation layer to run code from PCSX2 (with some additions) on ARM devices, including Android smartphones. This gives retro gamers another option to play PS2 titles on their smartphones.

Apple is reportedly releasing Pixelmator Pro for iPad along with MainStage, Compressor, and Motion

According to a new report, Apple is about to launch four new apps for iPadOS. These are Pixelmator Pro, MainStage, Motion, and Compressor. They would join Apple's Final Cut Pro and Logic Pro, both of which arrived on iPadOS in 2023. The four apps that are supposedly coming to an iPad near you are at the moment only available on macOS. Apple acquired professional image editing app Pixelmator Pro this year, while MainStage is a Logic Pro companion app for live performances, Compressor is a Final Cut Pro companion app for compressing audio and video files, and Motion is a Final Cut Pro...

Samsung may have delayed the One UI 8.5 beta program, here's why

Samsung is now rumored to have delayed the start of the beta program for its upcoming One UI 8.5 Android skin . This is what the Galaxy S26 series is expected to launch running. Samsung should have released the first beta build of One UI 8.5 in November. However, this is now very unlikely to happen, a tipster on X says. The rollout is delayed, and it's all connected to the Galaxy S26+. This model was initially scrapped by Samsung, only to be brought back to life recently in the face of the Galaxy S25 Edge's dismal sales (the S26 Edge was supposedly replacing the S26+, but now the S26 Edge...

Best Gaming Smartphones

AH REDMAGIC 10S Pro Review (12)

Gaming smartphones used to be an extremely niche product, and while they technically still are, there are a lot more phones out there these days that can be considered suitable gaming smartphones. Even if they aren’t marketed as such. With that in mind, consumers have more choices for a gaming smartphone than ever before. With more options comes more of a challenge in finding the best gaming smartphones available, because you have a higher chance of picking something that isn’t a good phone for gaming.

That being said, we’ve set out to find all the best gaming smartphones for you to make this process easier. There will be some obvious choices and some maybe not so obvious, but all of them will be viable for playing mobile games if that’s the kind of device you’re looking for.

Here are the best gaming smartphones you can buy in 2025.

Best Gaming Smartphone

If you want the best gaming smartphone available, then there are a couple that would easily fit into this category; however, we’re recommending the REDMAGIC 10S Pro as the phone to beat. Not only is it extremely capable because of its specifications, but it was purpose-built for mobile gaming and offers some specialized gaming features. It’s also available at a very reasonable and affordable base price compared to another high-end option we had in mind. At the end of the day, the REDMAGIC 10S Pro provides a basically pound-for-pound experience and has a lower price. So, this is the best for anyone who wants a dedicated gaming smartphone. At least for now. We’re a few months out from the end of the year, and eventually, new gaming smartphone models will arise.

REDMAGIC 10S Pro
Rating
star star star star star
Starting at $699
AH REDMAGIC 10S Pro Review (3)

REDMAGIC’s 10S Pro is an excellent example of what a gaming phone should be – affordable, powerful, and full of features that cater to the gamer. After years of development and several iterations, the REDMAGIC 10S Pro is the product of a lot of hard work to create something that mobile gamers will be proud to have.

It offers several advantages, and while it comes in at a lower price point than direct competitors, it doesn’t skimp on performance. It doesn’t give an inch. That’s an impressive feat and it’s one of the reasons why it’s the best gaming phone available for most people in 2025.

Pros

  • Great battery life
  • Charges up super fast
  • Exceptional performance
  • Good camera
  • Affordable price point
  • Display provides an awesome visual experience

Cons

  • Fingerprint magnet
  • Can get extremely warm during high-intensity tasks
  • No wireless charging

The REDMAGIC 10S Pro has a lot of unique features that other high-end phones won’t have, and that’s one of the reasons why it’s a special phone for mobile gaming enthusiasts. The key feature, at least in our eyes, is the ultrasonic triggers that sit on top of the phone when you’re holding the phone in landscape mode for playing games. These act just like the triggers on a controller. These are perfect for shooter games, but you can map these triggers to any in-game control so you could use them for any game you want, as long as that games plays in landscape mode.

This phone also has a pretty large battery capacity and a really good cooling system. The latter helps ensure the phone stays capable of operating at optimal temperatures to sustain that high performance for longer periods of time. Then of course, you can pick this phone up with large amounts of RAM and storage, and it’s powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, which is extremely powerful for mobile games.

Display: 6.85-inch AMOLED

Brightness: 2,000 nits

Protection: Corning Gorilla Glass

Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite

RAM and Storage: 12GB, 16GB, or 24GB RAM / 256GB, 512GB, or 1TB storage

Cameras: 50MP+50MP+2MP

Battery: 7050mAh Dual Cell Battery

Charging: 80W wired

Colors: Nightfall, Dusk, Moonlight

  • Android Version: Android 15
  • Software Support: 2 years of major OS updates and 3 years of security updates
  • AI Software: AI Trigger, Circle to Search, AI Photo Search AI image editing, real-time translations, call subtitles
  • Camera Score: Not tested by DXOMark
  • Camera Features: AI-powered image editing, Portrait Mode, Milky Way Night, Pro, Camera-Family
  • Battery Life Score: 25 hours and 42 minutes (Ranked 4th among phones Android Headlines has reviewed)
  • Charging Time: 44 minutes
Review
AH REDMAGIC 10S Pro Review (1)
REDMAGIC 10S Pro Ultimate Review: The Gaming Phone for Everyone
REDMAGIC burst onto the scene years ago, but the brand has really started to push the envelope within the last…
by Justin Diaz Read Full Review
Buy from
Buy from REDMAGIC

Best Premium Gaming Smartphone

When it comes to premium gaming phones, there’s really only one choice, and this year it’s the ASUS ROG Phone 9 Pro. At a retail price of $1,299, it is most certainly not cheap but you get a top-of-the-line gaming smartphone with an exceptional experience for mobile gaming. While some of us here at Android Headlines personally like it more than the REDMAGIC 10S Pro, the 10S Pro is still the best offering because of its price and similar performance. However, if money is no object and you’re not concerned about the price, then this is the gaming phone you go with. ASUS spared no expense, and you might not want to either.

ASUS ROG Phone 9 Pro Edition
Rating
star star star star star
$1,299
AH ASUS ROG Phone 9 Pro Edition

The ASUS ROG Phone 9 Pro released early in the year, making it one of the first phones to launch with the Snapdragon 8 Elite. It was officially launched in November of 2024, but it didn’t reach the US until January of 2025. It has an admittedly pretty good camera for a gaming phone. We say this because gaming phones typically have not had very good cameras. ASUS and REDMAGIC have started to change this and the ROG Phone 9 Pro has what is likely the best camera of any “gaming phone” that’s currently available.

Of course, the real magic lies in the special software features in the Armoury Crate app, as well as the popular AirTriggers. ASUS pioneered this feature and it has since spread to other gaming phone devices in similar forms. Still, they feel the best on the ROG devices.

Pros

  • AirTriggers are incredibly responsive
  • Best-in-class cooling system
  • Top-notch performance
  • Best camera of any ROG Phone to date
  • Advanced gaming software features enhance the user experience

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Not widely available
  • Short lifespan on major OS updates

The AirTriggers are one of the best things about this device. They give your phone trigger-like ultrasonic buttons that act like the triggers on a controller. ASUS is no longer the only brand to offer a feature like this, but it is the brand that offers the best-feeling triggers on a gaming phone. Plus, it has some excellent gaming software, with the most advanced features we’ve seen yet thanks to ASUS”s infusion of AI-powered functions.

It also has the best cooling of any gaming phone we’ve ever used, which allows it to keep sustained performance at a high level beyond other devices. You could play the most demanding games on this phone for a couple of hours and barely notice any change in surface temperature. At least, it wouldn’t get to the point where things are uncomfortable. This wasn’t the case with some of the older ROG Phone models, so ASUS came a long way with this one. There is, of course, the addition of large amounts of RAM and storage capacity, though, this isn’t specific to the ROG Phone 9 Pro. It’s just one of the really great things about it.

Display: 6.78 inch FHD+ 2400 x1080

Brightness: 2,500 nits peak, 1,600 nits HBM

Protection: Corning Gorilla Glass Victus 2

Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite

RAM and Storage: 16GB or 24GB RAM / 512GB or 1TB storage

Cameras: 50 MP, f/1.9, 24mm (wide), 32 MP, f/2.4, (telephoto), 13 MP, f/2.2, 13mm, 120˚ (ultrawide)

Battery: 5,800mAh

Charging: 65W wired, 15W wireless

Colors: Phantom Black

  • Android Version: Android 15
  • Software Support: 2 years of major OS updates and 3 years of security updates
  • AI Software: X Sense, X Capture, X Grabber
  • Camera Score: Not tested by DXOMark
  • Camera Features: AI Object Sense, AI HyperClarity, AI Portrait Video, 4K video, 8K video
Buy from

Best Non-Gaming Smartphone For Gaming

Gaming phones aren’t for everybody, and that’s understandable. They focus mostly on gaming as the key features, so naturally, a few other things may take a backseat. That being said, there are still consumers out there who like mobile gaming but want something that does other things really, really well. Thankfully, some brands, like Samsung, have put an emphasis on mobile gaming in recent years while still managing to deliver a phone that’s excellent for mobile gaming, but it’s not an actual gaming phone. The Galaxy S25 Ultra is the best phone to go for if you want something that can perform well with mobile games, that isn’t actually a gaming phone. That means you won’t get any special gaming-centric hardware features here, but it’ll run games effortlessly thanks to its powerful hardware.

Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra
Rating
star star star star star_empty
Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra AM AH 17

The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra is not a gaming phone but it is a good phone for games, because it’s good at pretty much everything it can do. It has great cameras, it has lots of storage, and it has a powerful chipset for high performance. Plus, it has a big screen with great resolution and vibrant colors. In other words, you’ll get a good screen size for games and the colors in those games will look amazing. Of course, it can’t be forgotten that this device has plenty of AI-powered software features to make everyday use outside of games more convenient.

Samsung has also taken great pains to increase mobile gaming performance and improve the user experience while playing games. This includes the use of a vapor chamber for better cooling, and even some gaming software features. It’s an all-around great device for more than just gaming. But, when it comes time to game, this phone won’t let you down.

Pros

  • Good Cameras
  • LOG Video recording for aspiring YouTubers
  • Class-leading battery life
  • Improved charging
  • Useful AI Features
  • 7 years of Updates!

Cons

  • No Dolby Vision support
  • S Pen losses Bluetooth support
  • Still Expensive

What makes this phone special is that it’s a high-performance phone that can be used for mobile gaming, but it’s not really a gaming phone. So, as a user, you just end up with a really, really nice premium phone that can just happens to be able to play games well. Not just well, but at top-tier levels, given its RAM, storage, and Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset.

It’s a device that is just as suitable for everything else people love to do with mobile phones as it is for mobile gaming. It doesn’t look like a gaming phone either. That is most certainly going to appeal to some people who like games but don’t like the over-used gamer aesthetic. Even better is that you can use this phone for years to come. Samsung has promised 7 years of major OS updates, security updates, and feature updates. Which means, you’ll still be getting new versions of Android in 5 years. This isn’t something that was typical until Google’s Pixel 8 series. Samsung followed and promised 7 years of updates with last year’s Galaxy S24 series, and it’s continuing to do so here. The Galaxy S25 Ultra is an expensive phone as well, but it does a lot and it does it all pretty well.

Display: 6.9″ Dynamic LTPO AMOLED 2X 120Hz.
Brightness: 2,600 nits peak
Protection: Corning Gorilla Armor 2
Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite for Galaxy
RAM and Storage: 12GB RAM, 256GB, 512GB or 1TB Storage
Cameras: 200MP primary camera at f/1.7, 10MP 3x telephoto at f/2.4, 50MP 5x telephoto at f/3.4, and 50MP ultrawide at f/1.9.
Battery: 5,000mAh
Charging: 45W wired and 15W wireless. 4.5W reverse wireless also available
Colors: Titanium Silver Blue, Titanium Black, Titanium White Silver, Titanium Gray, Titanium Jade Green, Titanium Jet Black, Titanium Pink Gold

  • Android Version: Android 16 (One UI 8)
  • Software Support: 7 years of updates (through January 2032)
  • AI Software: Galaxy AI, Gemini, and Circle to Search
  • Camera Score: 151 via DXOMark (Ranked 26th globally)
  • Camera features: Up to 100x zoom, 10-bit HDR recording, 8K video recording, LOG video mode, ProVisual Engine + Next-Gen Camera AI.
  • Battery life Score: 22 hours and 3 minutes (Ranked 22nd among phones Android Headlines has reviewed)
  • Charging time: 1 hour and 14 seconds.
Review
Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra AM AH 22
star
Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Ultimate Review: More Than Meets The Eye
On the surface, it looks like Samsung did the bare minimum to release a new flagship phone. However, once you…
by Alexander Maxham Read Full Review
Buy from
Buy from
Buy from

Best Mid-Range Gaming Smartphone

The OnePlus 13R is perhaps the best option for a phone that excels at mobile gaming in the budget category. It doesn’t cost a whole lot these days, and it’s still using some pretty powerful specs for a phone. Even if the chipset is from last year, it’s still last year’s flagship chipset from Qualcomm. Which is only a little less powerful than the Snapdragon 8 Elite.

OnePlus has also done some work to make its phones good for mobile gaming. The company included vapor chambers, added some gaming-centric software features, and, of course, the phones use good specs that allow the phone to run games well with high settings. This is another device that isn’t really a gaming phone, but it does play mobile games really well, all at a fraction of the cost of premium devices and actual gaming phones.

OnePlus 13R
Rating
star star star star star_empty
$599
OnePlus 13R Deal

Much like the OnePlus 12R, the OnePlus 13R prides itself on being capable in many different areas and that includes gaming. The approach is similar to Samsung with a focus on using high-quality components to ensure that gaming performance is smooth, but without alienating the crowd of consumers who doesn’t like the style of gaming phones or the fact that they can drop the ball in a few areas, most notably the camera, although not always. The OnePlus 13R shines in most areas including with battery life (so you can play games for longer), and it does these things while managing to keep the price tag a reasonable amount. How does OnePlus keep the price lower? Mainly by using last year’s chipset. This is the gaming phone for anyone who wants something mainstream, with excellent performance, great features, and a stylish design.

Pros

  • Great, smooth display
  • Outstanding performance
  • Solid main camera performance
  • Battery life is its strong suit
  • Very fast (wired) charging
  • Plenty fast fingerprint scanner

Cons

  • Poor ultrawide camera performance
  • No wireless charging

The thing that makes this phone special the most is that it has top-tier gaming performance at a price of $599. Thanks to the use of the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 as opposed to the Snapdragon 8 Elite, OnePlus was able to keep the price lower than its flagship OnePlus 13. There are other differences, of course, but this one factor helped a lot. Yet, the Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 is still a flagship chipset, just from one year prior, and that makes it a very good chip for games. OnePlus has also kept the vapor chamber and even improved on it from the previous year. Not to mention, it has put some focus toward enhancing mobile gaming through a few software features. There was a time that only brands who made official gaming phones would pay attention to this detail. More and more brands who make devices for the masses are catering to gamers too. And OnePlus is one of them.

It charges up extremely fast as well, when you use the wired charger, and that bodes well for the gamer who plays for long periods of time and needs to charge up the device as much as possible before having to rush out the door. By all accounts this is a great phone for gaming if you’re on a smaller budget and don’t want to compromise too much on performance.

Display: 6.78 LTPO AMOLED 120Hz

Brightness: 4,500 nits peak

Protection: Corning Gorilla Glass 7i

Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Gen 3

RAM and Storage: 12GB/16GB RAM ; 256GB/512GB Storage

Cameras: 50MP primary camera at f/1.8, 8MP ultrawide at f/2.2, 50MP telephoto at f/2.0

Battery: 6,000mAh

Charging: 80W wired

Colors: Astral Trail, Nebula Noir

  • Android Version: Android 15 (OxygenOS 15)
  • Software Support: 4 years of major Android updates
  • AI Software: Gemini, Circle to Search, OnePlus AI
  • Camera Score: N/A
  • Camera features: Color spectrum sensor, HDR, 4K video recording at 60 fps, gyro-EIS
  • Battery life Score: 18 hours and 55 minutes (ranked 43rd among phones Android Headlines has reviewed)
  • Charging time: 44 minutes and 30 seconds
Announcement
13R 2colors uncrop Large
OnePlus 13R Packs a Punch Without Breaking the Bank
Alongside the OnePlus 13 today, the OnePlus 13R was also announced. This is the company’s cheaper flagship offering with last…
by Alexander Maxham Read Full Announcement
Buy from OnePlus
Buy from

Best Budget Gaming Smartphone

If you’re looking to go even less expensive than the OnePlus 13R, then the Poco X7 Pro 5G is the phone for you. It’s the best bang for your buck if mobile gaming is a huge focal point in choosing a new phone to upgrade to. While it won’t have the best performance of any phone on the market, it has considerably good performance, and it costs under $400. That’s a price-to-performance value you can’t really argue against. Plus, the phone doesn’t look too bad in terms of design.

Poco X7 Pro 5G
Rating
star star star star star_empty
$360
poco x7 x7 pro 2

The Poco X7 Pro 5G is the kind of phone you consider when you want something that was built with mobile gaming in mind, but for the crowd of consumer who doesn’t want to spend more than a few hundred dollars.

At an average price of around $360, the Poco X7 Pro 5G from Xiaomi is a testament to what you can produce for less money when you put some effort into the development process. While it won’t beat out the top-tier devices, the Poco X7 Pro will have no problem delivering a quality gaming experience to the user. If you don’t care so much about having the absolute best, this is the device we’re recommending because it’s affordable, and it performs well. Not to mention it has a huge battery, so it’ll last a while between charges, too.

Pros

  • Pretty powerful chipset for a budget device
  • Massive 6,000mAh battery
  • Affordable price point
  • 90W charging support
  • Slim bezels
  • 120Hz display with decent resolution

Cons

  • underwhelming camera
  • Performance won’t quite match top-tier phones

What makes this phone truly special is that it can play mobile games with pretty good performance that most mobile gamers are likely to find acceptable, all without charging the consumer more than a few hundred dollars. This is the biggest draw of the Poco X7 Pro 5G. You’ll pay under $400 for it, and you’ll end up with a device that pumps out decent performance and has a long-lasting battery.

With a 120Hz display and ultra-slim bezels, gaming visuals will be presented in a delightful way so you can enjoy more of your game time without distractions. Plus, the slimmer bezels just look nicer overall. It also comes with an IP68 rating for dust resistance and water resistance. An IP68 rating on phones this inexpensive isn’t as common, so this is definitely a standout feature of the design.

Display: 6.67-inch CrystalRes AMOLED display

Brightness: 3,200 nits peak

Protection: Corning Gorilla Glass 7i

Processor: MediaTek Dimensity 8400-Ultra

RAM and Storage: 8GB RAM, 256GB storage/12GB RAM, 256GB storage/12GB RAM, 512GB storage

Camera: 50MP Main camera at f/1.5 with OIS, 8MP Ultrawide

Battery: 6,000mAh

Charging: 90W wired

Colors: Black, Green, Yellow

Android Version: Android 15 via HyperOS 2

Software Support: 4 years of major Android updates

AI Software: Google Gemini, Circle to Search, AI Cinematic Lockscreen, AI Dynamic Wallpapers, AI Writing, DeepThink Mode

Camera Score: Not tested by DXOMark

Camera Features: AI Image Expansion, AI Film, AI Erase Pro, 4K Video Recording at 60fps, Director Mode, Burst Shot Mode, Night Scene Capture

Announcement
poco x7 x7 pro 5
POCO just unveiled its new X7 series with a special Iron Man Edition
If there’s one thing we love about POCO’s phones, it’s that they basically bring a flagship experience despite being priced…
by Tyler Lee Read Full Announcement
Buy from

The post Best Gaming Smartphones appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung Finally Resumes One UI 8 Rollout for Galaxy S24 & S23

Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra AM AH 06

The One UI 8 rollout has seen its share of issues, with Samsung pausing the process on several of its phones, including the popular Galaxy S24 and S23 flagships. The company hasn’t disclosed the reason that triggered this move, but we assume something serious. Anyway, it looks to be a thing of the past, as Samsung appears to have resumed the One UI 8 update for the Galaxy S24 and S23 models. 

One UI 8 update for the Galaxy S24 and S23 resumed again

The screenshots shared by Tarun Vats confirm that One UI 8 is again available for the Galaxy S23 and S24. This is happening first in Samsung’s home soil, South Korea, suggesting that the Android 16-based update will also resume in other affected regions shortly. To recall, One UI 8 debuted on the Galaxy Z Fold 7 and Z Flip in July. It later made its way to other models, starting with the Galaxy S25 series.

Since then, Samsung has temporarily halted the update for various models without acknowledging or giving out a reason. It halted the One UI 8 rollout for the Galaxy S23 last week, after it began rolling out earlier this month. 

One UI 8 update Galaxy S24–resumed

The update is live in South Korea

One UI 8 is now back on track, as it’s rolling out again in the Galaxy S24 and S23 October monthly update. The update weighs around 396MB for the Galaxy S24 and 385MB for the Galaxy S23.

Meanwhile, Samsung’s next big UI upgrade is One UI 8.5, whose beta was originally rumored to start in November. But this is now reportedly not happening, possibly because of Samsung’s change in launch plans for the Galaxy S26 series.

The post Samsung Finally Resumes One UI 8 Rollout for Galaxy S24 & S23 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Changes Reportedly Delay One UI 8.5 Beta

samsung one ui 8 5 logo featured

Samsung’s upcoming big software update, One UI 8.5, is expected to bring some major changes and optimizations. However, things are reportedly not going as smoothly as planned. The company has now reportedly delayed the rollout of its One UI 8.5 beta. The program was earlier rumored to open in late November.

Samsung has delayed the rollout of the One UI 8.5 beta update

While Samsung has not made any official announcement yet, a fresh leak suggests that the firm has delayed the rollout of its One UI 8.5 beta update. The well-known tipster on X/Twitter, Tarun Vats, who closely follows the company’s software rollout timeline, recently revealed that the One UI 8.5 beta for the Galaxy S25 series has been postponed.

Earlier reports indicated that the beta would begin in the last week of November, but that schedule now appears unlikely. The delay seems to be connected with the major shake-up within the Galaxy S26 series.

According to sources, Samsung has canceled the Galaxy S26 Edge and reinstated the S26 Plus. It has also scrapped its plan to rename the standard S26 as S26 Pro. With the company revising its entire strategy, the internal development timeline has been disrupted. This has indirectly pushed back the One UI 8.5 beta as well.

The delay could be longer than anticipated

Since there are no official words on the update yet, it’s unclear how long the firm plans to hold off on the beta program. Historically, the company has delayed the release of its major software versions, such as One UI 8.0 and 8.1. This is to ensure the update’s stability before the stable release.

Anyway, if the One UI 8.5 beta rollout is delayed by more than a few weeks, it could line up with the slightly postponed launch of the Galaxy S26 series. However, depending upon the priorities of the company, the update may be delayed much longer than anticipated.

The post Samsung Galaxy S26 Changes Reportedly Delay One UI 8.5 Beta appeared first on Android Headlines.

Fitbit's Personal Health Coach enters an early preview this week

Fitbit Personal Health Coach Preview (1)

Earlier this year, Google announced that a Fitbit Personal Health Coach was coming to eligible devices, such as the Pixel Watch 4, and this week, it’s entering an early preview phase. This brings it one step closer to being fully launched, although it will take a little more time to get there, Google admits. This early preview will serve as a way for users to test the new feature and give some feedback to Google so that it can improve where things need to be improved. “Building this health coach takes time, rigor, and input to make sure it works well for everyone, which is why we’re starting with a preview and asking for your honest feedback,” Google says.

Since this is a preview, Google is quick to point out that everything it has mentioned as part of the preview is “by no means a comprehensive list of everything it can do.” That means users can expect it to do even more than what Google has announced so far. Which, by the way, includes everything from creating workouts on the fly to understanding more about specific health conditions. These don’t even have to be health conditions you have. It can just be something you’re particularly interested in learning more about.

Fitbit Personal Health Coach Preview (4)
Fitbit Personal Health Coach Preview (2)
Fitbit Personal Health Coach Preview (3)
Fitbit Personal Health Coach Preview (4)
Fitbit Personal Health Coach Preview (2)
Fitbit Personal Health Coach Preview (3)

The Fitbit Health Coach early preview begins October 28

Good news for anyone who wants to try this out: you’ll be able to give the Personal Health Coach a try starting tomorrow, October 28. Google doesn’t mention a specific time, so you may just have to end up keeping an eye on the Fitbit apps on your devices.

Google says you will need an eligible device to check it out, and this includes Pixel Watch and Fitbit devices. You also need to be a Fitbit Premium subscriber, as this will be a Fitbit Premium feature. Once the feature begins rolling out, users will be able to spend about 5 to 10 minutes having a conversation with their AI-powered fitness coach to get the ball rolling. Doing this isn’t mandatory to begin using the preview, as Google notes you can come back to it later, but it does seem to be recommended.

It’s also worth noting that this preview doesn’t have access to everything the current version of the Fitbit app has. A lot of features are missing. This includes menstrual health logging and tracking, body temp logging and tracking, social features like friends and leaderboards, and a host of others.

That being said, this is a preview, and Google confirms that users can swap back and forth. So, it isn’t a one way or another kind of situation. You can have both, just not in one app experience yet.

The post Fitbit's Personal Health Coach enters an early preview this week appeared first on Android Headlines.

Qualcomm Challenges Nvidia with In-House AI Accelerator Chips

AH Qualcomm Logo (1)

Qualcomm has officially entered the AI chip race with the launch of its two new accelerator chips. With this move, the company aims for a major shift from its traditional focus on smartphone and wireless connectivity semiconductors. With the launch of its new AI200 and AI250 chips, the company has positioned itself as a new challenger in the booming data center market, currently dominated by Nvidia and AMD.

Qualcomm announces AI200 and AI250 accelerator chips

According to an official announcement, Qualcomm plans to commercially release its new accelerator chip, the AI200, in 2026. The AI250 is scheduled to launch later in 2027. Both of these chips are designed for large-scale, liquid-cooled server racks. They are capable of powering an entire rack with up to 72 chips acting as one system.

Qualcomm builds its data center chips on the same hexagon neural processing unit (NPU) as its mobile processors. According to the company’s general manager of data center and edge, Durga Malladi, this is a part of a strategic move. She says that “We first proved ourselves in other domains, and then scaled up to the data center level.”

The new AI chips are competing on cost, efficiency, and flexibility

Unlike NVIDIA, whose GPUs are primarily used for training AI models, Qualcomm’s chips focus on inference, running pre-trained models efficiently. The company claims its rack-scale systems will cost less to operate. It is said to consume around 160 kilowatts per rack, roughly similar to Nvidia’s systems.

Malladi further adds in her statement that Qualcomm will offer modular sales. Clients will be able to purchase full racks or individual components. Interestingly, even competitors like Nvidia or AMD could use Qualcomm’s CPUs or other data center parts. The new AI cards are also said to be capable of handling 768GB of memory, surpassing both NVIDIA and AMD in this metric.

The post Qualcomm Challenges Nvidia with In-House AI Accelerator Chips appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 and Buds 4 Pro codenames revealed in One UI 8.5 build

Samsung is getting ready to launch its next wireless earbuds, the Galaxy Buds 4 and Galaxy Buds 4 Pro. The company seems to be giving this new lineup a unique and creative touch. Instead of using simple or color-based codenames like in the past, Samsung has chosen names inspired by classical composers.

According to information via Android Authority, the latest One UI 8.5 software revealed important details about these upcoming earbuds. In Samsung’s Buds Manager app, the Buds 4 are listed under the codename “Handel,” while the Buds 4 Pro are called “Bach.”

Both names come from famous German composers, which shows that Samsung is adding a touch of classical music flair to its new products. This is a new direction for Samsung, as older Galaxy Buds had much simpler codenames.

Samsung Galaxy Buds 3 Pro

While the names Galaxy Buds 4 and Buds 4 Pro had already been seen before, this is the first time we’ve learned about their codenames.  These names are quite different from previous generations. For example, the Galaxy Buds 2 were called “Berry” internally, while the Buds 3, 3 Pro, and 3 FE used “Jelly,” “Paran,” and “Gemstone.”

The new musical codenames might hint that Samsung is aiming for a more elegant design or an improved listening experience. So far, there are no leaked images or official previews of the Galaxy Buds 4 series. Only some icons have appeared in the early One UI 8.5 builds, and it’s unclear if they represent the final design.

Still, it’s clear that Samsung is continuing to improve its popular audio lineup while also working on new products like the Galaxy XR headset. Stay tuned for more information.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 and Buds 4 Pro codenames revealed in One UI 8.5 build appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Your Samsung Galaxy S20 FE is now out of date – Here’s why it matters

Samsung’s Galaxy S20 FE has officially received its last security update. October 2025 security patch is the final update the phone will get. While the device is still up-to-date now, it will no longer receive future updates.

The Galaxy S20 FE is part of Samsung’s “Fan Edition” lineup, which offers many features of Samsung’s flagship phones at a lower price. When it was released, it was a popular choice because it combined strong performance and useful features without the high cost of a full flagship model.

Samsung now supports newer phones for longer periods. Many new Android phones get updates for about seven years, but the Galaxy S20 FE came out before this policy. It means that this FE will no longer receive security updates.

Samsung Galaxy S20 FE September 2024 update Verizon

The successor of the Galaxy S20 FE, the Galaxy S21 FE, is also nearing the end of its support, while the new Galaxy S25 FE is in its first year of a seven-year update plan. This means the S25 FE will continue to receive both Android and security updates until 2032.

For anyone still using the S20 FE, this is a good time to think about upgrading. Samsung is offering the Galaxy S25 FE at an amazing discount with a trade-in and even includes a free storage upgrade. While the S20 FE will still work, it will gradually lose protection against security threats.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Your Samsung Galaxy S20 FE is now out of date – Here’s why it matters appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Galaxy S21 FE grabs October 2025 patch amid slow One UI 8 rollout

Samsung has started rolling out the October 2025 security update for the Galaxy S21 FE. Right now, it is available for users in Vietnam, and it will reach other countries soon. This update comes soon after Samsung began releasing the One UI 8 update for the device.

October 2025 security update for Samsung Galaxy S21 FE arrives with the One UI build version G990EXXSJHYJ4 and is about 300MB in size. Even though it is not very large, it includes important security fixes. The latest security patch addresses over 30 security issues, some of which could put your phone at risk.

October 2025 security update is coming while Samsung is still rolling out One UI 8 for the Galaxy S21 FE. The One UI 8 update started last week, but many users in different countries are still waiting for it. Even though this major UI update is not yet available for everyone, Samsung is making sure devices get the latest security fixes first.

Samsung Galaxy S21 FE October 2025 update

Image via golyigit2025 (X)

This security update rollout shows that Samsung is focused on keeping its users’ phones safe. Installing updates on time is important to protect your phone from security threats and ensure it works well.

To get the update, go to your phone’s Settings >> Software Update >> Download and Install. If you don’t see it right away, don’t worry. Samsung usually releases updates in phases, so it might take a few days to appear on your device.

Galaxy S21 FE users should check for this update and install it as soon as it is available. Keeping your phone updated will not only improve security but also help your device run better with the latest improvements.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Galaxy S21 FE grabs October 2025 patch amid slow One UI 8 rollout appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Samsung widens October 2025 security update rollout for Galaxy Z Flip 7 and Fold 7

Samsung has started expanding the October 2025 security update for its latest foldable phones, the Galaxy Z Flip 7 and Galaxy Z Fold 7. After first reaching users in Korea, the update is now available in India and Europe. This new update enhances the security and stability of the devices for everyday use.

October 2025 update mainly focuses on improving security and performance. It fixes 34 security issues found in both Android and Samsung’s own software. While there are no new features or major visual changes, the update helps make the phones safer and run more smoothly.

Users of Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 7 and Galaxy Z Fold 7 can identify the latest update by the firmware version ending with AYJ3. Although this update doesn’t bring visible changes, it’s important for maintaining the phone’s security and long-term performance.

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7, Flip 7 and Watch 8 Classic

Source – Samsung Mobile Press

Samsung’s new foldables come with One UI 8 based on Android 16 right out of the box. The company promises seven years of software updates, which means users will continue to get new features and security patches for a long time.

At the moment, Samsung is preparing the One UI 8.5 update. It will reportedly bring a refreshed design with more dynamic visuals and new features. Notably, this major update will debut with the Galaxy S26 series next year.

To install the latest security patch, go to Settings > Software update > Download and install. If the update is available for your device, it will start downloading automatically. It’s recommended to install this patch to keep your Galaxy Z Flip 7 or Fold 7 secure and running smoothly.

Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

The post Samsung widens October 2025 security update rollout for Galaxy Z Flip 7 and Fold 7 appeared first on Sammy Fans.

The Best Video Cameras to Take On Long-Distance Backpacking

A hiker with a large backpack walks toward a scenic mountain vista, framed by a tree and a large rock, under a partly cloudy sky.

It was sunset on top of the tallest mountain in the continental United States, and I had two immediate priorities. One was dinner. As a long-distance backpacker on the Pacific Crest Trail, I was burning between 4,000 and 6,000 calories a day, and losing too much weight was a constant concern for myself and my friends. The other priority was 32.4 ounces of metal and glass clipped to the shoulder strap of my backpack: my camera. And as the sun sank towards the horizon, I kept neglecting my dinner in favor of keeping up with the ever-changing lighting.

[Read More]

How a Ladder Company Turned Louvre Heist Photo Into a Viral Ad Campaign

A Böcker cargo lift is positioned against a historic stone building, reaching an upper window. Two police cars and orange cones block the street. Text overlay promotes the lift’s speed and electric motor.

As the saying attributed to P.T. Barnum goes, "There is no such thing as bad publicity." German company Böcker certainly subscribes to the view after turning a press photo of one of its ladders used in the daring Louvre Museum heist into a viral marketing campaign.

[Read More]

Microsoft Xbox 'Magnus' launching with free online multiplayer plus Epic Games Store and Steam games support

A new report has shared more details about Microsoft's next Xbox 'Magnus' console. Not only is Microsoft now rumoured to be switching to free console multiplayer, but the move to running future Xbox consoles with a modified version of Windows will allow it to support PC games while retaining backwards compatibility with older Xbox generations.

Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 3 with Snapdragon X chipset and touchscreen drops below $450

Deal | The Lenovo IdeaPad Slim 3 might be a great choice for people looking for a budget laptop with a touch-capable display. It comes equipped with a Qualcomm Snapdragon X SoC, 16 GB of soldered RAM, and a 256 GB SSD (that's thankfully user-upgradable). Port selection is decent too for the $450 price point, as it even has a full-sized SD card reader.

Rumor: iPhone 20 Pro will get Apple camera sensor for the first time, iPhone 18 Pro will get two camera upgrades

According to the latest rumors, Apple is planning at least two significant camera upgrades for the iPhone 18 Pro (Max). The anniversary iPhone in 2027 will also be particularly exciting, as it is expected to be equipped with a camera sensor developed by Apple for the first time, which promises far better image quality thanks to new technology.

More details about the Xiaomi 17 Ultra's cameras leak

Xiaomi has already launched the 17, 17 Pro, and 17 Pro Max, but of course there's still one member missing from its latest flagship family - the 17 Ultra. It's unclear exactly when this phone will be made official, but for reference note that the 15 Ultra (Xiaomi skipped the number 16 in order to match Apple's product naming scheme) got official this February. Today some more details about the Xiaomi 17 Ultra's cameras have been outed in China. Xiaomi 15 Ultra According to Digital Chat Station on Weibo, the 17 Ultra will come with a new 50 MP main camera that supports better...

Samsung Galaxy Buds3 and Buds3 Pro are receiving a new update

Samsung is seeding a new update for the Galaxy Buds3 series. The flagship earbuds were launched in July last year alongside the Galaxy Z Fold6 and Galaxy Z Flip6. The Galaxy Buds3 and Buds3 Pro are receiving a firmware update. At the moment, the update is only available for users in South Korea. However, it is expected to be rolled out to users in other regions soon. According to screenshots shared by users on Samsung's community forum, the update improves stability and fixes bugs. Unfortunately, the changelog doesn’t detail the fixes or improvements. The Galaxy Buds3 update is...

Watch the global unveiling of the Oppo Find X9 series here

Oppo announced the Find X9 and Find X9 Pro in China earlier this month, and now it's almost ready to take them to global markets as well. The company is live-streaming the global unveiling on YouTube, and you can find the stream embedded below. The event starts on October 28 at 3 PM GMT / UK time, 4 PM in Germany and France, 8:30 PM in India, 8 AM in California, and 11 AM in New York. The duo's European pricing surfaced last week, with the X9 allegedly starting at €999 and the Pro model going for €1,299. In China, the Find X9 has a 6.59-inch AMOLED screen with 120Hz refresh rate...

DJI Osmo Pocket 4 chassis leak hints at refreshed dimensions

DJI’s compact camera line looks set for a refresh. Nearly two years after the Osmo Pocket 3 made its debut, leaked images of what’s believed to be the Osmo Pocket 4 have surfaced online. The upcoming model adds new physical controls and slight tweaks to its overall shape and size.

Pocket 4 (left), Pocket 3 (right)

A side-by-side comparison shot of the Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4’s chassis has emerged online, showing the Pocket 4 stands slightly taller and narrower than the Pocket 3. Still, the redesign keeps that signature pocketable feel. This leak lines up with earlier footage from Barcelona, where what looked like a Pocket 4 prototype was spotted filming in public.

The most visible change is a new set of hardware buttons placed below the rotatable touchscreen, replacing the “Osmo” logo found on the Pocket 3. These could serve as shortcuts for recording, focus, or gimbal controls—making one-handed shooting much easier. Combined with reports that production is already underway, the leak suggests a launch could happen before early 2026.

The Osmo Pocket 3 set a high bar back in 2023 with its 1-inch CMOS sensor, 4K/120fps recording, and 2-inch rotatable OLED screen, though its 179g weight and short battery life left room for improvement. Previous rumors point to the Pocket 4 possibly adding a dual-camera setup. If true, it could mean a telephoto or depth camera for added versatility alongside the 1″ main camera.

DJI seems ready to respond with a more ergonomic, creator-friendly design. Whether it lands before the holidays or in early 2026, the Osmo Pocket 4 looks poised to be a small but meaningful upgrade for handheld storytellers everywhere.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source)

The post DJI Osmo Pocket 4 chassis leak hints at refreshed dimensions appeared first on Gizmochina.

Vivo X300 vs Xiaomi 17: Two flagships head-to-head

Vivo-X300-vs-Xiaomi-17

It’s the season of flagship Android wars in China. Almost every major brand has unveiled a new device in the last month or so, each equipped with the latest processors, top-tier displays, and, thankfully, bigger batteries.

The Vivo X300 and Xiaomi 17 are two such contenders. On paper, both devices come loaded with high-end hardware, eye-catching designs, and the latest chips from MediaTek and Qualcomm.

But peel back the specs and the differences start to show. So let’s break down what really sets them apart.

Design and Build

Both the Vivo X300 and Xiaomi 17 share similar dimensions. It measures around 150mm tall and weighs just under 200 grams. They’re slim, premium slabs that feel engineered to impress.

Vivo’s design features glass on both sides, paired with an aluminum alloy frame, while Xiaomi opts for Dragon Crystal Glass on the front, complemented by an aluminum frame.

Both phones are IP68 rated, meaning they can withstand accidental water drops and dusty environments. However, Vivo takes it a step further with an IP69 rating, enabling it to withstand high-pressure water jets. That’s rare even among flagships, though it’s unlikely to make a meaningful difference in real-life use.

Display

Both phones use LTPO AMOLED panels with 120Hz refresh rates and 2160Hz PWM dimming, making them easier on the eyes at low brightness. Vivo’s display measures 6.31 inches, while Xiaomi’s is roughly the same at 6.3 inches.

Brightness is where Vivo pulls ahead. The X300 peaks at a massive 4,500 nits, while Xiaomi reaches up to 3,500 nits. Both are extremely bright and should deliver great outdoor visibility, regardless of the numbers.

In terms of color, both screens support HDR10+, HDR Vivid, and advanced tone mapping. Xiaomi adds Dolby Vision to the mix, giving it an edge when watching supported content on Netflix or YouTube.

Resolution-wise, both hover in the 1220–1260p range, offering crisp text and smooth visuals.

Performance: MediaTek vs Snapdragon

The two phones take very different approaches to performance. The X300 runs MediaTek’s Dimensity 9500, a 3nm chip with ARM C1 cores clocked up to 4.21GHz.

Xiaomi, on the other hand, ships with Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, also built on a 3nm process and equipped with custom Oryon V3 cores running up to 4.6GHz.

On paper, Snapdragon’s architecture has the upper hand. It uses two 4.6GHz Oryon V3 Phoenix L cores and six 3.62GHz Phoenix M cores, paired with an Adreno 840 GPU—delivering top-tier gaming and raw compute performance. The Dimensity 9500’s 4.21GHz C1-Ultra and 3.5GHz C1-Premium cores aren’t far behind, and MediaTek’s Arm G1-Ultra GPU is also powerful.

In real-world use, both phones should feel incredibly fast. Scrolling, multitasking, and gaming happen without hesitation. Vivo’s OriginOS 6 (based on Android 16) feels smooth and responsive, while Xiaomi’s HyperOS 3 offers deep customization and similarly slick performance.

Cameras

This is where things get interesting. The Vivo X300 features a bold 200MP main sensor with OIS, a 50MP periscope telephoto, and a 50MP ultrawide. The system is tuned by Zeiss and includes Zeiss T* lens coating, laser autofocus, and even 3D LUT import for pro-grade color work.

The Xiaomi 17, meanwhile, sticks to a more traditional 50MP triple setup—50MP main, 50MP telephoto (2.6x optical), and 50MP ultrawide—with Leica-co-engineered optics.

Both phones offer flagship camera performance, and the final quality will come down to ISP tuning and post-processing. However, Vivo holds a clear advantage in flexibility, thanks to support for external photography accessories, including a telephoto extender that can deliver crisp shots at up to 200mm.

On the front, both devices use 50MP selfie cameras with 4K video support, but Xiaomi goes further with HDR10+ video capture and gyro-EIS.

Battery and Charging

Battery life is where Xiaomi dominates. The Xiaomi 17 packs a huge 7,000mAh cell along with 100W wired, 50W wireless, and 22.5W reverse wireless charging.

Vivo’s 6,040mAh battery with 90W wired and 40W wireless charging still offers strong endurance, easily lasting a day and a half, but Xiaomi simply goes farther. The difference between 6,040mAh and 7,000mAh will be noticeable, especially for heavy users.

Audio and Connectivity

Both phones skip the headphone jack but feature stereo speakers. Xiaomi’s setup is tuned for Dolby Atmos and Snapdragon Sound, with Hi-Res 24-bit/192kHz playback. Vivo’s speakers are clean, but lack Dolby branding.

Connectivity is top-tier on both devices, including Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4, NFC, infrared, and multi-band GPS. Vivo adds eSIM support internationally, which Xiaomi lacks, while Xiaomi includes DisplayPort output over USB-C, allowing it to connect directly to a monitor.

Verdict

The Vivo X300 and Xiaomi 17 show how differently two brands can approach the same idea: a compact 2025 flagship.

The Vivo X300 stands out with its brighter display, Zeiss-tuned 200MP camera, and cleaner design. It’s ideal for users who prioritize photography and aesthetics.

The Xiaomi 17 shines with its massive battery, Leica tuning, Snapdragon performance, and superior audio. It’s the better fit for power users who value endurance and versatility.

There’s no outright winner—just two flagships excelling in their own way.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

The post Vivo X300 vs Xiaomi 17: Two flagships head-to-head appeared first on Gizmochina.

Motorola Edge 70 appears on Geekbench, launch offers revealed — matches Edge 60 Pro in performance

Moto Edge 70

Motorola is stirring excitement for its next mid-range entry, the Edge 70. This phone blends a super-slim profile with surprisingly generous launch deals. With the official reveal set for November 5, the company has already started teasing specs that make this phone look like an appealing option for casual users who prioritize design and in-hand experience.

Moto Edge 70
Moto Edge 70

The Edge 70 packs a 4,800mAh silicon-carbon battery—larger than the iPhone Air’s 3,149mAh and even the Galaxy S25 Edge’s 3.900mAh—yet the chassis stays impressively thin at 5.99mm. Charging speeds are solid too, with 68W wired and 15W wireless support, promising up to two days of battery life.

Under the hood, Motorola is opting for Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 7 Gen 4, paired with 12GB of LPDDR5X RAM and 512GB of UFS 3.1 storage.

Leaked Geekbench 6 CPU scores suggest performance on par with the MediaTek Dimensity 8350 of the Edge 60 Pro. The display sounds premium as well: a 6.7-inch 1.5K pOLED panel with 120Hz refresh, 4,500 nits peak brightness, and Gorilla Glass 7i protection. The camera setup features 50MP main and ultrawide lenses on the back, paired with a 50MP selfie shooter.

Where things really heat up is pricing. While Motorola hasn’t confirmed global prices yet, the Edge 70—sold in China as the X70 Air—appears to be positioned as an affordable rival to Apple’s iPhone Air and Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Edge. In China, it’s available in two variants: 12GB + 256GB for 2,599 yuan (~$365) and 12GB + 512GB for 2,899 yuan (~$410).

For international buyers, Motorola appears to be stacking generous launch offers that could amount to over €550 (~$640) in savings through early-bird vouchers and regional promos. If those carry over to the final pricing, the expected €699 (~$760) tag could dip into Pixel 9a territory—a seriously competitive spot for what’s shaping up to be a near-flagship phone.

The Edge 70 will debut in Europe first, with India and the US expected to follow by December.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source: Motorola | Geekbench)

The post Motorola Edge 70 appears on Geekbench, launch offers revealed — matches Edge 60 Pro in performance appeared first on Gizmochina.

Grab Acer TravelLite Laptop available at just Rs. 38,999

Acer TravelLite Laptop

All the festival discounts end with Diwali, but there are some good offers. The Acer TravelLite series is designed specifically for digital nomads, offering a sleek, portable build. Amazon is providing an excellent discount on the Acer TravelLite Smart FHD TL04-51M laptop, allowing you to buy it for as low as ₹38,999.

The original Amazon listing price is ₹45,999, but applying the coupon reduces it by ₹7,000 to reach that lower price. Moreover, if you make a payment through a credit/debit card, you can get Rs 1500 discount, which makes the effective price of Acer’s laptop just Rs. 37,499.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Acer TravelLite Smart FHD TL04-51M Specification

Coming to the major specifications of the laptop. At its core, the TravelLite packs an Intel Core i5 processor 13th generation. Paired with 8GB of RAM and a spacious 512GB SSD, it should effortlessly handle everything from spreadsheets in Excel to video editing in Adobe Premiere or seamless Zoom calls and much more.

What truly sets the TravelLite apart is its travel or business-friendly DNA. Weighing under 1.5 kg with a slim 14-inch Full HD display boasting anti-glare tech and vibrant IPS panels, it’s built for long flights or other outside hustles. The battery life is claimed to last up to 10 hours on a single charge, perfect for all-day unplugged adventures. The laptop is packed with USB-C, HDMI, and Thunderbolt ports, ensuring you stay plugged into your ecosystem. Running on Windows 11 Home, it integrates smoothly with Microsoft 365 and offers Acer’s Care Center for easy diagnostics.

That being said, although priced originally higher, this Rs. 7,000 coupon slash brings premium specs into budget territory. So, if you’re looking for a reliable daily driver that won’t weigh you down, then bag the Acer TravelLite now from Amazon India.

The post Grab Acer TravelLite Laptop available at just Rs. 38,999 appeared first on Gizmochina.

Baseus launches 100W power bank with 20,000mAh capacity & dual built-in cables

Baseus 100W Power Bank

Baseus has officially launched a new 100W power bank in China. The product is now available on JD.com with a retail price of 199 yuan ($28). It features a 20,000mAh battery, a 3C + 1A output layout, and built-in dual USB-C charging cables that eliminate the need to carry separate cables.

Baseus 100W Power Bank

Baseus 100W Power Bank Specifications

The power bank supports 100W fast charging and is designed to work with a wide range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, laptops, handheld consoles, and cameras. According to Baseus, it can charge a 13-inch MacBook Air up to 36% in just 30 minutes. It also supports up to 65W input for self-charging and can fully recharge itself in approximately 2.5 hours.

Baseus has included support for several charging protocols such as PD, PPS, UFCS, QC, FCP, AFC, and SCP. The power bank is compatible with major brands, including Apple, Xiaomi, Huawei, Oppo, Vivo, and Samsung. It delivers up to 100W via its USB-C port and the USB-C1 cable, 50W via the USB-C2 cable, and 22.5W via the USB-A port. It can charge Xiaomi phones at 55W and iPhones at up to 45W.

Baseus 100W Power Bank

The device features an ergonomic and compact design that is 24% smaller and 40% thinner than typical 20,000mAh power banks. It weighs around 420 grams and measures 152.1 × 66 × 26.5mm. The surface uses a smooth, skin-friendly coating, and the body includes soft R-shaped edges for improved grip. The built-in charging cables are made from dual-weave high-density braiding and interlock to form a convenient carrying loop.

Internally, the power bank houses four high-density 5000mAh cells with a total energy rating of 73Wh. It uses a graphene-based dual heat dissipation system to prevent overheating. It also comes with an onboard AI temperature control chip that monitors thermal conditions 36,000 times per hour to ensure stable performance.

Baseus has added nine layers of protection, covering overvoltage, overcurrent, short circuit, temperature, and electromagnetic interference. The product is available in Starry Blue, Moonlight Beige, and Interstellar Black color options.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(Baseus JD)

The post Baseus launches 100W power bank with 20,000mAh capacity & dual built-in cables appeared first on Gizmochina.

OnePlus Pad 2 goes official with Dimensity 9400+, 3K 144Hz display, and 10,400mAh battery

OnePlus-Pad-2-launch-specs-Price-China

OnePlus’ latest launch event wasn’t just about phones. Alongside the OnePlus 15 and Ace 6, the company also unveiled the OnePlus Pad 2 for the Chinese market.

Before we get into the details, there’s one thing to clear up. OnePlus’ tablet naming scheme differs internationally and in the mainland. 

Globally, the company has already launched the OnePlus Pad 3 with the Snapdragon 8 Elite chip. It’s the successor to 2024’s Pad 2 that comes with Snapdragon 8 Gen 3. 

This means the China branding is technically a generation behind. Still, the Pad 2’s hardware lines up with what you’d expect from a premium 2025 tablet.

OnePlus Pad 2 Specifications

The OnePlus Pad 2 features a 12.1-inch 3K display (3000 × 2120) with a 144Hz dynamic refresh rate, a 540Hz touch sampling rate, and 900 nits of peak brightness. OnePlus claims it can push 144fps in select mobile titles.

Powering the device is the MediaTek Dimensity 9400+, a flagship-tier chip with an AnTuTu score of over 3.05 million, paired with an ultra-large vapor-cooling system covering more than 46,000mm².

Despite the horsepower, the tablet remains slim at 5.99mm and weighs just 579 grams.

On the software side, it runs ColorOS 16, which includes a few additions for gamers and students alike. A new “Game Camera” feature lets users capture ultra-clear Live Photo screenshots or replay up to 30 seconds of gameplay. 

For note-takers, the OS brings handwriting beautification and intelligent content extraction tools to improve the experience during online classes. The Pad 2 also supports a panoramic virtual screen mode that can open three apps side-by-side, along with two additional floating windows.

Inside, there’s a 10,420mAh battery with 67W SuperVOOC charging, and OnePlus claims the system is optimized for “five years of lasting smoothness.” The tablet also supports PC-level WPS Office, multi-window workflows, and even custom font installations.

Price and Availability

The OnePlus Pad 2 starts at 2,799 yuan (≈ $380) for the 8GB + 256GB model, with 12GB + 256GB and 16GB + 512GB variants priced at 3,099 yuan and 3,599 yuan, respectively.

Open sales begin on October 30, and early buyers will receive a one-year screen protection plan worth 249 yuan at no additional cost. Meanwhile, students can claim a free stylus worth 399 yuan during the pre-sale period.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

The post OnePlus Pad 2 goes official with Dimensity 9400+, 3K 144Hz display, and 10,400mAh battery appeared first on Gizmochina.

Oppo Find X9 Pro vs Honor Magic8 Pro: One Phone Dominates in Speed, Camera, and Design

oppo vs honor

As smartphone innovation hits new heights, the battle between Oppo Find X9 Pro and Honor Magic8 Pro captures the essence of next-gen flagship competition. Both models redefine performance, camera prowess, and design finesse in 2025’s premium segment. This comparison matters because it highlights how two leading brands interpret “ultimate innovation” differently, balancing endurance, photography, and speed to meet the demands of modern power users seeking the perfect all-rounder.

Design and Display

Build and Feel:

Both the Oppo Find X9 Pro and Honor Magic8 Pro deliver premium craftsmanship, but their design philosophies differ subtly. Oppo leans toward a sleek, minimalist look with a Gorilla Glass build and aluminum frame, offering a smooth, unified aesthetic. The Honor Magic8 Pro, meanwhile, opts for Giant Rhino Glass protection with a slightly more robust, futuristic edge that aligns with its flagship identity. Both feature IP68/IP69 ratings, ensuring resistance to dust, immersion, and even high-pressure water jets, ideal for rugged or outdoor users.

In practical terms, the Find X9 Pro feels slightly denser and solid in the hand, while the Magic8 Pro balances its weight more efficiently, offering better grip comfort during prolonged use. The overall ergonomics favor the Honor slightly due to its narrower frame, though Oppo’s precision finish gives it a more luxurious touch.

Verdict: The Oppo Find X9 Pro wins on aesthetic elegance and seamless finish, whereas the Honor Magic8 Pro offers better hand-feel and durability. For users valuing style and refinement, Oppo stands out; for those prioritizing practicality and toughness, Honor is more compelling.

Display Quality:

The Oppo Find X9 Pro’s LTPO AMOLED panel boasts 1B colors, Dolby Vision, HDR10+, and a 3600-nit peak brightness, more than sufficient for outdoor visibility and vibrant contrast. In contrast, the Honor Magic8 Pro raises the bar with a 4320Hz PWM dimming frequency, HDR Vivid, and a staggering 6000-nit peak brightness, making it one of the brightest smartphone displays available.

Color reproduction is rich on both, though Honor’s calibration tends toward natural, slightly warmer tones, while Oppo delivers deeper blacks and cinematic contrast ideal for HDR streaming. Motion handling is equally fluid at 120Hz, but the Magic8 Pro’s ultra-high PWM ensures superior eye comfort during long use, minimizing flicker fatigue.

Verdict: The Honor Magic8 Pro clearly leads in display brightness and visual comfort, making it the better pick for media consumption and outdoor use. However, Oppo’s color depth and Dolby Vision integration give it a more refined multimedia experience. Users prioritizing brightness and longevity will appreciate Honor’s edge.

Specifications

Performance:

The Oppo Find X9 Pro runs on MediaTek’s Dimensity 9500, a 3nm powerhouse, while the Honor Magic8 Pro wields the latest Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, one of Qualcomm’s most powerful chips to date. The Snapdragon offers better thermal control and higher sustained performance, especially for gaming, AI tasks, and multitasking.

While Oppo’s C1 custom cores deliver impressive speeds and stability, the Honor Magic8 Pro’s Oryon cores demonstrate superior efficiency and raw output in benchmark comparisons. GPU performance also tilts toward Honor’s Adreno 840, offering smoother rendering in demanding 3D environments. Both pair with fast UFS 4.0/4.1 storage and up to 16GB RAM, ensuring fluid multitasking.

Verdict: The Honor Magic8 Pro takes the lead with its Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, which provides more consistent peak performance and better optimization across apps and games. The Oppo Find X9 Pro, though slightly behind, remains highly capable and thermally efficient, making it a more battery-friendly performer.

Battery and Charging:

Battery life is a key differentiator here. Oppo’s 7500mAh battery provides impressive endurance with balanced 80W wired and 50W wireless charging, plus 10W reverse wireless support. Honor counters with a 7200mAh global variant (6270mAh in Europe), but compensates with faster 120W wired and 80W wireless charging.

In real-world use, Oppo offers slightly longer runtime due to its power-efficient chipset and larger capacity, while Honor’s faster charging system can restore power in nearly half the time. The inclusion of reverse wired and high-power wireless charging options makes Honor a more versatile charging hub for other devices.

Verdict: Oppo wins in longevity and energy optimization, while Honor dominates in speed and convenience. For heavy users needing quick top-ups, the Magic8 Pro’s 120W system is unmatched; for endurance-focused users, the Find X9 Pro’s 7500mAh cell remains superior.

Camera

Main and Secondary Lenses:

Both flagships bring exceptional camera setups, but their imaging philosophies diverge. Oppo’s collaboration with Hasselblad delivers natural color science and precise dynamic range tuning, supported by a 50MP wide, 200MP periscope, and 50MP ultrawide trio. Honor’s setup mirrors this but with slightly larger sensors, particularly its 200MP periscope and 50MP ultrawide, optimized for low-light clarity and fine detail.

Honor’s 3.7x optical zoom offers sharper telephoto results, while Oppo’s color calibration provides a more balanced, true-to-life tone, particularly in daylight scenes. In the video, both offer 4K up to 120fps with 10-bit HDR and OIS, but Oppo’s Dolby Vision recording gives it a cinematic advantage.

Verdict: Honor edges ahead for zoom and low-light performance, but Oppo counters with superior color depth and professional-grade color science. For photography enthusiasts, Honor’s sensor array offers more versatility, while content creators will prefer Oppo’s cinematic HDR video output.

Selfie Camera:

Oppo’s 50MP front camera produces sharp, natural portraits, enhanced by its precise color calibration and gyro-EIS for steady 4K video. Honor’s 50MP sensor is equally capable but gains an edge through its additional TOF 3D sensor, enhancing facial depth, biometric accuracy, and background separation in portrait shots.

Honor’s dual-sensor setup delivers better face mapping for secure Face ID and more professional bokeh effects, while Oppo focuses on clarity and dynamic range, particularly under mixed lighting.

Verdict: The Honor Magic8 Pro secures the win with its dual-sensor system and Face ID capabilities, giving it more functionality and accuracy. Oppo’s single-lens system still excels in realism and sharpness, ideal for those who value natural tones over AI processing.

Pricing

The Oppo Find X9 Pro is priced around $800, while the Honor Magic8 Pro costs approximately $850. Given the minor $50 difference, both deliver flagship-grade specifications, but Honor offers a longer software promise, 7 major Android upgrades versus Oppo’s 5.

Honor’s inclusion of faster charging, higher peak brightness, and the more powerful Snapdragon chip justifies the slight premium. However, Oppo delivers greater value through its larger battery, refined design, and Hasselblad-backed camera tuning.

Verdict: For future-proofing and raw power, Honor’s extra investment feels warranted. For balanced value and endurance, Oppo remains the smarter buy for those seeking flagship performance without the highest price tag.

Conclusion

Both phones push flagship innovation, but in different ways. The Oppo Find X9 Pro stands out with Hasselblad color tuning, ultrasonic fingerprint technology, and satellite connectivity (exclusive to its 1TB variant). The Honor Magic8 Pro differentiates itself with Face ID, emergency SOS satellite calls, 6000-nit display brightness, and industry-leading 120W charging.

Each device caters to a different flagship philosophy. Oppo emphasizes design finesse, endurance, and balanced performance, while Honor targets users wanting cutting-edge display tech and superior connectivity.

Verdict: The Honor Magic8 Pro emerges as the more future-forward device with its extended software support and superior hardware integration. However, the Oppo Find X9 Pro offers a more cohesive, refined flagship experience, appealing to users seeking luxury, endurance, and timeless reliability.

Read More:

The post Oppo Find X9 Pro vs Honor Magic8 Pro: One Phone Dominates in Speed, Camera, and Design appeared first on Gizmochina.

OnePlus 15 already available to users globally via import

The OnePlus 15 has barely launched in China, but it’s already finding its way into the hands of eager international buyers. Thanks to import retailers like Giztop, the phone is available globally ahead of its official release — packing Qualcomm’s new Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chip and flagship hardware at a surprisingly aggressive price.

Launched in China on October 27, the OnePlus 15 is the company’s first phone powered by Qualcomm’s 3nm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 processor. In China, pricing starts at CNY 3,999 (~$561) for the 12GB/256GB variant and goes up to CNY 5,399 (~$758) for 16GB/1TB. Importers like Giztop currently list it at the following prices:

  • 12GB/256GB – $699
  • 12GB/512GB – $799
  • 16GB/512GB – $849
  • 16GB/256GB – $749
  • 16GB/1TB – $949

Buyers can choose between Black, Purple, and Titanium color options.

Early import units run ColorOS 16 (Android 16-based) with multi-language support, but also come with pre-installed regional apps and reportedly no official warranty — meaning any issues rely on seller policies.

The specs are undeniably premium: a 6.78-inch, 1.5K LTPO AMOLED display with 165Hz refresh rate. Thanks to the 8 Elite Gen 5, it can even hit 165fps in supported games, including Call of Duty Mobile, League of Legends Mobile, and Naruto Mobile. There’s a massive 7,300mAh battery this year, up from 6000 mAh of the OnePlus 13.

The phone packs a 7,300mAh silicon-carbon battery with 120W wired and 50W wireless charging, along with a 50MP triple-camera setup that includes a 3.5x periscope telephoto lens. Interested readers can check out our launch coverage for a full breakdown of features.

And for those willing to wait for the global version with localized software and warranty, November 13 seems to be the date to mark.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source: Giztop)

The post OnePlus 15 already available to users globally via import appeared first on Gizmochina.

OnePlus Ace 6 launched with Snapdragon 8 Elite, 165Hz display & 7,800mAh battery

OnePlus Ace 6

OnePlus has launched the Ace 6 in China, targeting gamers with powerful performance, vibrant visuals, and smart power management. The device sits below the OnePlus 15 in the lineup and is expected to launch globally as the OnePlus 15R.

OnePlus Ace 6

OnePlus Ace 6 Specifications

The OnePlus Ace 6 has a 6.83-inch flat OLED display with a 2800×1272 resolution and 450ppi density. It supports adaptive refresh rates from 60Hz to 165Hz, 10-bit color, full DCI-P3 coverage, and up to 1,800 nits peak brightness.

The screen includes TÜV Rheinland Intelligent Eye Protection 5.0, low-flicker PWM dimming, and DC-like dimming above 70 nits. It also offers AI blink reminders, adaptive color temperature, sunlight mode for outdoor visibility, and a night reading mode for comfort in low light.

Under the hood, the device runs on the Snapdragon 8 Elite chip built on a 3nm process, featuring an octa-core CPU and Adreno 830 GPU clocked at 1.1GHz. It integrates a WindChaser Gaming Engine that synchronizes CPU, GPU, and NPU to maintain 165fps performance in games.

OnePlus Ace 6

The phone also includes an eSports Triple-Chip setup with a dedicated performance chip, G2 network chip, and Lingxi touch chip to cut latency and stabilize frames. It offers up to 16GB LPDDR5X RAM and 1TB UFS 4.1 storage.

The device runs ColorOS 16 based on Android 16, offering new AI-based features such as AI Flash Notes, cross-device collaboration with iPhones and Macs, and real-time multi-screen connectivity.

Talking about optics, the rear camera setup includes a 50MP Sony IMX906 main sensor with OIS and EIS and an 8MP ultra-wide camera. It supports 4K video recording at up to 120fps. The front camera features a 16MP sensor with support for 1080p video at 30fps.

The phone packs a dual-cell 7,800mAh battery that supports 120W SuperVOOC charging. OnePlus claims the phone charges to 50% in 16 minutes and fully charges in 43 minutes. The device includes a bypass charging feature to reduce heat during gaming and supports multiple fast-charging standards such as UFCS, PPS, PD, and QC.

OnePlus Ace 6

The OnePlus Ace 6 offers IP66, IP68, and IP69K water and dust resistance. It features an under-display ultrasonic fingerprint sensor, an X-axis haptic motor, dual stereo speakers with OReality Audio effects, and NFC. For connectivity, it includes dual-SIM 5G, Wi-Fi 7, and Bluetooth 5.4 with LHDC 5.0.

Pricing and Availability

The OnePlus Ace 6 is available in Quick Silver, Racing Black, and Flash White. Pricing in China is as follows:

  • 12 GB + 256 GB: 2,599 yuan (≈ $364)
  • 16 GB + 256 GB: 2,899 yuan (≈ $406)
  • 12 GB + 512 GB: 3,099 yuan (≈ $434)
  • 16 GB + 512 GB: 3,399 yuan (≈ $476)
  • 16 GB + 1 TB: 3,899 yuan (≈ $546)

The phone is currently on sale in China, with a global launch expected in the near future.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

The post OnePlus Ace 6 launched with Snapdragon 8 Elite, 165Hz display & 7,800mAh battery appeared first on Gizmochina.

OnePlus 15 launches with 165Hz display and Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5

OnePlus-15-gaming

OnePlus has officially unveiled the OnePlus 15 in China, featuring Android’s best chip, a 165Hz screen, and a big battery. It’s also the first OnePlus phone in years to move past the Hasselblad camera partnership. Instead, the company is introducing its own LUMO Imaging technology. 

The OnePlus 15 is a spec-heavy device in most areas, but the display is clearly the star of the show. At the launch event, OnePlus spent most of its time talking about the screen — and it’s easy to see why.

A world first

OnePlus claims the 15 is the first phone in the world with a 165Hz refresh rate. To be specific, 165Hz with 1.5K resolution. And the claims are that it improves response time by 10 milliseconds and display speed by 27%. 

The company is leaning into gaming to make full use of this ultra-high refresh rate. The screen supports native 165fps gameplay for popular esports titles like Call of Duty Mobile, League of Legends Mobile, and Naruto Mobile, while it is also compatible with 144Hz and 120Hz modes.

The display itself is the third-generation “Oriental Screen ” from BOE built on OnePlus’ self-developed production line. OnePlus says its display metrics surpass DisplayMate A++ standards, with hardware-level low blue light, a 1-nit true dark mode, and industry-low flicker (SVM < 0.12) for improved eye comfort. It’s also the first display to receive the new “Little Gold Label” eye-protection certification in China.

Under the Hood

The OnePlus 15 runs on Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset. According to OnePlus, the SoC delivers 20% higher CPU performance, 35% lower CPU power draw, and 23% better GPU performance, all while consuming 20% less energy.

To make use of that power, OnePlus introduced what it calls a “Fengchi Gaming Core (in Chinese),” a system-level gaming optimization engine that enables sustained 165fps gameplay. The company also says it’s the first Android phone with touch-display synchronization for improved touch accuracy and consistency during long gaming sessions.

Networking performance also gets a boost from the new G2 esports network chip, which reduces latency by up to 65%, speeds up game updates by 71%, and improves video upload speeds by 42% under network congestion.

Of course, this level of performance generates heat. To manage that, the OnePlus 15 uses a “Glacier Cooling System” featuring an ultra-thin steel vapor chamber that increases liquid cooling space by 43% and doubles capillary water absorption efficiency. It also incorporates aerospace-grade supercritical aerogel to keep the phone cool to the touch.

Powering everything is a 7,300mAh battery with 120W wired and 50W wireless charging. OnePlus says a 5-minute charge gives up to 6 hours of video playback, while 13 minutes can refill 5,000mAh.

In real-world testing, the company claims the OnePlus 15 can run large FPS games at 165fps for up to 7.6 hours, stream short videos for 19 hours, or handle navigation for 12 hours straight.

The OnePlus 15 borrows a page from console gaming as it has a gyroscope of the same specifications used in the PS5 controller. Its 200Hz sampling rate improves aiming accuracy by 77% and cuts latency by 11%, claims OnePlus.

Cameras

For imaging, the OnePlus 15 debuts the LUMO Imaging System, pairing a 50MP Sony sensor with OIS, a 50MP ultrawide, and a 3.5x optical periscope telephoto lens of the same megapixel count. The camera supports 4K 120fps Dolby video recording. There is a 32MP sensor on the front for selfies.

On the software side, it ships with ColorOS 16, offering AI tools such as automatic video summaries, AI mind mapping, and quick bill recording. The phone also supports multi-device mirroring across Mac, iPhone, smartwatch, and PC. Other features include an IP69K rating, USB 3.2 Gen 1, and dual stereo speakers.

Price and Availability

The OnePlus 15 starts at 3,999 yuan (around $560) in China and is set to go on sale beginning on October 28.

Here’s the full pricing breakdown: 

  • 12GB + 256GB: 3,999 CNY (~Rs 49,530 | ~$560)
  • 12GB + 512GB: 4,299 CNY (~Rs 53,250 | ~$600)
  • 16GB + 256GB: 4,599 CNY (~Rs 56,970 | ~$645)
  • 16GB + 512GB: 4,899 CNY (~Rs 60,680 | ~$690)
  • 16GB + 1TB: 5,399 CNY (~Rs 66,890 | ~$760)

The phone comes in Mist Purple, Sand Storm, and Absolute Black.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post OnePlus 15 launches with 165Hz display and Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi Brings Portable Photo Printer Pro to Global Market Delivering True-to-Life Prints in Seconds

Xiaomi Portable Photo Printer Pro

Xiaomi has added the Portable Photo Printer Pro to its global website. The compact printer is designed to bring professional-quality photo printing to everyday users.

Xiaomi Portable Photo Printer Pro

The printer uses professional dye-sublimation printing technology to produce sharp, high-definition photos. It supports a 313 dpi resolution, a wide 16.7 million colour gamut, and 256 levels of greyscale, ensuring smooth colour transitions and realistic details. Each print captures accurate tones and true-to-life clarity.

Xiaomi Portable Photo Printer Pro

Each photo is automatically laminated during printing, protecting it from moisture, fingerprints, and fading. Xiaomi says this feature keeps prints bright and clear over time, helping preserve memories for years. The Portable Photo Printer Pro is small enough to fit in one hand (measures 86.8 x 142.5 millimeters and 26.8 millimeters thick) and can easily be carried in a backpack or jacket pocket.

The printer connects directly to smartphones through Bluetooth using the Xiaomi Home app. It also supports multi-user connections for up to three users, allowing friends and family to print from their own phones without additional setup.

Users can print live photos and AR photos that include short videos (up to 15 seconds) or audio clips (up to 60 seconds). You can also add borders, dates, and watermarks, or use photo templates for collages, stickers, and creative layouts. The Portable Photo Printer Pro has an inbuilt 880 mAh battery.

Price and Availability

The Xiaomi Portable Photo Printer Pro is currently available in the UK for £109.99 and in Europe for €129.99. It is expected to roll out to other regions soon, depending on local distribution channels.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(via: Notebookcheck)

The post Xiaomi Brings Portable Photo Printer Pro to Global Market Delivering True-to-Life Prints in Seconds appeared first on Gizmochina.

Trick or Treat Your Creativity: This Halloween, Grab a Creality Laser Engraver at a Discount

Creality Laser Engraver

Thinking about giving your creativity a new spark this Halloween? Whether you’re crafting spooky decor, engraving personalized gifts, or looking for the ultimate maker’s treat, a Creality Falcon Laser Engraver could be the best gift for yourself or a loved one. This season of creativity and mischief is the perfect time to bring ideas to life with precision and style.

But with so many models to choose from, it’s natural to wonder, which Falcon should you buy? Should you start small or go all-in with a professional-grade engraver? This Creality Falcon Buyer’s Guide breaks down different models, from the beginner-friendly Falcon A1 to the smart and powerful A1 Pro, and the industrial Falcon2 Pro, helping you find your perfect creative match and grab the best festive discounts.

Step 1: Understand What You Need

Before you buy, think about how you’ll use your engraver.

  • Are you a hobbyist or student wanting to create art and gifts?
  • Do you run a small business selling custom products?
  • Or are you a professional looking for an industrial-grade tool for batch production?

Your answers will decide whether you should start with an entry-level Falcon A1, step up to the A1 Pro, or go all in with the Falcon2 Pro.

For Beginners & Hobbyists: The Creality Falcon A1 Series

If you’re new to laser engraving, the Falcon A1 (10W) is a fantastic place to start. It’s pre-assembled, compact, and extremely beginner-friendly; just unpack, plug in, and start creating. With its CoreXY motion system, it engraves up to three times faster than similar models while maintaining sharp precision.

The A1’s built-in auto material recognition system detects your material and automatically adjusts settings, so there’s no guesswork. Its smart camera allows live previews, drag-and-drop alignment, and accurate positioning, perfect for first-time creators.

You can engrave on wood, leather, paper, dark acrylic, and fabric, ideal for making gifts, keychains, nameplates, and home décor. Compact enough for desktops and classrooms, it’s safe, easy, and efficient, a truly “plug-and-play” start to your laser journey.

Step Up Your Skills: Falcon A1 Pro (20W)

Once you’re ready to go beyond simple crafts, the Falcon A1 Pro (20W) unlocks a new level of speed, detail, and versatility. It doubles the power of the A1, handles thicker materials, and even supports an optional 2W Infrared Laser Head for direct metal engraving.

You can work with over 350 materials, including wood, acrylic, glass, metal, stone, and ceramics. The AI Vision Autofocus system ensures every engraving is sharp to within 0.012 inches, while the HD camera helps trace designs or batch-process multiple pieces at once.

The A1 Pro is also smart. With app control, you can monitor progress, receive safety alerts, and start or stop jobs remotely. Its intuitive touchscreen interface feels like using a smartphone. For creators running small online shops (like on Etsy), this machine delivers professional results without the industrial footprint.

For Professionals: Falcon2 Pro (40W / 60W)

For professionals and small businesses, the Falcon2 Pro Series is the powerhouse of the lineup. Available in 22W, 40W, and 60W, it’s an enclosed, safety-certified, industrial-grade laser engraver and cutter.

Built for high-volume production, the Falcon2 Pro can cut through 22mm wood, 30mm acrylic, and even 0.2mm stainless steel in a single pass. It’s equipped with integrated air assist, adjustable laser beams, and a bonus 1.6W fine-engraving laser module (included with 40W and 60W versions).

The built-in HD camera and auto-positioning system simplify alignment and batch production. With FDA Class 1 certification, multiple safety sensors, and an enclosed design, it’s safe for workshops, studios, and home businesses alike.

Professionals will appreciate its rotary engraving compatibility, enabling 360° engraving on bottles, cups, and cylindrical items. It also supports Creality’s AP1 Air Purifier, keeping your workspace smoke-free and clean.

Choosing the Right Creality Falcon for You

Your GoalRecommended ModelWhy It Fits
Learn laser engraving & create at homeFalcon A1 (10W)Affordable, compact, and ready-to-use
Grow a small craft or online businessFalcon A1 Pro (20W)More power, smarter workflow, wider material support
Run a professional workshop or studioFalcon2 Pro (40W/60W)Industrial-grade precision, enclosed safety, and large-scale production capabilities

Halloween 2025 Sale Highlights

If you’ve been waiting for the right time to buy, now’s your chance:

Falcon A1 Series: Up to 18% OFF

Falcon2 Pro Series: Up to 15% OFF
Sale Period: October 20–30, 202

Create, Upgrade, or Go Pro

Laser engraving isn’t just a hobby anymore; it’s a creative gateway. Whether you’re designing Halloween ornaments, making custom gifts for friends, or running a growing craft business, Creality’s Falcon Series gives you the right mix of power, safety, and smart features for every stage of your journey.

The Falcon A1 makes creation effortless for beginners, while the A1 Pro bridges the gap between passion and profit with faster speeds and advanced controls. For professionals and small studios, the Falcon2 Pro delivers unmatched precision, cutting depth, and enclosed safety, built to handle large-scale production with ease.

This Halloween, don’t just buy another gadget, invest in creativity. With up to 18% off the Falcon A1 Series and 15% off the Falcon2 Pro, it’s the perfect moment to treat yourself (or surprise a fellow maker) with a gift that keeps on creating all year long. From spooky engravings to festive crafts, your next masterpiece starts with a Creality Falcon.

The post Trick or Treat Your Creativity: This Halloween, Grab a Creality Laser Engraver at a Discount appeared first on Gizmochina.

OPPO and Google Announce New AI Partnership for Privacy and Personalization on Find X9 Series

OPPO has announced a new phase of collaboration with Google to improve how users experience AI on their phones. The partnership focuses on three main areas: personalized AI features, better AI model deployment, and stronger privacy protection.

Kai Tang, President of Software Engineering at OPPO, said, “Working closely with partners like Google allows us to integrate next-generation AI experiences that are not only powerful but also highly personalized and secure.”

Mind Space integrated with Gemini

A key part of this collaboration is a new app called Mind Space, launching with the OPPO Find X9 Series, which is scheduled to debut on October 28. Mind Space helps users collect and organize on-screen content, such as text, images, or web pages, using a simple three-finger swipe. All saved content is stored in one place and automatically sorted for easy access.

OPPO has worked with Google to connect Mind Space to Gemini. This integration allows Gemini to access content from Mind Space and help users take action with it. For example, someone planning a trip can save articles and notes in Mind Space and then ask Gemini to create a detailed itinerary. Users can choose exactly what Gemini can see or use from within Mind Space, keeping control over their data.

Gemini-powered features on Find X9 Series

Gemini will also work with other OPPO apps. Users can chat with Gemini to get help, edit photos using the Nano Banana image editing model, or ask questions through Gemini Live. Gemini Live can respond to what users see on their screen or through their camera, offering visual help such as showing steps to fix a device or organize storage.

Built on privacy and trust

All these features are backed by OPPO’s AI Private Computing Cloud, which uses Google Cloud’s confidential computing services. This setup ensures that all AI processing happens in a secure and encrypted environment. Sensitive data remains private and cannot be accessed by any third party, including OPPO.

Launching with Find X9 Series

The full range of these AI features will be available on the OPPO Find X9 Series and ColorOS 16. Buyers of the Find X9 or Find X9 Pro will get a free three-month subscription to Google AI Pro, which includes access to premium Gemini tools and 2TB of cloud storage.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source)

The post OPPO and Google Announce New AI Partnership for Privacy and Personalization on Find X9 Series appeared first on Gizmochina.

Vibe Coding Arrives in Google AI Studio: Create AI Apps from a Single Prompt

Google has redesigned AI Studio with a new AI-powered vibe coding feature that lets anyone go from a simple prompt to a working AI app in minutes. The update removes the need to handle API keys or connect multiple models manually, making app creation faster and easier.

Start with a Prompt

Users can now describe the kind of app they want, and AI Studio automatically connects the right models and APIs using Gemini. For example, you can build tools like Veo to generate videos from a script, or Nano Banana for AI-powered image editing. You can even create a writing app that checks sources through Google Search. The new system removes the need to work with separate APIs, SDKs, or services. Just describe your idea, and AI Studio builds it. If you need a quick idea, the “I’m Feeling Lucky” button can generate a random project for you.

Get Ideas and Inspiration

The App Gallery has been redesigned into a visual library of sample projects made with Gemini. You can explore them, view starter code, and remix them into your own. The new Brainstorming Loading Screen shows Gemini-generated ideas while your app is building, giving you more inspiration as you wait.

Edit Apps Easily

The new Annotation Mode makes editing simple. You can point to any part of your app and tell Gemini what to change. For example, you can say “make this button blue” or “animate the image from the left,” and it will update right away. You no longer need to dig through lines of code to make small changes.

Keep Working Without Stops

If you reach your free usage limit, you can add your own API key and continue coding. AI Studio will switch back automatically when your free tier renews.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source)

The post Vibe Coding Arrives in Google AI Studio: Create AI Apps from a Single Prompt appeared first on Gizmochina.

Nothing confirms Phone (3a) Lite launch for this week

Nothing Phone (3a)

So the rumors were true after all. Nothing has officially confirmed the launch of its next smartphone, the Nothing Phone (3a) Lite, and it’s arriving very soon on October 29, just two days from now. 

Unlike most Nothing launches that come with weeks of cryptic teasers and marketing buzz, this one’s happening almost instantly. The first teaser dropped today, and the phone will hit the stage on Wednesday. A bit surprising to come from Nothing. 

Phone (3a) Lite. 29.10. 13.00 GMT.

Light up the everyday. pic.twitter.com/VVNclQ6mEl

— Nothing (@nothing) October 27, 2025

Still, it aligns with earlier leaks, which revealed that the device’s first sale could begin on November 4. 

What to expect from the Nothing Phone (3a) Lite

The Phone (3a) Lite will reportedly be offered in a single variant with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage, and will be available in the brand’s signature black and white color options.

Under the hood, the device is said to be powered by MediaTek’s Dimensity 7300 chipset, featuring four Cortex-A78 cores clocked at 2.5GHz and four Cortex-A55 cores at 2GHz, paired with a Mali-G615 GPU.

The device has appeared on Geekbench running Android 15, but it could launch with Android 16 instead, as Nothing has now begun rolling out Android 16 to existing Phone (3a) users.

As for pricing, the phone is expected to cost €249.99 (around $290) in France, with some European markets possibly getting it for as low as €239.99. For comparison, the regular Phone (3a) starts at €349.99.

There’s no word yet on whether the trademark Glyph Interface or Nothing’s minimalist design will see changes. But given the company’s track record, we can expect the same transparent aesthetic. The teaser shows a blinking light on the back, though. 

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Nothing confirms Phone (3a) Lite launch for this week appeared first on Gizmochina.

XMG Introduces FUSION 15 with Core Ultra 7, RTX 5050 GPU, and 1600p 300 Hz Display

XMG FUSION 15

XMG has launched the new FUSION 15 (L25), the most portable model in its current FUSION lineup. Built with a 15.3-inch aluminium body and weighing 1.95 kilograms, it serves as the Intel version of the XMG CORE 15. The laptop is powered by an Intel Core Ultra 7 255H processor and is the only XMG model that offers the GeForce RTX 5050 GPU, along with options for the RTX 5060 and RTX 5070.

XMG FUSION 15

The FUSION 15 has a 2560 x 1600 IPS display with a 300 Hz refresh rate, 500 nits brightness, and 100 percent sRGB color coverage. The 99.8 Wh battery provides over 10 hours of video streaming and lasts even longer for light office work. With a focus on efficiency, this model is smaller than the 16-inch FUSION 16, measuring 342 x 236 x 22 mm.

The cooling system uses two 70 mm fans and 132 copper fins to manage heat through two rear vents. Both the CPU and GPU are cooled with Honeywell PTM7958 phase-change thermal pads.

XMG FUSION 15
XMG FUSION 15

The XMG Control Center lets users fine-tune power and fan settings. GPU power can be set between 50 and 115 watts, and CPU power from 10 to 90 watts. Custom fan curves can also be defined. NVIDIA Optimus automatically switches between integrated and dedicated graphics, but users can choose to run only on iGPU or dGPU if needed.

The laptop supports up to 128 GB of DDR5 RAM and 16 TB of SSD storage through two SO-DIMM and two M.2 PCIe 4.0 slots. RAM speeds reach 6400 MT/s, and pre-applied thermal pads help maintain temperature stability.

Ports include Thunderbolt 4, HDMI 2.1 and 2.0b, Mini DisplayPort 2.1, USB-C 3.2 Gen2, three USB-A 3.2 Gen1, Gigabit LAN, an audio jack, and an SD Express card reader. It supports Wi-Fi 7 and can connect up to five external monitors.

The edge-to-edge keyboard has per-key RGB lighting, a numeric keypad, and N-key rollover. A large 123 x 77.5 mm Mylar touchpad and a Full HD webcam with a privacy shutter are also included.

Pricing & availability

The base model with an RTX 5050, 16 GB DDR5-5600 RAM, and 1 TB SSD is priced at €1,549 including VAT. It is available now on bestware.com.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories!

The post XMG Introduces FUSION 15 with Core Ultra 7, RTX 5050 GPU, and 1600p 300 Hz Display appeared first on Gizmochina.

iQOO 15 India launch could be November 27, reveals tipster

iQOO 15 possible launch date

Last week, iQOO held a launch event to announce the iQOO 15 in China. The brand has already confirmed that the device will be heading to India next month (November). A new “Guess the Launch Date” teaser released by iQOO India CEO Nipun Marya has revealed its possible unveiling date.

iQOO 15 India launch date (expected)

Drop your guesses! 👇🏻#BeTheGOAT #iQOO15 pic.twitter.com/wxnvaxYNII

— Nipun Marya (@nipunmarya) October 26, 2025

The above teaser has revealed the iQOO 15’s design for the Indian market. The spinning wheel in the teaser momentarily stops on 27 / 11 three times, indicating that November 27 could be its launch date.

The variant shown in the teaser has a sleek white finish and RGB lighting around the camera island. The imprinted text in the camera module confirms that it will support 100x digital zoom. Recent teasers have revealed that it will be iQOO’s first phone to arrive with the OriginOS 6 UI onboard.

iQOO 15 specifications

The iQOO 15 available in China has a 6.85-inch AMOLED screen that offers a 2K resolution, a 144Hz refresh rate, and an anti-reflection film. Under the hood, the device is equipped with the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset, up to 16GB of LPDDR5x RAM, and up to 1TB of UFS 4.1 storage. It has a 7,000mAh battery with 100W wired and 50W wireless charging support.

The iQOO 15 has a 32-megapixel camera on the front. Its rear camera setup has a Sony IMX921 50-megapixel primary camera, a Samsung JN1 ultra-wide lens, and a Sony LYT-600 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera. It is also equipped with other features, such as a metal middle frame, an ultrasonic in-screen fingerprint sensor, dual speakers, a USB-C (3.2 Gen 1) port, and an IP68/69-rated body.

With a starting price of 4,199 Yuan (~Rs 51,800), the iQOO 15 is available in four shades, such as silver-red, green, white, and black. It also comes in a special King of Glory Collector’s Edition with a blue paint job.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post iQOO 15 India launch could be November 27, reveals tipster appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi begins global rollout of HyperOS 3, 15T series gets it first

Xiaomi has officially started pushing out HyperOS 3 globally, its latest Android 16-based skin that promises a cleaner design, better performance, and tighter device integration across its ecosystem. The company announced the rollout on October 25, via its official X account, confirming that the new Xiaomi 15T and 15T Pro are the first to receive it.

The initial builds — OS3.0.3.0.WOEEUXM for the 15T and OS3.0.4.0.WOSEUXM for the 15T Pro — arrive as OTA updates, and they also reportedly include the October security patch. The rollout begins in Europe, with other regions to follow soon. Users can check for updates under Settings > About Phone > System Update as availability expands in the coming days.

Interestingly, Xiaomi’s mid-range 15T models are getting the new OS ahead of the flagship Xiaomi 15 and 15 Ultra, which feature the Snapdragon 8 Elite chip. The 15T Pro, powered by the Dimensity 9400+, will effectively serve as the first global test group for the refined platform.

According to Xiaomi’s rollout roadmap, the 15 and 15 Ultra, Redmi Note 14, and Poco F7/X7 series will follow in November, with the Xiaomi 14, Poco F6, and other 2024 models getting the update by late November or early December.

HyperOS 3 introduces a new “Hyper Island” quick menu for media, navigation, and notifications, along with faster performance and improved cross-device syncing between phones, tablets, and wearables. With this update, Xiaomi continues closing the software gap with Apple’s iOS — and for 15T owners, the upgrade starts now.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source)

The post Xiaomi begins global rollout of HyperOS 3, 15T series gets it first appeared first on Gizmochina.

Realme C85 Pro teased with a 7,000mAh silicon-carbon battery

Realme looks ready to push the limits of battery life in the budget segment with its upcoming C85 Pro. Early details from Realme Vietnam hint at a phone built for endurance without the usual bulk — and that alone could make it stand out.

The headline feature is a 7,000mAh silicon-carbon battery, which Realme says can last up to two days on a single charge. That’s reportedly paired with 45W fast charging. Based on Realme’s previous models, you can expect around 10 to 12 hours of active screen time, depending on how hard you push it.

While the thickness or weight is still under cover, none of the phones with 7,000mAh+ silicon-carbon batteries that have been released so far are exactly thick or heavy. So users can still expect a reasonably good in-hand experience.

The C85 Pro also takes durability seriously. It’s tipped to carry an IP69 rating and MIL-STD-810H certification, making it more resistant to dust, water, and drops than most phones in its price range.

On the front, the phone packs an AMOLED panel with FHD+ resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, and a whopping 4,000-nit peak brightness — bright enough for direct sunlight. Under the hood, the phone is expected to use the MediaTek Dimensity 6300 chip with 5G, up to 8GB RAM, and up to 256GB storage.

Pricing should land somewhere between $250 and $300, aimed mainly at markets like Vietnam and India. If these specs hold up, the Realme C85 Pro could be a rare combo: long-lasting, tough, and pocket-friendly. Expect a launch sometime in early 2026.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Via)

The post Realme C85 Pro teased with a 7,000mAh silicon-carbon battery appeared first on Gizmochina.

ASUS ROG x Honkai Impact 3rd Elysia Collection Launches for ROG Phone 9 Series

ASUS Republic of Gamers (ROG) has teamed up with HoYoverse’s Honkai Impact 3rd to launch the ROG x Honkai Impact 3rd Elysia’s Special Collection for the ROG Phone 9 series. The collection celebrates Elysia’s new ROG-exclusive outfit and combines her graceful design with ROG’s gaming technology under the slogan “Your Game, Lit With Love.”

The Elysia’s Special Collection gift box comes in a Romantic Pink theme with packaging shaped like a letter, symbolizing a personal message from Elysia to fans. The soft pink color scheme blends pixel-style tech elements with ROG Phone 9’s AniMe Vision display. Opening the box feels like receiving a letter from Elysia, bringing her charm into everyday gaming life.

Exclusive Items in the Box:

The collection includes several themed collectibles:

  • Eternal Elegance Stand – Acrylic display stand featuring Elysia’s design
  • Affectionate Badge with Cover – Collectible emblem for fans
  • Dreamy Pink Letter Character Card and Envelope – Designed keepsake card
  • Adorable Stickers – Chibi-style Elysia stickers
  • Solid Love Armor Case – Protective phone case inspired by Elysia’s outfit
  • Love-Powered Cable Guard – Chibi Elysia cable protector
  • Dreamlink Wand Ejector Pin – SIM ejector based on Elysia’s weapon

Each box has a unique serial number that unlocks two Enchanted Phones and 2,000 Asterite in Honkai Impact 3rd through the campaign site.

ROG is also releasing an exclusive Elysia Theme Pack for the ROG Phone 9 series. It includes a themed wallpaper, charging animation, incoming call screen, always-on display, and AniMe Vision animation, available free on the ROG Phone Theme Store.

Pricing & availability

The ROG x Honkai Impact 3rd Elysia’s Special Collection launched worldwide on October 23, 2025. Only 5,000 units will be available globally, priced at US$119. Some regions will also distribute the box through promotional campaigns.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

(Source)

The post ASUS ROG x Honkai Impact 3rd Elysia Collection Launches for ROG Phone 9 Series appeared first on Gizmochina.

MecTuring Mop X2 debuts with powerful scrubbing for Indian floors

MecTuring Mop X2

MecTuring has introduced a new robotic mop called the MecTuring Mop X2 that promises easier cleaning with powerful and intelligent functionality. It is designed to handle everyday mess and stronger stains while keeping pricing within reach.  Continue reading ahead to learn all the key features of the Mop X2.

MecTuring Mop X2 key features

MecTuring Mop X2
MecTuring Mop X2

The Mop X2 focuses on cleaning challenges commonly found in Indian households, especially hard-to-remove marks on tiled or marble floors. It features two rotating mop pads that apply a strong scrubbing force to remove stubborn spots that regular wiping often leaves behind.

Along with this, 15,000 Pa suction clears dust and small debris in one go, reducing the need for separate sweeping. Navigation is handled by NavPro4 LiDAR, which helps the robot accurately map multiple floors, adapt to furniture placement and avoid falls or collisions.

Carpet detection prevents wet mopping on fabric surfaces. With a 5200mAh battery, the device can operate for up to 300 minutes, covering approximately 4,000 sq ft before returning to the dock.

MecTuring Mop X2 price, availability

The MecTuring Mop X2 is priced at Rs 34,999 (~$400) as an introductory offer for the Indian market. It is now open for pre-orders exclusively through the company’s official website, with deliveries set to begin on Nov. 15.

Buyers will get a standard 1+1-year warranty, along with a 10-year waterproof suction motor warranty, which adds value for long-term usage and reliability.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post MecTuring Mop X2 debuts with powerful scrubbing for Indian floors appeared first on Gizmochina.

LG UltraGear 27GX704A OLED Monitor with 240Hz Refresh Rate & 0.03ms Response Time Hits US Store shelves

LG UltraGear OLED 27GX704A

LG has added another OLED model to its growing UltraGear OLED lineup with the UltraGear 27GX704A, following the earlier 27GX700A. The main difference between these two models is the OLED technology used. The UltraGear 27GX700A uses Tandem OLED technology (4th gen WOLED), while the UltraGear 27GX704A relies on older 2nd Gen WOLED technology.

Second-gen WOLED monitors use white OLED emitters with color filters to produce RGB colors, offering good efficiency and lower burn-in risk but slightly reduced brightness and color purity. RGB Tandem OLED monitors use separate red, green, and blue emitters stacked together, delivering higher brightness, better color accuracy, and longer lifespan by spreading the electrical load across multiple layers.

The 27GX704A monitor is available on Amazon for US$779. This monitor was initially introduced in China, Japan and Canada last month.

LG UltraGear OLED 27GX704A

The UltraGear 27GX704A uses a 26.5-inch glossy WOLED panel with a QHD resolution of 2560×1440 and a 16:9 aspect ratio. It offers 178-degree viewing angles to keep image quality consistent from all sides. The monitor supports a 240Hz refresh rate and a 0.03ms grey-to-grey response time, allowing smooth visuals during fast-moving gameplay.

The display covers 98.5 percent of the DCI-P3 color gamut, supports 10-bit color depth, and has a 1,500,000:1 static contrast ratio. It delivers 275 nits of typical brightness and reaches up to 1300 nits in HDR mode. It is certified for VESA DisplayHDR 400 True Black and HDR10, providing strong contrast and bright highlights.

LG UltraGear 27GX704A
LG UltraGear 27GX704A

For adaptive sync, it supports AMD FreeSync Premium Pro, NVIDIA G-Sync compatibility, and VESA AdaptiveSync. Gaming features include Black Stabilizer, Dynamic Action Sync, crosshair overlays, FPS counter, factory calibration, flicker-free technology, and reader mode.

In terms of connectivity, the 27GX704A comes with two HDMI 2.1 ports, one DisplayPort 1.4, a USB-B upstream port, two USB-A downstream ports, and a 3.5mm four-pole headset jack.

The design features a four-sided borderless frame with a glossy finish and Hexagon RGB lighting on the back. The stand supports 130mm height adjustment, as well as swivel, tilt, and pivot functions. The monitor measures 605.2 × 351 × 45.3 mm without the stand and weighs 4.8 kg.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

The post LG UltraGear 27GX704A OLED Monitor with 240Hz Refresh Rate & 0.03ms Response Time Hits US Store shelves appeared first on Gizmochina.

Xiaomi 17 Ultra expected to launch without rear display

xiaomi 15 ultra

Xiaomi is said to be working on the Xiaomi 17 Ultra for the Chinese market. Speculations are rife that the device may launch before the end of this year. Reliable tipster Digital Chat Station has been leaking key details about the 17 Ultra, and in a new leak, he shared new details about its camera capabilities and rear design.

Xiaomi 17 Ultra’s key details tipped

DCS’ new leak reveals that the Xiaomi 17 Ultra will arrive with a major upgrade in its camera system, starting with a new 50-megapixel primary camera with a significantly larger sensor, improved in-sensor zoom technology, and a seamless transition to its telephoto lens for lossless focal range coverage.

The telephoto unit itself will reportedly use a new 200-megapixel large-sensor periscope camera, supporting multiple focal lengths without loss in image quality. It is also expected to offer telephoto macro shooting with good magnification, although the focus range may not be extremely close.

Both these new lenses are claimed to provide a high dynamic range, suggesting a major step up in overall photography performance on the Xiaomi 17 Ultra. Readers can visit this post to know its rumored camera sensors.

Based on this speculation about the Xiaomi 17 Ultra featuring a large round camera module that occupies a significant portion of the back panel, the device may not include a secondary display like the Xiaomi 17 Pro and Xiaomi 17 Pro Max.

Under the hood, the Xiaomi 17 Ultra will have the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, which also powers the other Xiaomi 17 series phones. On the front, it is expected to feature a 6.8-inch flat OLED screen offering a 2K resolution and a 120Hz refresh rate. It is expected to arrive in three shades, such as black, white, and purple.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Xiaomi 17 Ultra expected to launch without rear display appeared first on Gizmochina.

Vivo S50, S50 Pro Mini display size, camera details leaked, may launch in November

Vivo-S30-Pro-Mini

After launching the Vivo X300 series earlier this month, Vivo seems to be shifting its focus to the upcoming Vivo S50 series. As per reports, the new S-series is expected to launch in China next month (November). Ahead of the expected launch, reliable tipster Digital Chat Station has leaked the key details about the Vivo S50 and S50 Pro Mini.

Vivo S50 series screen size details leaked

According to DCS, the Vivo S50 series will have two models with different-sized displays. The leak reveals that the standard model will have a 6.59-inch flat display offering a 1.5K resolution, paired with a metal middle frame and a periscope telephoto camera. The telephoto unit reportedly features a medium-sized sensor of flagship-grade quality, indicating a notable upgrade in zoom photography.

On the other hand, the Vivo S50 Pro Mini will be a compact offering equipped with a 6.31-inch flat display with support for 1.5K resolution. Being a Pro model, it will have top-tier camera hardware. It appears both phones will be equipped with a 50-megapixel front-facing camera.

When asked about what chipset powers the Vivo S50 series, the tipster seemingly suggested a flagship chip capable of achieving a 3M AnTuTu score for the Pro variant. As per a previous leak, this device could be equipped with the Dimensity 9400, which powered the Vivo X200 series last year.

The said leak also suggested that the Vivo S50 Pro Mini could be equipped with a triple-camera setup featuring a periscope camera. For security, it could be equipped with an ultrasonic in-screen fingerprint sensor.

The Vivo S50 series is expected to face competition from the Oppo Reno 15 lineup and the Honor 500 series, which are also expected to launch in November in China.

Vivo X300 could be in works

Vivo-X200-FE-color-options
Vivo X200 FE

Vivo is also said to be working on the Vivo X300 FE for the global market. To recall, the China-exclusive Vivo S30 Pro Mini was rebranded as the Vivo X200 FE globally. Therefore, the X300 FE could be a rebadged version of the S50 Pro Mini.

And what happened to the Vivo S40 series? The company has reportedly skipped it because the number 4 is considered unlucky in China, prompting Vivo to move straight to the S50 series.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

The post Vivo S50, S50 Pro Mini display size, camera details leaked, may launch in November appeared first on Gizmochina.

Huawei’s new Gold Collector’s Edition of the MatePad Pro 12.2 (2025) goes on first sale in China

Huawei MatePad Pro 12.2 (2025) Gold Collectors Edition

Huawei launched the MatePad Pro 12.2 (2025) back in July in China. Months after its release, the Gold Collector Edition is going on sale in the mainland starting today. The device comes in a single configuration of 16GB RAM and 1TB storage.

Alongside the Pro model, Huawei is also launching the MatePad Mini Collector’s Edition in China today.

Huawei MatePad Pro 12.2 (2025)

The limited edition model is priced at 7,799 yuan (around $1,095). It’s available exclusively in a PaperMatte display variant with Wi-Fi support.

The tablet packs a 12.2-inch dual-layer OLED screen with a resolution of 2800 x 1840 pixels, a 144Hz refresh rate, P3 wide color gamut, 1.07 billion colors, and HDR Vivid certification. 

It houses a 50MP main camera paired with an 8MP ultra-wide-angle shooter. On the front, there’s an 8MP camera for video calls and conferences.

Interestingly, this is Huawei’s first tablet to support Wi-Fi 7. It packs a 10,100mAh battery that can charge up to 85% in just 40 minutes. The tablet also supports a one-step unlocking feature for more convenient and secure access.

As expected, the tablet supports stylus, mouse, and keyboard accessories.

Huawei MatePad Mini

The MatePad Mini Collector’s Edition comes in two configurations — 16GB/512GB and 16GB/1TB — priced at 5,999 yuan (~$845) and 6,499 yuan (~$915) respectively.

Both models are available in Universal Red with a PaperMatte display and offer network and Wi-Fi connectivity options.

The MatePad Mini features a flexible OLED full-screen display with an ultra-narrow 2.99mm bezel and a 16:10 aspect ratio.

The screen peaks at 1,800 nits, and the PaperMatte Edition cuts off 99% of ambient light interference for more comfortable reading sessions.

For video calls, the tablet includes a 32MP front-facing camera with RAW-quality portrait and beautification tools. Under the hood, there’s a 6,400mAh battery with 66W SuperCharge support.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

The post Huawei’s new Gold Collector’s Edition of the MatePad Pro 12.2 (2025) goes on first sale in China appeared first on Gizmochina.

Best Smartphones for TikTok in 2025

Vivo X200 Ultra

If you’re making TikToks in 2025, your phone isn’t just a phone. It’s your camera rig, editing suite, sound booth, and live broadcast studio all in one. Raw specs alone are no longer enough. You need cameras that don’t blow out highlights or lose detail in low light, software that understands creative workflows, and connectivity that stays reliable during uploads. And ideally, it all fits in your pocket.

Here’s a breakdown of the best smartphones for TikTok creators in 2025 based on what actually matters for shooting, editing, and posting content on the go.

iPhone 17 Pro / Pro Max

iPhone 17 Pro

Apple’s new iPhone 17 Pro and Pro Max are built for serious content creators. Both models feature a triple 48MP camera system, including a next-generation telephoto lens with 8x optical zoom at 200mm. This setup works well for creative portrait videos and stylized b-roll. The 18MP front camera now uses a square sensor, which helps capture wide, cinematic-looking vlogs and selfies.

The A19 Pro chip, combined with Apple’s 16-core Neural Engine, processes 4K 120fps Dolby Vision video without breaking a sweat. High-resolution footage can be edited directly in apps like iMovie or CapCut without slowing the system down.

For vloggers, Dual Capture allows simultaneous front and rear camera recording. This is useful for reaction videos, travel updates, and storytelling content. With vapor chamber cooling and up to 2TB of storage, the iPhone 17 Pro models deliver studio-level performance in a phone.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Google Pixel 10 Pro / Pro XL

Pixel-10-Pro-XL

The new Pixel 10 Pro and Pro XL are ideal for creators who want software to handle much of the workload. The Tensor G5 chip may not be the fastest in benchmark tests, but it focuses heavily on camera performance. Features like Magic Cue, Auto Best Take, and Camera Coach help creators optimize scenes in real time.

The 48MP Pro Res Zoom camera supports up to 100x digital zoom with strong stabilization and clear detail. The front camera now shoots at 4K 60fps. Features like cinematic blur and HDR10+ add a polished look to everyday clips.

Google has also introduced Pixelsnap, a magnetic accessory system that supports 25W Qi2 wireless charging and works with grips, gimbals, and other tools. It is a creator-friendly ecosystem with support for fast shooting and seamless setup.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra

Galaxy S25 Ultra

Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Ultra is designed for creators who treat mobile video like professional work. The 200MP main sensor produces ultra-detailed footage, and the new 50MP ultra-wide camera captures cleaner visuals in low-light indoor settings.

The camera app includes tools like ProScaler for advanced image processing and Galaxy Log for direct in-camera color grading. These features make it easier to maintain a consistent visual style. Optical zoom at 5x and 10x levels adds framing flexibility for stylized shots.

The Snapdragon 8 Elite chip powers on-device AI, while a larger vapor chamber improves thermal stability. With a 5000mAh battery, the Galaxy S25 Ultra supports long recording sessions without overheating or draining too quickly.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

Xiaomi 15 Ultra

Xiaomi-15-Ultra

The Xiaomi 15 Ultra caters to creators who demand full manual control and high-end video output. It uses a Leica-branded quad-camera system with a 1-inch primary sensor and a 200MP HP9 telephoto lens. The phone supports 4K 120fps recording, 10-bit Log, and ACES-certified video standards.

Xiaomi includes a dedicated Photography Kit Edition. This grip accessory features a shutter button, thumb rest, filter ring, and a built-in 2,000mAh battery. This toolset helps creators stay productive on longer shoots.

The phone runs on HyperOS, which efficiently handles large video files and complex editing tasks. It is best suited for creators who treat mobile filmmaking like a professional setup.

Vivo X200 Ultra

Vivo X200 Ultra

Vivo’s X200 Ultra emphasizes imaging above all else. The phone features two 50MP Sony LYT-818 sensors and a 200MP Zeiss APO super-telephoto lens with 200mm optical zoom. Two custom imaging chips, VS1 and V3+, handle image processing before and after capture. This setup ensures responsive performance, even with complex video modes.

It supports 4K 120fps, time-lapse video, and a professional-grade teleconverter kit. Vivo also offers a separate photographer’s kit that includes a zoom lever, shutter grip, and a 2300mAh battery. This phone is highly adaptable for professional-style content creation.

iPhone 17

iPhone 17

Apple’s base iPhone 17 brings several pro-level features to the standard model. The 6.3-inch display now includes ProMotion and Always-On Display, while the A19 chip delivers top-tier processing. The camera system includes a 48MP main and 48MP ultra-wide lens, along with the new 18MP Center Stage front camera.

This front camera uses AI to track faces, rotate orientation, and improve framing for group selfies and vlogs. It also supports 4K HDR video and Dual Capture. For lifestyle creators and everyday vloggers, the iPhone 17 is a strong choice. It is lightweight, fast, and easy to use.

Please Note: When you buy something using the links in our articles, we may earn a small commission at no cost to you.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

The post Best Smartphones for TikTok in 2025 appeared first on Gizmochina.

OnePlus 15 and Ace 6 price leak hours before the launch

OnePlus is set to launch the OnePlus 15 and Ace 6 later today in China. But just hours before the official launch, alleged price details for both devices have appeared on the Chinese social media platform Weibo.

According to the leak, the OnePlus 15 could start at 4,299 yuan (~ $605) for the 16GB RAM and 256GB storage model. The 16GB/512GB variant is said to be priced at 4,899 yuan (~ $690), while the top-end 16GB/1TB version could reach 5,399 (~ $760) yuan. 

Meanwhile, the OnePlus Ace 6 is rumored to start at 3,099 yuan (~ $435) for the 12GB RAM and 512GB storage configuration. The higher-end 16GB/512GB variant could cost around 3,399 yuan (~ $480).

Both phones are also expected to come in a 12GB RAM and 256GB storage version, which would lower the starting price below what the leaked figures suggest.

It’s worth noting that these leaks come from an unverified source, so the prices should be taken with caution. OnePlus has not confirmed any of these numbers ahead of the launch.

OnePlus 15 / Ace 6 Specifications

Some key specifications of the OnePlus 15 have already been confirmed. The device features a 6.78-inch OLED display with a 2772 x 1272-pixel resolution and a 165Hz adaptive refresh rate. 

It is powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset and packs a 7,300mAh dual-cell battery. The camera setup includes a triple 50-megapixel camera setup on the back, including a periscope telephoto lens with 3x optical zoom, alongside a 32-megapixel front camera.

OnePlus 15

The Ace 6, meanwhile, sports a slightly smaller 6.83-inch 1.5K display and is powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite with a massive 7,800mAh battery supporting 120W fast charging. 

The phone is confirmed to feature an ultrasonic in-screen fingerprint sensor, a metal frame, and IP68/69/69K ratings. Its camera setup includes a 16-megapixel front shooter and a dual 50MP + 8MP rear system. The Ace 6 will reportedly come in Black, Quick Silver, and Flash White color options.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

(Source)

The post OnePlus 15 and Ace 6 price leak hours before the launch appeared first on Gizmochina.

ByteDance Unveils Seed3D 1.0: Turn Any Photo Into a Realistic 3D Model Instantly

Bytedance-Seed-3d

ByteDance, the parent company of TikTok, just dropped a major piece of the future of 3D content creation. It’s called Seed3D 1.0, and it’s not your average model generator. This tool can turn a single 2D image into a complete, simulation-grade 3D model, complete with detailed geometry, photorealistic textures, and physically based rendering (PBR) materials.

It’s an end-to-end pipeline built on the increasingly popular Diffusion Transformer architecture, trained on massive datasets and clearly aiming for dominance in the generative 3D space.

Seed3D 1.0 focuses on realism, structure, and scalability

ByteDance Seed3D 1.0

While tools like Gaussian Splatting and open-source projects such as Hunyuan3D have pushed boundaries, ByteDance claims Seed3D 1.0 outperforms both open-source and closed-source rivals in texture quality and geometric fidelity. It achieves this with just 1.5 billion parameters, beating even larger models like Hunyuan3D 2.1, which uses 3 billion parameters.

The core innovation lies in its combination of a multimodal Diffusion Transformer and a stepwise generation strategy. It begins by analyzing an image with a vision-language model to extract object-level and spatial cues. It then generates individual 3D models and assembles them into a full scene. This allows it to scale from a single chair to a fully detailed office or even a large-scale cityscape.

ByteDance Seed3D 1.0

Seed3D 1.0 also excels at maintaining texture consistency across multiple viewpoints. Instead of relying on generic textures, it generates view-aligned materials that remain coherent from every angle, ensuring both realism and structural accuracy for simulation-grade use. The output isn’t just for research purposes; models created with Seed3D can be directly integrated into simulation platforms like Isaac Sim for embodied AI training.

As the boundary between real and synthetic content continues to blur, Seed3D 1.0 marks a significant leap forward for ByteDance, and potentially for 3D content creators, robotics developers, and spatial computing platforms around the world.

For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

(Source, Via)

The post ByteDance Unveils Seed3D 1.0: Turn Any Photo Into a Realistic 3D Model Instantly appeared first on Gizmochina.

Google Pixel Phones Will Finally Get Theme Packs Soon

Google Pixel 10 AH 04

Google is currently working on its next major software update for Pixel devices—also known as Pixel Feature Drop—for a November 4, 2025 release. This update will deliver several key upgrades. However, among all of them stands out a substantial boost to customization through the introduction of Theme Packs for Google Pixel phones.

This isn’t the first time we’ve heard about this feature. It’s been highly anticipated among Pixel fans, as it has the potential to finally break the customization limitations on these devices compared to third-party Android implementations (such as One UI and Chinese custom skins).

Google Pixel Theme Packs to arrive with the November 2025 Feature Drop

According to Mystic Leaks, the long-rumored Theme Packs feature is finally ready for public release. These packs will represent more than minor color tweaks. They will offer comprehensive, system-wide aesthetic changes. The initial launch will involve a high-profile collaboration, with the first official theme drawing inspiration from the film “Wicked: For Good,” conveniently coinciding with the movie’s first screenings. This joint launch suggests Google plans to launch collaborative Themes constantly in the future.

Google Pixel Theme Packs 1

Pixel Studio Animations and VIP notifications as well

That said, the upcoming Drop also includes a couple of major new features. First, for the creators, The Pixel Studio app is gaining new animation functionality that uses generative AI. Users will be able to transform their existing photos and GIFs into short, dynamic video clips. There are no details yet on which AI model will be behind this feature. However, it is likely powered by the latest Veo 3.1. This new tool will offer a simple way for users to add dynamic motion to their static media.

Lastly, the other star feature of the update will help users manage communication overload. The Pixel VIP feature will let you prioritize notifications from contacts designated as “VIPs.” Its scope will initially be limited to conversations within WhatsApp and Google Messages. However, it leaves the door open for potential integration with more messaging services and apps in the future.

Google Pixel Theme Packs 2

The post Google Pixel Phones Will Finally Get Theme Packs Soon appeared first on Android Headlines.

This MagSafe phone grip is also a kickstand, and it's only $9

MagSafe Phone Holder Deal

If you’ve got an iPhone or a phone with a MagSafe-compatible case, then you should definitely consider picking up this MagSafe phone grip accessory, because this Amazon deal knocks the price down to just $8.98. That’s a respectable price for an accessory like this one, which has multiple uses. Normally, this thing is also $11.99 at full price, so why not save a few extra bucks, right?

As for what this does, it’s a MagSafe phone grip. It has a ring shape on it that allows you to slip your finger through and hold the phone more securely. This is great for holding the device one-handed, especially if you’re typing. This also serves as a kickstand, and its design allows it to be used as a kickstand while the phone is in landscape or horizontal orientations.

This is a neat little trick because once you’re done holding it, you can set it down on your desk or table or any other flat surface, and prop the kickstand part out to stand the phone up. It doesn’t charge your device, so if you need to charge the phone and want to charge it via the MagSafe, then you’ll have to take this off while you do that. You also won’t have to be worried about safety with this magnet accessory attached, because it has a super-strong magnet inside. It’s strong enough to hold up to 5.5 lbs., which is around 2,500g, and that’s more than enough to keep your phone attached.

Bordsek MagSafe Phone Grip

Bordsek MagSafe Phone Grip – $8.98

Buy from

The post This MagSafe phone grip is also a kickstand, and it's only $9 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Anker's flat 6-in-1 Nano charging station is down to just $38

Anker Nano Charging Station Deal

Charging up your devices can be a pain in the neck if you don’t have enough outlets to plug everything in, but luckily, this deal on the flat 6-in-1 charging station from Anker can save you from those terrible moments. As the name suggests, the Anker Nano 6-in-1 flat charging station will let you charge or power up to six devices at a time. Normally, this charging station accessory would end up costing you $49.99. However, Amazon has it on sale for $37.99 today.

Aside from having the capability to power six devices, here’s what makes this charging station so good. First, it has a flat plug. With the flat plug, you can easily plug the charging station into an outlet, even if it’s behind furniture. Ideally, you wouldn’t need this sort of solution. However, sometimes the only available outlets are stuck behind couches, desks, or other furniture that needs to be up against the wall. The flat plug allows you to bypass this hurdle. The charging station itself is also quite flat, with two additional AC outlets and four USB ports. Two of those USB ports are USB-C.

And if it wasn’t already obvious from the picture, the cable is also thin and flat, which not only helps it fit behind stuff but also does a good job at preventing it from tangling up. The main reasons for grabbing an accessory like this are to charge multiple devices at once and help get rid of cable clutter from multiple chargers. This also comes in three colors.

Lowest Price
Anker Nano Flat 6-in-1 Charging Station

Anker Nano Flat 6-in-1 Charging Station – $37.99

Buy from

The post Anker's flat 6-in-1 Nano charging station is down to just $38 appeared first on Android Headlines.

OpenAI May Launch its Own Generative AI Music Tool

ChatGPT and OpenAI Logo Background

We’ve seen how AI can generate text. Later, we also saw how AI can generate images and videos. So, AI that generates music? Why not? And that’s something that OpenAI is reportedly working on, which is generative AI music.

OpenAI working on generative AI music

According to a report from The Information, it has learned that OpenAI is developing a new AI tool that would allow users to create generative music. This means that similar to generative text, images, and videos, users can just type in a prompt using natural language, and the AI will create a song for them on the fly.

The report goes on to state that OpenAI is apparently working with students from the prestigious Juilliard School to annotate scores. This will help the AI model train itself on music. That being said, if this report is accurate, OpenAI won’t be the first to launch such a tool. Platforms like Sumo and SOUNDRAW already offer similar capabilities.

However, we suppose the potential upside is that OpenAI might bake this feature into ChatGPT. This will give ChatGPT even more tools, making it a more well-rounded AI model compared to those designed for niche purposes.

Is the world ready for more AI slop?

That being said, we have to wonder what the world and the industry think about this. At the moment, most people seem to be against AI-generated content. This is especially true when it comes to text, images, and videos, which have been labelled as “AI slop.” However, there could be some potential use here.

Content creators right now have a few options when it comes to using music in their videos. They can either pick from a library of songs that are copyright-approved, find their own royalty-free music, or pay a third-party platform to license music. Otherwise, they risk having their videos pulled, muted, and accounts suspended. Giving these creators the ability to generate something on the fly could be one way around that. 

Plus, we’re sure that there are many musicians, record labels, and music publishers who might be concerned that their content is being used to train these AI models without their consent or compensation. We’ve already seen artists, writers, and publishers sue AI companies, so it’s not entirely out of the question.

The post OpenAI May Launch its Own Generative AI Music Tool appeared first on Android Headlines.

Google's second-best Pixel Watch is now on sale for $100 off

AH Google Pixel Watch 3

Google’s Pixel Watch 3 is still one of the best smartwatches out there that you can buy. Even at its regular price, it’s an enticing purchase because it has plenty of awesome features, and it’s Google’s first watch to come in a 45mm size. Still, it becomes an even better value when you can save money on it, and that time is now, as Amazon has it on sale for $100 off.

Normally, the Pixel Watch 3 in the 45mm size would cost you $299. However, Amazon has it on sale for $199. This is the all-time low price for the watch, and quite honestly, well worth it if you don’t feel like spending close to $200 more for the latest model.

The Pixel Watch 3 features everything from advanced sleep tracking to automatic activity tracking of several different types of exercises. Naturally, it works as a great device to keep you informed on smartphone notifications without having to pull your phone out of your pocket or purse or wherever else you may have it stowed away. Plus, now that it has Gemini available, the watch has become even more useful. You can also use the Pixel Watch 3 for Google Pay payments at checkout stands and for Google Maps directions. You can even set navigation up to display the navigation on the watch display, which makes driving navigation way easier, as you can just lift your wrist for a quick peek.

Lowest Price
Google Pixel Watch 3 (45mm)

Google Pixel Watch 3 (45mm) – $199

Buy from

The post Google's second-best Pixel Watch is now on sale for $100 off appeared first on Android Headlines.

Best Google Pixel 10 Cases & Accessories

Google Pixel 10 AH 15

The Google Pixel 10 series has been in the stores for weeks. With their cutting-edge features and refined design, they are devices worth protecting and accessorizing. Since its launch, the market has been flooded with a vast array of cases and accessories. To help you navigate the options, we’ve curated a list of the best cases in various categories, ensuring your Google Pixel 10 is not only safeguarded but also enhanced to fit your lifestyle. All our selections are readily available on Amazon, making it easy to get your hands on these top-tier products.

Best Grip Google Pixel 10 Case

For those who prioritize a secure hold on their device, the dbrand Grip Case for the Google Pixel 10 is in a league of its own.

dbrand Grip Case
Starts at $59.90
dbrand Grip Case customizable 6

Engineered with microscopic ridges along the sides, dbrand’s Grip Case offers an unparalleled grip that significantly reduces the likelihood of accidental drops. The tactile texture provides a confident and comfortable feel in your hand, making it ideal for one-handed use and for those on the go.

Beyond its impressive grip, the dbrand Grip Case doesn’t skimp on protection. It boasts military-grade impact resistance to safeguard your Pixel 10 from everyday tumbles. The case is also fully compatible with dbrand’s extensive collection of skins. This allows you to customize the look of your phone without compromising on the secure grip that makes this case a standout choice. The design you see in the image above is just one of dozens of options to choose from.

  • Colors: Dozens to choose from, literally
  • Wireless Charging Support: Yes
  • Build Materials: Textured silicon
  • Recycled materials: N/A
  • Dimensions: N/A
  • Weight: N/A
Buy from dbrand

Best Rugged Google Pixel 10 Case

When maximum protection is your top priority, the Spigen Tough Armor for the Google Pixel 10 is the case to beat.

Spigen Tough Armor
$21.99
Google Pixel 10 Spigen Tough Armor Case

This case is built to withstand serious impacts. It features a dual-layer design that combines a flexible TPU interior with a hard polycarbonate exterior. It also incorporates Spigen’s Air Cushion Technology in the corners for enhanced shock absorption during drops.

Despite its robust construction, the Spigen Tough Armor maintains a relatively slim profile and includes a built-in kickstand for hands-free viewing. The precise cutouts ensure easy access to all ports and buttons, and the raised edges provide excellent protection for the screen and camera. If you lead an active lifestyle or simply want peace of mind knowing your Pixel 10 is safe from harsh conditions, the Tough Armor is a reliable choice.

  • Colors: Black, Abyss Green, Metal Slate, Navy Blue
  • Wireless Charging Support: Yes
  • Build Materials: Polycarbonate, Thermoplastic Polyurethane
  • Recycled materials: N/A
  • Dimensions: 156.97 x 76.2 x 10.16 mm
  • Weight: 52.7 grams
Buy at

Best Google Pixel 10 Official Case

For an all-around excellent case that perfectly complements the Google Pixel 10, look no further than Google’s own Pixelsnap Case.

Google Pixelsnap Case
$49.99
Google Pixelsnap Case Pixel 10

This case offers a great fit and is designed to work seamlessly with the phone’s new PixelSnap technology. This ensures a secure connection with compatible magnetic accessories. The case provides reliable protection against everyday drops and scratches without adding unnecessary bulk. While it’s not an ultra-slim case, it maintains the slim profile of your device.

The Pixelsnap Case is crafted from a soft-touch silicone that feels great in hand and enhances grip. The finish reduces the chances of accidental slips. It also features a soft microfiber lining to keep your Pixel 10 free from scuffs. There’s also a variety of colors to match your personal style and the phone’s own colorways.

  • Colors: Obsidian, Moonstone, Indigo, Porcelain, Jade, Lemongrass, Frost
  • Wireless Charging Support: Yes
  • Build Materials: Silicone, polycarbonate, magnets, and a microfiber lining
  • Recycled materials: 42% recycled materials, shell made with 75% recycled plastic
  • Dimensions: 157.48 x 76.2 x 12.7 mm
  • Weight: 33.97 grams
Buy at

Best Ultra-Thin Google Pixel 10 Case

Maybe you’re looking to protect your Google Pixel 10 from scratches and minor bumps without sacrificing its sleek design. Well, the Mous Super Thin Case is an exceptional option.

Mous Super Thin Case
$49.99
Google Pixel 10 Mous Super Thin Case

This case is impressively slim and lightweight, adding minimal bulk to your phone, so it still feels comfortable in your pocket. It’s constructed from a durable yet flexible material that provides a surprising amount of protection for such a slender profile.

The Mous Super Thin Case features a minimalist design that lets the aesthetics of your Pixel 10 shine through. It’s also compatible with Pixelsnap accessories. So, you can take advantage of the magnetic ecosystem without needing a thicker case. For those who prioritize a minimalist feel and want to keep their device as close to its original form as possible, this case is the top contender.

 

  • Colors: Almost 20 colors
  • Wireless Charging Support: Yes
  • Build Materials: Polycarbonate
  • Recycled materials: N/A
  • Dimensions: 155.23 × 74.38 × 12.97 mm
  • Weight: 27 grams
Byu at
Buy at Mous

Best Leather Google Pixel 10 Case

If you’re looking to elevate the look and feel of your Google Pixel 10, the premium Bellroy Leather Case is another great option.

Bellroy Leather Case
$55
bellroy Leather Pixel Case

This case is a product of a partnership between Bellroy and Google. The partnership ensures a perfect fit and seamless integration with the phone’s features. The case is crafted from high-quality, eco-tanned leather that develops a unique patina over time.

The Bellroy Leather Case offers a slim profile while still providing ample protection for your device. The interior is lined with a soft microfiber to prevent scratches, and the edges are slightly raised to protect the screen and camera. For those who appreciate the touch of elegance of genuine leather, the Bellroy case is calling you.

  • Colors: Black, Sienna
  • Wireless Charging Support: Yes
  • Build Materials: Leather, plastic polymer and polyester
  • Recycled materials: 12% Recycled Polyester
  • Dimensions: 157 x 76.2 x 14 mm
  • Weight: 27 grams
Buy at
Buy at Bellroy

Best Wallet Google Pixel 10 Case

For those who value both style and convenience, the TORRO Premium Leather Wallet Case for the Google Pixel 10 is an excellent all-in-one solution.

TORRO Premium Leather Wallet Case
$34.99
TORRO Premium Leather Wallet Case Google Pixel 10

Crafted from genuine top-grain leather, this folio-style case exudes a classic and sophisticated look. The supple leather not only feels great in the hand but also offers durable protection against daily wear and tear.

Inside, the TORRO case features a soft microfiber lining and multiple card slots. This allows you to carry your essential cards and some cash alongside your phone. The case also has a built-in stand function, perfect for watching videos or making video calls. This TORRO case integrates a nice combination of premium materials, practical features, and robust protection.

  • Colors: Black
  • Wireless Charging Support: Yes
  • Build Materials: Leather, plastic polymer and polyester
  • Recycled materials: 12% Recycled Polyester
  • Dimensions: 159 x 75.94 x 18.03 mm
  • Weight: 95 grams
Buy at

Best Google Pixel 10 Screen Protector

Protecting the vibrant display of your Google Pixel 10 is crucial. Fortunately, the Spigen GlasTR EZ FIT Tempered Glass screen protector makes it incredibly easy.

Spigen GlasTR EZ FIT Tempered Glass
$34.99
Google Pixel 10 Spigen GlasTR EZ FIT Tempered Glass

This screen protector is made from durable 9H hardness tempered glass to defend against scratches and cracks. It also features an oleophobic coating to resist fingerprints and smudges.

What sets the GlasTR EZ FIT apart is its innovative auto-alignment installation tray. This ensures a perfect, bubble-free application every time. The screen protector offers edge-to-edge coverage without interfering with most cases and maintains the original touch sensitivity and display clarity of your Pixel 10. If you want reliable and hassle-free screen protection, the Spigen GlasTR EZ FIT is a top choice.

  • Colors: Clear
  • Build Materials: Glass
  • Dimensions: N/A
  • Weight: N/A
Buy at

Best Google Pixel 10 Grip/Stand

The Spigen O-Mag Ring is a versatile accessory that enhances both the grip and functionality of your phone, working perfectly with the native Qi2 magnets of the Google Pixel 10.

Spigen O-Mag Ring
$23.99
Spigen O Mag Ring

This magnetic ring attaches securely to the back of your phone, providing a comfortable and stable loop for your finger. This drastically improves one-handed use, making it much easier and safer to navigate the large cover and main screens.

In addition to being a secure grip, the O-Mag Ring doubles as a durable kickstand. It rotates 360 degrees, allowing you to prop your Google Pixel 10 up in either or portrait landscape mode at various angles, which is perfect for watching videos, taking video calls, and more. Its strong magnetic attachment makes it easy to snap on when you need it and remove for wireless charging.

  • Colors: Carbon
  • Build Materials: Metal
  • Recycled materials: N/A
  • Weight: 60 grams
Buy at

Best Google Pixel 10 Power Bank

Keep your Google Pixel 10 powered up on the go with the Anker Nano Power Bank.

Anker Nano Power Bank (10,000mAh, 30W)
$33.99
Anker Nano Power Bank 10000mAh 30w

This compact and portable charger packs a 10,000mAh capacity, which is enough to provide multiple charges for your Google Pixel 10. It features a built-in USB-C cable that doubles as a carrying loop, so you never have to worry about forgetting your charging cable.

The Anker Nano Power Bank delivers up to 30W of power. So, it perfectly matches the fast-charging power supported by the device. The charger also has an additional USB-C and USB-A port for charging other devices. There’s an informative display that shows you the remaining battery percentage, so you’ll always know when it’s time to recharge the power bank itself. For a reliable charging solution, the Anker Nano Power Bank is an excellent Google Pixel 10 companion.

  • Colors: Ice Lake Blue, Lilac Purple, Shell White, Sprout Green, Pure Black
  • Wireless Charging Support: No
  • Build Materials: Plastic
  • Recycled materials: 80% post-consumer recycled plastic (PCR)
  • Dimensions: 103.87 x 52.32 x 25.91 mm
  • Weight: 214.89 grams
Buy at
Buy at Anker

Best Google Pixel 10 Wireless Charger

For the most seamless and efficient wireless charging experience for your Google Pixel 10, the official Google Pixelsnap Wireless Charger is the way to go.

Google Pixelsnap Wireless Charger
$39.99
Google Pixelsnap Charger Pixel 10

This charger is specifically designed to work with the Google Pixel 10’s PixelSnap technology. This ensures perfect alignment and optimal charging speeds every time you place your phone on it. The magnetic connection makes it easy to use, even in the dark.

The Pixelsnap Wireless Charger delivers a fast and reliable charge. Plus, its minimalist design looks great on any desk or nightstand. It’s a simple and elegant solution for keeping your phone topped up without the hassle of cables. If you want the most convenient and optimized wireless charging for your new phone, the official Google charger is a great choice.

  • Colors: Rock Candy
  • Wireless Charging Support: Yes
  • Build Materials: Polycarbonate, metal ring
  • Recycled materials: At least 15% recycled materials
  • Dimensions: N/A
  • Weight: 53.86 grams
Buy at

Best Google Pixel 10 Wired Charger/Power Brick

Like many other modern phones, the Google Pixel 10 doesn’t come with a power brick in the box. If you don’t have one at home, the Anker 312 Charger (30W) is an excellent and affordable option for fast charging.

Anker 312 Charger (30W)
$19.99
Anker 312 Charger Power Brick 30W

This compact and powerful charger can charge your Google Pixel 10 at its maximum supported speed via USB-C.

The Anker 312 features a foldable plug, making it incredibly portable and perfect for travel. It also incorporates Anker’s safety features to protect your device from overcharging and overheating. For a reliable, fast, and compact charging solution, the Anker 312 is a must-have accessory for your handset.

  • Colors: Aurora White, Lilac Purple, Misty Blue, Natural Green, Phantom Black
  • Build Materials: Plastic
  • Recycled materials: N/A
  • Dimensions: N/A
  • Weight: 45.36 grams
Buy at

The post Best Google Pixel 10 Cases & Accessories appeared first on Android Headlines.

New Android Gesture Will Let You Run Any App in a Floating Bubble

Samsung Galaxy Tab S11 AM AH 07

For years, Google has been working on optimizing Android for tablets and other large-screen devices. Key feature additions like a taskbar and improved split-screen functionality have helped. However, many users agree that Android tablets still fall short of offering truly seamless, PC-level multitasking. Google is now working to close this gap by reviving and refining a powerful tool that could change how we use tablets: the ability to run any Android app in a floating bubble.

Recent findings by Android Authority suggest Google still has this “bubble anything” concept. The company now aims to better fit existing tablet workflows with an updated interface. Google is positioning it to become a seamless, general-purpose feature for power users.

Android tablets may get massive multitasking upgrade with Floating Apps

The new implementation centers on a simple, intuitive drag-and-drop gesture. Code strings and accompanying animations indicate that tablet users will soon be able to drag an app icon directly from the taskbar and drop it onto one of the screen’s bottom corners. This action will immediately launch the app in a smaller, floating bubble window. Users can then move this bubble freely while simultaneously working in other applications.

This approach aligns perfectly with how other multitasking features, such as split-screen mode, currently work on Android tablets. The goal is probably to minimize the learning curve. To further ensure a smooth user transition, the code also points to a new educational tutorial with animations. This will guide users through the new drag-to-float gesture the first time they interact with the taskbar.

android tablets floating bubble apps feature multitasking upgrade
Source: Android Authority

Bubble anything

The current version of Android limits the “bubble” feature almost exclusively to conversation notifications from supported messaging apps. However, the evidence strongly suggests this new gesture will apply to any app placed on the taskbar. Android already allows any app icon to sit in that position. So, extending the floating window capability to all apps is a logical next step.

This broader application unlocks powerful multitasking possibilities. It may allow users to keep three, four, or more apps instantly accessible at the same time. This is a significant functional boost, particularly for smaller tablets that struggle to fit multiple applications comfortably in the standard split-screen mode. Some custom skins from other brands already integrate similar functions. However, a powerful, native solution would be very useful to add uniformity between all Android devices.

We still don’t know when these improvements will arrive in a stable release. However, the presence of a fully designed tutorial and corresponding animations suggests that this “bubble any app” Android feature is making steady progress toward a public release in a future update.

The post New Android Gesture Will Let You Run Any App in a Floating Bubble appeared first on Android Headlines.

Trump and Xi to Finalize TikTok Deal This Thursday

AH TikTok image 12

It looks like we’re one step closer to putting this whole TikTok saga behind us. According to US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, US President Donald Trump and China President Xi Jinping are expected to “consummate” the TikTok deal this Thursday.

Trump to close TikTok deal this Thursday

According to Bessent, “We reached one in Madrid, and I believe that as of today, all the details are ironed out, and that will be for the two leaders to consummate that transaction on Thursday in Korea. My remit was to get the Chinese to agree to approve the transaction, and I believe we successfully accomplished that over the past two days.”

Last month, Trump signed an executive order that would see ByteDance sell its TikTok US operations to American-owned companies. Ever since he came into power, Trump had been pushing for China and ByteDance to sell TikTok. This was based on concerns that ByteDance is a Chinese company. The US government was worried that data of US citizens and users would be sent back to China.

Under the Biden administration, TikTok was due to be banned in the US at the start of the year. However, following Trump’s re-election, he extended the deadline of the ban several times. At one point, it looked like we would never hear the end of this whole TikTok saga. But come Thursday, Trump will officially close the TikTok deal and put it to bed once and for all.

What does the future of TikTok look like?

Once the deal has been closed, TikTok’s US operations will come under control of a new board of directors. Oracle will be responsible for security operations. These board of directors are also expected to oversee TikTok’s recommendation algorithm, source code, and also take over duties when it comes to the moderation of content.

Note that this only applies to TikTok in the US. For the rest of the world, your TikTok experience should remain the same. However, we have to wonder if TikTok US could undergo a huge change. TikTok’s algorithm is kind of what gives the platform an edge over competitors like Instagram Reels.

But if US companies and engineers are taking over the algorithm to make their own tweaks, what could this mean for creators based in the country? Could they see a drop in views? We suppose we’ll have to wait and see.

The post Trump and Xi to Finalize TikTok Deal This Thursday appeared first on Android Headlines.

Android's Live Threat Detection is Getting Powerful Updates

Google Pixel 10 Pro Fold AM AH 25

Google is working to make its on-device security features more transparent and manageable for users. An analysis of a recent beta version of the Play Protect Service app indicates that the company is adding updates to its Live Threat Detection tool, which uses artificial intelligence models to identify potentially malicious applications on Pixel phones and Android devices in general.

The Live Threat Detection feature fully relies on local, on-device AI. This means all the processing happens entirely on the local hardware. This approach allows for quick threat detection without requiring sending sensitive application data to Google’s cloud servers. The result is a strong layer of user privacy throughout the scanning process. Now, Google is making it friendlier and easier to use.

Live Threat Detection upgrade for Android: See every flagged app in one place

Currently, Android’s Live Threat Detection issues real-time alerts when it detects suspicious app behavior. However, the feature offers limited visibility beyond those initial notifications. Google is now fixing this lack of a central hub. The recent findings (by Android Authority) point to the development of a dedicated new page for the security tool. This upcoming screen is expected to clearly list all applications that the system has flagged as potential threats. Moving the threat information from individual, potentially numerous notifications to a permanent, centralized report is a great move. It improves user control and makes the security status of the device significantly easier to check at a glance.

Additionally, Google is adding a new, specific alert type focused on data harvesting. Code strings reveal a future warning designed to explicitly inform users when an application deemed unsafe is detected monitoring the device’s location or activity. This alert directly addresses a major area of ​​concern for user privacy: applications that covertly harvest sensitive data or track user movement patterns without proper consent.

Google Android Live Threat Detection updates 1
Google Android Live Threat Detection updates 2
Google Android Live Threat Detection updates 1
Google Android Live Threat Detection updates 2

These changes aim to enhance the usefulness of Android’s security tools. The mainstream public often underestimates security improvements because they often act in the background. However, keeping your personal data safe from potential bad actors is key in today’s tech industry.

The post Android's Live Threat Detection is Getting Powerful Updates appeared first on Android Headlines.

One UI 8.5 leak reveals a big boost for Samsung’s photo editing tools

Samsung is preparing to roll out its next big software update, One UI 8.5, and leaks have already started revealing some of the exciting changes coming to Galaxy devices. One UI 8.5 is expected to make photo editing easier and smarter, especially with a big change to Samsung’s popular Object Eraser feature.

According to the latest information via @Tarunvats, Samsung is planning to combine the Object Eraser tool with the Generative Edit feature in the Gallery app. This means users will be able to remove unwanted people, objects, or shadows from their photos more easily and quickly.

Notably, the Object Eraser, first introduced with the Galaxy S21 series, has been a fan-favorite AI feature that makes photo editing simple for everyone. Now, a new change for Object Eraser has been spotted in a leaked test version of One UI 8.5.

One UI 8.5: Object eraser has been integrated into generative edit. pic.twitter.com/E2LqSGp2U7

— Tarun Vats (@tarunvats33) October 26, 2025

With the new setup, users can use Object Eraser directly from the Generative Edit option instead of switching between tools. This will make photo editing faster and more convenient.

Other leaks also mention new design changes coming with One UI 8.5. Samsung may add a “Create” button at the bottom of the Gallery app with a clean blur effect, along with a refreshed Favorites card design in the Contacts app. It also brings new AI features, a fully customizable quick panel, and more.

For now, these new changes are based on an internal test build, so Samsung has not officially confirmed any details. The final version of One UI 8.5 may include all or some of these features. It is expected to arrive with the Galaxy S26 series next year. Stay tuned.

The post One UI 8.5 leak reveals a big boost for Samsung’s photo editing tools appeared first on Sammy Fans.

City Fines Homeowner $300,000 After Using Drone to Spot Illegal Fireworks

Aerial view of a residential neighborhood at night with fireworks shooting up from the street, illuminating houses and trees while city lights glow in the background.

A week after Fourth of July celebrations, PetaPixel reported that multiple California police departments had used drones to surveil and spot people illegally shooting off fireworks. Promised fines have been rolling out since, including a new $300,000 one levied against an Orange County homeowner who claims they were not even home on July 4.

[Read More]

US Will Soon Begin Photographing All Non-Americans When They Enter and Exit Country

A man stands in front of a biometric scanner at an airport security checkpoint. Several people and staff are visible in the background of the brightly lit terminal.

As part of its expanding crackdown on immigration, the United States government says it will soon begin photographing every non-citizen, including all legal ones with green cards and visas, as they enter and leave the U.S. The government claims that improved facial recognition and more photos will prevent immigration violations and catch criminals.

[Read More]

Data hoarders, here are the best free Docker containers to help you access, store and organise every type of media

CheckMag | If you are looking to step away from subscription services, reduce reliance on big tech, or simply have fun while learning, self-hosting is a great way to make your media collections available across all of your devices while keeping data under your control. Here are the best containers for managing almost every type of media.

Anker’s compact 737 3-port power bank with 24,000 mAh capacity drops to lowest-ever price on Amazon

Deal | Anker’s 737 24,000 mAh power bank is currently available at its all-time low price on Amazon for a limited time. The Anker 737 power bank boasts a 24,000 mAh capacity and offers a maximum power output of 140 W across three ports. Plus, the flight-approved power bank has a small display for real-time charging information.

7,800 mAh silicon-carbon power: OnePlus releases Ace 6 smartphone with Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite at mid-range starting price

The Ace 6 is OnePlus' latest attempt to entice people seeking a powerful yet affordable Android smartphone. Starting at CNY 2,599 (~$366) in China, the OnePlus Ace 6 combines a 165 Hz AMOLED display and a 7,800 mAh battery with the Qualcomm Snapdragon chipset from last year's OnePlus 13 flagship.

Apple will bump up the iPhone 18 to 12GB of LPDDR5X RAM

Apple is expected to upgrade the base iPhone to 12GB of RAM - 4GB more than the iPhone 17, and the same as the iPhone 17 Pro and 17 Pro Max, and iPhone Air. According to industry sources, Apple has asked key supplier Samsung to increase its supply of LPDDR5X RAM for the next iPhone lineup. Samsung reportedly only makes LPDDR5X RAM in 12GB and 16GB modules. The bump up to 12GB will allow the base model iPhone to run AI models on-device, which is hard to pull off with 8GB of RAM. [#InlinePriceWidget,14049,1#] According to reports, Apple will move to a staggered release...

We tested the OnePlus 15's cameras

The OnePlus 15 just became official today in China, and it's expected to reach international markets next month. Ahead of that, we were lucky enough to have the opportunity to shoot some camera samples with the OnePlus 15 around Prague in Czechia. So here they are. The OnePlus 15 gave up on the Hasselblad co-branding of its predecessors in favor of the company's own self-developed DetailMax Engine, billed as its new era of computational imaging that focuses on delivering "clear and real" images (these are OnePlus' words). So we put that to the test, let's start with images from the main...

Xiaomi's HyperOS 3 global rollout begins

Back in September, Xiaomi began recruiting beta testers for the global version of HyperOS 3. The company has now announced that the software’s global rollout has started in phases for select users. According to the official Xiaomi HyperOS account, the HyperOS 3 global rollout has kicked off with the Xiaomi 15T series. The company revealed that the update will be available to users in a phased manner. It is likely that Xiaomi 15T and 15T Pro users who signed up for the global beta program will be the first to receive the stable HyperOS 3. In China, the Xiaomi 15 series and Redmi K80...

OnePlus 15: Ultimate Buyers Guide

OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (3)

The OnePlus 15 is a direct successor to the OnePlus 13, which initially launched last year around the same time. The initial launch of the OnePlus 15 took place on October 27, while the global model will likely follow next month. The device does look different than its predecessor, as the company did make some notable design changes. Design is not the only thing that changed, here, though.

The new phone is, of course, more powerful overall, which we’ll talk about. It also comes with some changes that people may not be fans of. In any case, in this article, we’ll talk a lot more about the phone, even before its global debut. Once it arrives to global markets, we’ll fill in the gaps and update the information that is relevant to global users. With that being said, let’s get to it.

OnePlus 15 specs

OnePlus’ flagship smartphones bring top-of-the-line specs year-in, year-out. The same is the case here, as this phone is packed with powerful hardware. The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 SoC from Qualcomm, the company’s new flagship chip, fuels this smartphone. That chip is backed by 12GB/16GB of RAM and 256GB/512GB/1TB of internal storage. Just to be clear, OnePlus is using LPDDR5X RAM here and UFS 4.1 flash storage.

A 165Hz 1.5K AMOLED display is used, along with a 7,300mAh battery

A 6.78-inch AMOLED display sits on the front, with a resolution of 2772 x 1272 (1.5K). That translates to 450 PPI, and an aspect ratio of 20:9. This display goes up to 165Hz, though only during gaming. During regular use, it’ll go from 1-120Hz, as it’s adaptive. The peak brightness is immensely high, well over 4,000 nits, though you’ll never get to that point. The point is, the display is immensely bright when you need it to be.

A 7,300mAh silicon-carbon battery is used here. So, yes, even though the OnePlus 13 had a rather huge battery with plenty of capacity, OnePlus decided to improve upon that quite a bit. The phone jumped from 6,000mAh to 7,300mAh. 120W wired charging is supported (it will be limited to 80W in the US), along with 50W wireless charging. Android 16 comes pre-installed here with ColorOS 16 in China, while OxygenOS 16 will be included in the US.

Three 50-megapixel cameras sit on the back, while the phone is quite durable

There are three 50-megapixel cameras on the back. A 50-megapixel main camera (Sony’s IMX906 sensor, 1/1.56-inch sensor size) OIS, f/1.8 aperture, 84-degree FoV) is backed by a 50-megapixel ultrawide unit (OV50D sensor, 1/2.88-inch sensor size, 6P lens, f/2.0 aperture, 116-degree FoV). A 50-megapixel periscope telephoto camera (S5KJN5 sensor, 1/2.76-inch sensor size, 3.5x optical zoom, 4P lens, OIS, f/2.8 aperture, 30-degree FoV) also sits on the back. On the front, you’ll find a 32-megapixel Sony IMX709 camera sensor.

The phone has an in-display fingerprint scanner, an ultrasonic one. An IR blaster is included, as is Bluetooth 6.0. Wi-Fi 7 is, of course, on the table too, as is USB 3.2 Gen 1. There are two nano SIM card slots here, and a charger will be included, at least in some regions. The OnePlus 15 is IP66/IP68/IP69/IP69K certified, which means it has great water and dust resistance, to say the least.

OnePlus announced three color options

The device measures 161.42 x 76.67 x 8.10-8.20mm, while it weighs 211/215 grams, depending on the model. Three color options have been launched in China: Absolute Black, Mist Purple, and Sand Dune

OnePlus 15 Specs
Display Size 6.78 Inches
Display Resolution 2772 x 1272
Refresh Rate 1-120Hz (adaptive), up to 165Hz when gaming
Dimensions 161.42 x 76.67 x 8.10-8.20mm
Weight 211/215 grams
Chipset Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5
RAM 12GB/16GB (LPDDR5X)
Storage 256GB/512GB (UFS 4.1), non-expandable
Main Camera 50MP (f/1.8 aperture, 1/1.56-inch sensor size, OIS, 84-degree FoV)
Ultrawide Camera 50MP (OV50D sensor, 1/2.88-inch sensor size, f/2.0 aperture, 116-degree FoV, 6P lens)
Periscope Telephoto Camera 50MP (S5KJN5 sensor, 1/2.76-inch sensor size, 3.5x optical zoom, 4P lens, OIS, f/2.8 aperture, 30-degree FoV)
Front Camera 32MP (Sony IMX709 sensor, 1/2.74-inch sensor size, f/2.4 aperture, 5P lens)
Battery 7,300mAh (silicon-carbon)
Charging 120W wired (80W in the US), 50W wireless
OS Android 16 with ColorOS 16 (China) / OxygenOS 16 (global, coming)
Network & Connectivity 5G, LTE, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0
Water Resistance IP68/IP69
Colors Absolute Black, Mist Purple, and Sand Dune
View Device Specs

How much does the OnePlus 15 cost?

The OnePlus 15 was announced only in China thus far. The phone’s pricing kicks off at CNY3,999 ($561) for the 12GB RAM model with 256GB of storage. It goes up to CNY5,399 ($758) for the 16GB RAM variant with 1TB of storage. Several other models are available in between. We’re expecting only a couple of models globally, though.

Where can I buy the OnePlus 15?

For the time being, the OnePlus 15 is only available to purchase in China. It launched in OnePlus’ homeland only, we’ll have to wait a bit before it makes its way to more markets. Once the global model launches, this section will be updated with new information and purchase links.

What carriers does it work on?

Only the Chinese variant was announced thus far, this section will be updated once the global model arrives.

What colors does the OnePlus 15 come in?

In China, the phone was announced in three color variants, Absolute Black, Mist Purple, and Sand Dune. Those are essentially black, purple, and beige colors. All three colors are rumored to arrive to global markets, though they will have different names, all three of them. At this point, we do know that the ‘Sand Dune’ color will be called ‘Sand Storm’ globally. That part has been officially confirmed, the other two colors, not yet.

OnePlus 15 official color options (4)

What new upgrades does the OnePlus 15 have over the OnePlus 13, and what noteworthy features in general?

The OnePlus 15 is a more powerful smartphone than the OnePlus 13, there’s no doubt about it. Not everything on the phone is an upgrade over its predecessor, however. Well, most things are, but not everything. With that being said, in this section, we’ll highlight the upgrades and what seem to be downgrades. On top of that, we’ll simply highlight the best aspects of the phone itself, in general.

Even more processing power

The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 from Qualcomm is used to fuel the OnePlus 15. That is Qualcomm’s most powerful chip to date, and a successor to the Snapdragon 8 Elite that is included in the OnePlus 13. There is no monumental difference when compared to the Snapdragon 8 Elite, but it’s better in a number of ways. Not only is it generally more powerful, but it brings upgrades in the GPU, NPU, and connectivity departments. A 23% improvement in GPU performance, 37% faster NPU, and more.

Faster storage

The OnePlus 15 ships with UFS 4.1 flash storage, compared to UFS 4.0 storage inside the OnePlus 13. That may not be something you’ll notice during day-to-day use, but UFS 4.1 is a notable improvement. It is not only faster, but it’s more power efficient too. A number of other improvements are included.

A gigantic battery

OnePlus opted to include a 7,300mAh battery inside the OnePlus 15. That is considerably more battery juice than what the OnePlus 13 delivered. That phone includes a 6,000mAh unit, which is also a silicon-carbon battery. That battery was plenty for that phone, and yet OnePlus decided to take things to a whole other level with the OnePlus 15. We do expect the OnePlus 15 to offer outstanding battery life.

Faster charging (slightly)

The OnePlus 15 supports 120W wired charging, compared to 100W charging on the OnePlus 13. Wireless charging remains the same. The thing is, this phone does include a larger battery, so the charging speed difference likely won’t be noticeable… when it comes to wired charging. Do note that the US will still get 80W wired charging, though.

Better display, even though it may not seem like it

The OnePlus 13 did ship with a sharper display than the OnePlus 15. The thing is, the difference will not be visible, and yet the OnePlus 15’s display is newer, more expensive, and technologically more advanced. It also supports a refresh rate of up to 165Hz for gaming, which is not something the OnePlus 13’s panel offered.

Bluetooth 6.0

The OnePlus 15 ships with Bluetooth 6.0 support, as expected. The OnePlus 13 included Bluetooth 5.4. Bluetooth 6.0 brings a number of improvements, including centimeter-level accuracy through channel sounding. It also brings improved audio latency and quality, and more efficient battery usage with decision-based advertising filtering. A number of other improvements are included.

OxygenOS 16

The OnePlus 15 ships with OxygenOS 16 out of the box. That is the latest version of OnePlus’ Android skin: It is based on Android 16, and it brings a refreshed UI, it’s immensely fast, has new animations, and so on. The thing is, the OnePlus 13 will get this UI as well, so chances are it won’t be much of a difference between the two. The point is, it is here, and it does make a difference.

The camera conundrum

On paper, the OnePlus 15 brings a camera downgrade to the table. It includes three 50-megapixel cameras on the back, with smaller camera sensors than the OnePlus 13. That goes for all three cameras, actually. That camera setup does not look great, in all honesty, but we’ll have to test it out to find out the truth.

What cases are available for the OnePlus 15?

OnePlus has confirmed the Sandstone Magnetic Case, Aramid Fiber Case, and Magnetic Hole Case for the Chinese market. We’re not sure if all of these will make their way to the global markets, but you can check them out below. The first two are kind of self-explanatory. The Sandstone case is a throwback to the original OnePlus smartphone, while the Aramid Fiber case is immensely thin and light. The Magnetic Hole Case brings a level of customization to the table. You can check them all below.

OnePlus 15 Sandstone Magnetic Case
OnePlus 15 Aramid Fiber Case
OnePlus 15 Magnetic Hole Case
OnePlus 15 Sandstone Magnetic Case
OnePlus 15 Aramid Fiber Case
OnePlus 15 Magnetic Hole Case

Images & Video

OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (2)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (3)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (18)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (7)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (10)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (12)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (11)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (13)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (14)
OnePlus 15 edited image 3844
oneplus 15 unboxing
OnePlus 15 official sand image (1)
OnePlus 15 official sand image (2)
OnePlus 15 official sand image (3)
OnePlus 15 official image 102
OnePlus 15 official image 100
OnePlus 15 official image 99
OnePlus 15 official image 103
OnePlus 15 official color options (3)
OnePlus 15 official color options (2)
OnePlus 15 official color options (1)
OnePlus 15 image 83459438
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (2)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (3)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (18)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (7)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (10)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (12)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (11)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (13)
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (14)
OnePlus 15 edited image 3844
oneplus 15 unboxing
OnePlus 15 official sand image (1)
OnePlus 15 official sand image (2)
OnePlus 15 official sand image (3)
OnePlus 15 official image 102
OnePlus 15 official image 100
OnePlus 15 official image 99
OnePlus 15 official image 103
OnePlus 15 official color options (3)
OnePlus 15 official color options (2)
OnePlus 15 official color options (1)
OnePlus 15 image 83459438

Should I buy the OnePlus 15?

Considering that only the Chinese OnePlus 15 variant has been launched at this point, it’s too early to tell whether the OnePlus 15 will be worth it. The price tag does seem quite appealing, but the smaller camera sensor do worry us. We can’t wait to review the OnePlus 15, however, so wait just a little bit longer while the global model arrives, and we’ll be able to share far more information about the device.

The post OnePlus 15: Ultimate Buyers Guide appeared first on Android Headlines.

Apple Says Jon Prosser Has Yet to Respond to Lawsuit Over iOS 26 Leaks

The lawsuit Apple filed against leakster and YouTuber Jon Prosser seemed straightforward enough. However, it looks like things are becoming more complicated. Now, according to Apple, it says that Prosser has not indicated when he may respond to the lawsuit.

Prosser has not indicated when he will respond to Apple lawsuit

In recent court filings, Apple stated that Prosser “has not indicated” when, or even if, he plans to formally defend himself against the trade secrets allegations tied to leaked iOS 26 information. The lawsuit, filed in July 2025, targets both Prosser and co-defendant Michael Ramacciotti over the alleged theft of confidential details about Apple’s upcoming software update.

Apple’s filings emphasize that despite Prosser’s public statements, he missed his legal deadline to respond. As a result, the court entered a default against him, which allows Apple to proceed toward seeking damages and an injunction without Prosser’s formal participation in the case. Meanwhile, Ramacciotti has actively cooperated with Apple and may settle soon, taking a completely different approach than his co-defendant.

Going back and forth

This is where things get confusing. Initially, Prosser’s statements suggested he was in active talks with Apple about the lawsuit. However, when court documents revealed he hadn’t responded to the legal filing, Prosser doubled down, claiming he had been in active communications with the company. Now, Apple’s latest statement directly contradicts that claim, leaving us scratching our heads about what’s actually happening behind the scenes.

The back and forth raises questions about whether Prosser is truly engaging with Apple’s legal team or simply making public statements that don’t align with the formal legal process. Either way, his silence in court puts him at a significant disadvantage. If Apple’s injunction succeeds, it could set a precedent that limits how tech influencers handle leaked information, potentially restricting early looks at new features for enthusiasts who rely on these sources.

For context, the lawsuit stems from Prosser publishing videos that revealed confidential iOS 26 features. Prosser has publicly denied coordinating any scheme to steal company secrets. He claims he had no technical access to Apple’s systems and didn’t plot to obtain anyone’s device.

The post Apple Says Jon Prosser Has Yet to Respond to Lawsuit Over iOS 26 Leaks appeared first on Android Headlines.

Your Pixel 10 might not charge wirelessly — and Google knows why

Google Pixel 10 Pro Fold AM AH 04

All wireless chargers are made the same, right? Well, according to Google, that is not the case.

Some users have noted that when trying to charge their Pixel 10 Pro Fold, they get a question mark instead of it actually charging. Google has noticed and issued a statement saying that this issue arises when you use an “incompatible wireless charger”. Google suggests that users use “certified Qi2 wireless chargers” instead. Which should be a no-brainer. But since Qi2 is backward compatible with Qi, it’s a bit surprising that there is an issue.

Google is going to fix this issue, however. So don’t throw out those old Qi chargers just yet. Google will be releasing a fix in the next software update. But for now, rebooting your phone should fix the issue.

Google’s Pixel 10 series is really struggling this year

Google’s off to a pretty rocky start with the Pixel 10 series this year. Nevermind the mid-range chip that is powering the devices, there’s been quite a few issues too. Like with Genshin Impact, a pretty popular game, that doesn’t run properly on the Pixel 10 because Google switched to a PowerVR GPU, and Genshin Impact stopped supporting those GPUs a few months ago.

Now we’re seeing other issues too, but the Genshin Impact issue really can’t be fixed without the company supporting PowerVR again or Google ditching it on Tensor G6.

In the grand scheme of things, this issue with charging is really not a big deal. Especially since this is wireless charging and not USB-C charging, that is the issue. While it is inconvenient, picking up a Qi2 charger for cheap or using a USB-C charger is definitely an easy fix. Check out our best Google Pixel 10 Pro Fold cases and accessories for some good options.

The post Your Pixel 10 might not charge wirelessly — and Google knows why appeared first on Android Headlines.

Sony’s First 200MP Camera Is Coming to Take on Samsung

Sony LYT 910 generated image

Sony’s first 200MP camera is coming, and it’s looking to challenge Samsung’s ISOCELL counterparts. We are talking about a sensor for mobile devices, mainly smartphones, here, of course.

Sony’s first 200MP mobile camera sensor is coming for Samsung’s crown

According to what FeniBook, a tipster, said, Sony is planning to announce the LYT-910, which will be the company’s first 200MP camera sensor. It will be a 1/1.11-inch sensor with an individual pixel size of 0.7um.

Sony LYT 910 rumor

That sensor will be able to capture 50MP and 200MP resolution images. The 50-megapixel ones will be captured through pixel binning, of course. With an in-sensor crop, this sensor could offer 2x and 4x lossless-quality zoom, basically.

It is also said to offer superior HDR performance over Samsung’s offerings, with a dynamic range of over 100db. It will also support 4K recording at 120 FPS, and 8K recording at 30 FPS… with HDR.

That’s basically everything the tipster shared. Now, if we compare this to Samsung’s 200MP offerings, the Sony LYT-910 does seem to be superior, at least on paper.

It does seem more compelling, on paper, than Samsung’s ISOCELL HP1 & HP2 sensors

The ISOCELL HP1 is a 1/1.22-inch sensor, and it’s the biggest sensor the company offers. The ISOCELL HP2 is the company’s best sensor, however, it’s a 1/1.4-inch unit. The ISOCLEL HPB is also worth noting, as it’s basically the ISOCELL HP2 in disguise.

We’re not sure when the Sony LYT-910 will become official, but by the looks of it, it could arrive soon. In fact, the OPPO Find X9 Ultra and Vivo X300 Ultra could end up utilizing it next year, we’ll see.

Those two phones, amongst some others, will look for an edge over their siblings. A powerful sensor like this would certainly give that to them. Everything is under wraps at the moment, so we’ll have to wait and see. This is the first time we’re hearing about this sensor.

The post Sony’s First 200MP Camera Is Coming to Take on Samsung appeared first on Android Headlines.

OnePlus 15 Launches With a Bold New Look and Massive Battery

OnePlus 15 official sand image (1)

OnePlus has just announced its new flagship smartphone, the OnePlus 15. Do note that this launch took place in China, and it is the initial launch event for the phone. The global launch event is expected to take place next month.

With that being said, we already had a lot of details about the device. Plenty of information surfaced, while OnePlus revealed some info little by little over the last couple of weeks. Most of the information that leaked was also accurate.

The OnePlus 15 is now official with a brand new design

The OnePlus 15 has a brand new design. It is even more boxy than before. The phone features a flat display, a flat backplate, and a flat frame. Its corners are rounded, though, and the same goes for the corners of the phone’s camera island.

Speaking of which, the camera island is no longer round, it is now a square with rounded corners. It looks entirely different and sits in the top-left corner on the back of the phone. There are still three cameras included on the inside, though.

The phone has a centered display camera hole up top, and even thinner bezels than its predecessor. The bezels here measure 1.15mm all around. The phone does include uniform bezels, which means they’re the same thickness on all sides.

The Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chip is used, along with a 165Hz AMOLED display

This smartphone is quite powerful, needless to say. It is fueled by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 processor. That is Qualcomm’s most powerful chip to date. It is paired with 12GB/16GB of LPDDR5X RAM and UFS 4.1 flash storage (up to 1TB). Storage expansion is not supported.

A 6.78-inch AMOLED display sits on the front, with a 1.5K resolution (2772 x 1272). That display goes up to 165Hz, but only during gaming. In regular use, it can go between 1 and 120Hz, as needed. It has high-frequency PWM dimming and gets immensely bright when needed.

OnePlus included a massive 7,300mAh battery here, along with 120W charging

A 7,300mAh silicon-carbon battery is included in the package too. That battery is a lot bigger than the already big unit in the OnePlus 13. 120W wired charging is supported here, along with 50W wireless charging.

There is an ultrasonic in-display fingerprint scanner included too, while Bluetooth 6.0 is supported. The same goes for Wi-Fi 7. Android 16 comes pre-installed on the device, along with ColorOS 16. OxygenOS 16 will be included on the global model. The phone is also IP66/IP68/IP69/IP69K certified for water and dust resistance.

The cameras seem to be a downgrade, at least on paper

There are three 50-megapixel cameras included on the back of the phone. A 50-megapixel main camera (1/1.56-inch sensor size) is backed by a 50-megapixel ultrawide camera (1/2.88-inch sensor size, 116-degree FoV). The third camera is a 50-megapixel periscope telephoto unit (1/2.76-inch sensor size, 3.5x optical zoom). On paper, these cameras do seem like downgrades compared to the OnePlus 13. We’ll have to see if that’s true in actual performance.

The OnePlus 15 measures 161.42 x 76.67 x 8.10-8.20mm, while it weighs 211/215 grams. It comes in Absolute Black, Mist Purple, and Sand Dune colors. They will have different names in markets outside of China.

The device’s pricing starts at CNY3,999 ($561) for the 12GB RAM model with 256GB of storage, while it goes up to CNY5,399 ($758) for the 16GB RAM variant with 1TB of storage.

OnePlus 15 Specs
Display Size 6.78 Inches
Display Resolution 2772 x 1272
Refresh Rate 1-120Hz (adaptive), up to 165Hz when gaming
Dimensions 161.42 x 76.67 x 8.10-8.20mm
Weight 211/215 grams
Chipset Qualcomm Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5
RAM 12GB/16GB (LPDDR5X)
Storage 256GB/512GB (UFS 4.1), non-expandable
Main Camera 50MP (f/1.8 aperture, 1/1.56-inch sensor size, OIS, 84-degree FoV)
Ultrawide Camera 50MP (OV50D sensor, 1/2.88-inch sensor size, f/2.0 aperture, 116-degree FoV, 6P lens)
Periscope Telephoto Camera 50MP (S5KJN5 sensor, 1/2.76-inch sensor size, 3.5x optical zoom, 4P lens, OIS, f/2.8 aperture, 30-degree FoV)
Front Camera 32MP (Sony IMX709 sensor, 1/2.74-inch sensor size, f/2.4 aperture, 5P lens)
Battery 7,300mAh (silicon-carbon)
Charging 120W wired (80W in the US), 50W wireless
OS Android 16 with ColorOS 16 (China) / OxygenOS 16 (global)
Network & Connectivity 5G, LTE, Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0
Water Resistance IP68/IP69
Colors Absolute Black, Mist Purple, and Sand Dune
View Device Specs
OnePlus 15 official color options (4)
OnePlus 15 image 83459438
OnePlus 15 official color options (3)
OnePlus 15 official color options (2)
OnePlus 15 official color options (1)
OnePlus 15 official image 103
OnePlus 15 official image 96
OnePlus 15 official image 98
OnePlus 15 official image 100
OnePlus 15 official image 3485
OnePlus 15 edited image 3844
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (10)
OnePlus 15 official color options (4)
OnePlus 15 image 83459438
OnePlus 15 official color options (3)
OnePlus 15 official color options (2)
OnePlus 15 official color options (1)
OnePlus 15 official image 103
OnePlus 15 official image 96
OnePlus 15 official image 98
OnePlus 15 official image 100
OnePlus 15 official image 3485
OnePlus 15 edited image 3844
OnePlus 15 Sand Dune official (10)

The post OnePlus 15 Launches With a Bold New Look and Massive Battery appeared first on Android Headlines.

Xiaomi 17 Ultra May Skip Rear Display, Focus on Huge Camera Improvements

Xiaomi 15 Ultra AM AH 04

After launching the Xiaomi 17 series, the Chinese brand is apparently working on a more premium model, the Xiaomi 17 Ultra. The handset may debut before the end of this year in China, very much ahead of the usual MWC timeline (globally) every year. A new leak suggests that, like the regular models in the series, the Xiaomi 17 Ultra may not arrive with a rear display.

Xiaomi 17 Ultra may not get a rear display

In the latest Weibo post, prolific leaker Digital Chat Station has shed some light on the Xiaomi 17 Ultra’s cameras. He says the phone will have a new 50MP primary camera with a large sensor and improved in-sensor zoom technology. It can seamlessly transition to the telephoto lens for lossless focal range coverage.

The telephoto unit could use a new 200MP large sensor, supporting multiple focal lengths. It could offer tele-macro shooting with “good magnification.” However, the focus range will not be extremely close, as per Digital Chat Station. Both lenses are claimed to offer a high dynamic range.

Xiaomi 17 Ultra rear display
Xiaomi 17 Ultra camera design

The phone could bring camera upgrades

Coming to the topic of rear display, one of the comments to the post asks the leaker whether the camera module is round or if it will have the new design (presumably referring to the rear display). To which, Digital Chat Station replies “circle.” This suggests that the phone may feature a large, round camera module like the predecessor, taking up a large portion of the back. It could be missing out on the rear display like its Pro siblings. 

However, it contradicts a previous report that said Xiaomi will continue to use a secondary display on its next-gen flagships. Perhaps the Ultra model is an exception in order to accommodate large camera sensors.

The upcoming Xiaomi phone may feature the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chip and a 6.8-inch flat OLED 2K display. It could arrive in black, purple, and white shades.

The post Xiaomi 17 Ultra May Skip Rear Display, Focus on Huge Camera Improvements appeared first on Android Headlines.

This $549 Roborock Robot Vacuum Is Down to Just $299 for a Limited Time

roborock q10 s5 plus

The Roborock Q10 S5 is getting a massive discount right now, dropping to just $299 on Amazon — down from its usual $549 price tag. That’s a solid $250 in savings on one of the smartest robot vacuums you can buy in this price range. Roborock has built a strong reputation for offering high-end cleaning performance without the premium price, and the Q10 S5 continues that trend by packing serious suction power, a self-emptying dock, and advanced mopping capabilities into a sleek and compact design.

At the heart of the Q10 S5 is Roborock’s 10,000Pa HyperForce suction system, which easily pulls up dust, pet hair, and debris from both carpets and hardwood floors. It also includes a Dual Anti-Tangle System, which prevents hair from wrapping around the brush — a huge bonus for pet owners. The mop system uses VibraRise 2.0 technology, meaning it can automatically lift when transitioning from hard floors to carpets and apply pressure scrubbing when needed. Combined, these features let the Q10 S5 handle deep cleaning and daily maintenance without you lifting a finger.

What really makes this deal special is the price-to-performance ratio. At $299, you’re getting a robot vacuum that not only vacuums but also mops, empties itself, and maps your home with precision. That’s a combination usually reserved for models well over $600. While it doesn’t have the most advanced obstacle avoidance of Roborock’s flagship models, the Q10 S5 performs exceptionally well in real-world cleaning tests, especially for the price.

If you’ve been waiting to upgrade your home cleaning setup, now’s the perfect time. With its strong suction, self-emptying dock, anti-tangle design, and intelligent mopping system, the Roborock Q10 S5 is a steal at $299 — but this deal won’t last long.

Editor's Choice
Roborock Q10 S5+

Roborock Q10 S5+ – $299

This robot vacuum is small but mighty, woth 10,000Pa of suction power, and a dock that can hold 70 days worth of dirt and debris.

Buy from

The post This $549 Roborock Robot Vacuum Is Down to Just $299 for a Limited Time appeared first on Android Headlines.

Ulefone RugKing: The Rugged Phone That Roars Like a Jet Engine

Ulefone RugKing (1)

Many of you have probably already heard of Ulefone RugKing, the company’s budget rugged smartphone. What some of you may not know, is that this phone has a very powerful speaker. Uelfone has decided to demonstrate the RugKing’s speaker in a new promo video.

The Ulefone RugKing’s powerful speaker gets demoed in a promo video

If you check out the video below, you’ll see the speaker in action. You’ll not only see it running, but see it running while having a ton of dust on it, in a construction environment, amongst other scenes.

This is a rugged phone, and Ulefone wanted to show you that you don’t have to baby it, nor its speaker. In some of these shots, the phone is covered with dust, and yet it’s doing its job perfectly.

This is also a rather powerful speaker, a 126dB unit. It’s much more powerful than regular speakers you’d find on smartphones, that’s for sure. That’s another thing this phone has over other devices.

The speaker, in diameter, measures 36mm, and has an 11.5 CC sound cavity. It delivers HiFi-quality sound, says the company. In the video you can see above, its 126dB prowess is shown.

That speaker is really, really loud

Just to give you some comparisons. A shotgun can provide noise of 160dB, while jet engine taking off provides noise of 140dB. A siren and a rock concert are at 110dB, while a motorcycle is at 100dB. Power tools provide 90dB of noise, while heavy traffic can provide 80-90dB.

In addition to its ruggedness and powerful speaker, this phone also comes with 8GB of RAM. It offers 256GB of expandable internal storage and a 50-megapixel main camera. A large 9,600mAh battery is also included in the package.

Android 15 comes pre-installed on the device, while a 5.99-inch HD+ LCD display sits on the front. A side-facing fingerprint scanner is also included here, while the phone also supports facial scanning.

Buy the Ulefone RugKing (Ulefone)
Ulefone RugKing (1)
Ulefone RugKing (2)
Ulefone RugKing (3)
Ulefone RugKing (4)
Ulefone RugKing (5)
Ulefone RugKing (6)
Ulefone RugKing (1)
Ulefone RugKing (2)
Ulefone RugKing (3)
Ulefone RugKing (4)
Ulefone RugKing (5)
Ulefone RugKing (6)

The post Ulefone RugKing: The Rugged Phone That Roars Like a Jet Engine appeared first on Android Headlines.

iPhone 18 Could Get Up to 50% More RAM, Apple Reportedly Preparing LPDDR5X Memory

iPhone 17 Pro and Pro Max display featured 1

Compared to Android phones, Apple’s iPhones typically do not have that much RAM. However, with the iPhone 18, Apple is rumored to bump up the phone’s RAM by as much as 50%. This is according to a recent report from Korean publication, The Bell.

iPhone 18 could feature more RAM

According to the report, Apple’s iPhone 18 will come with as much as 50% more RAM. For context, the base iPhone 17 comes with 8GB of RAM. The Air, Pro, and Pro Max models feature 12GB of RAM. This means that for the iPhone 18 series, we could see a bump in RAM from 12-16GB of RAM.

The report also claims that Apple has asked its memory suppliers to produce more LPDDR5X DRAM chips. This alone should give us some clues as to how much RAM to expect. This is because at the moment, LPDDR5X chips are only available in 12GB and 16GB variants. This means we’re looking at 12GB of RAM at the very least, or 16GB for Apple’s higher-end models.

But is it necessary?

That being said, we have to wonder if having more RAM is necessary. This is because Apple already controls its software and hardware. This is how iOS and its apps have no issues running with smaller amounts of RAM compared to Android. It also means that unless Apple is making some fundamental changes to its iOS platform, we’re not sure if there are tangible benefits to having more RAM.

It is possible that because AI, like Apple Intelligence, that Apple could increase the memory on its 2026 iPhones. We’re already seeing how some older iPhone models do not support Apple Intelligence due to hardware constraints. So maybe future models with more RAM could allow more advanced AI features.

Apple will launch its iPhone 18 series in 2026. However, according to the rumors, Apple could split up the launch. It could launch the iPhone Air 2, iPhone 18 Pro, and iPhone 18 Pro Max in the fall of 2026, as per usual. But the base iPhone 18 and the iPhone 18e could launch in the following spring.

We’re also hearing rumors that the iPhone Fold could be delayed to 2027. There are also whispers that Apple could cancel its plans for the iPhone Air 2. Either way, we’ll find out more in the coming months.

The post iPhone 18 Could Get Up to 50% More RAM, Apple Reportedly Preparing LPDDR5X Memory appeared first on Android Headlines.

Samsung’s Tri-Fold Phone to Launch This Week — But Not in the US

huawei mate xts 16

Despite a recent report, which claimed that Samsung’s first tri-fold phone could arrive to the US, that’s quite unlikely. Evan Blass, a well-known tipster, just shared the markets the device will arrive to, and the US is not amongst them.

Samsung’s first tri-fold smartphone is coming this week, but not the US

Evan went to X to say that the company’s first tri-fold smartphone will likely launch in Korea, the greater Chinese market (including Singapore and Taiwan), and possibly the UAE. That’s basically it.

The tipster did say, however, that he’d “love to be wrong”, but he doesn’t think he is. Everything point to Samsung avoiding both the US and Europe as launch markets for its very first tri-fold smartphone.

When will this thing finally launch? Well, another new report reveals some information on that too. According to a report from The Korea Herald, the device will arrive later this week, actually.

It is tipped to launch during the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) 2025 summit in Gyeongju, North Gyeongsang Province, South Korea. That’s a mouthful, but the summit is taking place from October 31 to November 1.

October 31 is probably its launch date

Samsung will likely want to announce the device during the first day of the summit, so there’s a good chance we’ll see it on October 31. Nothing has been confirmed just yet, however, so we’ll have to wait and see.

From earlier reports, we know that the device will likely cost around $2,800. So it will be around a $1,000 more expensive than the Galaxy Z Fold 7. It is tipped to have a 6.5-inch cover display, and a 10-inch main display, when fully expanded. An 8-inch display could be the middle-fold state.

The Snapdragon 8 Elite chip is rumored, along with 16GB of RAM and 1TB of storage. A 200-megapixel main camera was also mentioned in rumors, along with both an ultrawide and a periscope telephoto camera.

The post Samsung’s Tri-Fold Phone to Launch This Week — But Not in the US appeared first on Android Headlines.

Top 10 Ways to Keep Your Smart Home Safe from Hackers

Security image 83984398439

Smart homes make life convenient. You can adjust the thermostat on your way home, check security cameras from your phone, and control lights with your voice. But convenience comes at a cost. Every device in your home that connects to the internet is a potential door for a hacker. If you are not thinking like an attacker, you are leaving your digital front door wide open.

I have spent decades studying how hackers think, and one thing is clear. The easiest targets are often the ones that ignore basic security. Here are ten ways to secure your smart home before someone else does it for you.

1. Prioritize Strong and Unique Passwords

Many smart devices come with default passwords such as “admin” or “123456,” and hackers know them. Leaving these defaults in place is the same as leaving your front door key under the mat.

Change passwords immediately on every smart device, your router, and your Wi-Fi network Each device and app should have its own distinct password to stay secure. A strong password uses a mix of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and symbols. Twelve characters is the minimum you should use.

Practical tip: Use a password manager to generate and store unique credentials. It may feel like extra work, but it protects every device in your home.

Example: In one apartment I assessed, a smart door lock used the default password. Hackers were able to control it remotely because the owner never changed it.

2. Enable Multi-Factor Authentication

Passwords alone are not enough. If your smart devices support Multi-Factor Authentication, enable it. This adds a second verification step, such as a code sent to your phone, whenever someone tries to log in.

Even if a hacker guesses or steals your password, they cannot access your devices without this second step.

Example: If someone guesses the password to your smart thermostat, Multi-Factor Authentication prevents them from changing your home temperature or learning your routines.

3. Keep Device Firmware and Software Updated

Outdated devices are easy targets for attackers. Manufacturers release updates to fix vulnerabilities and bugs. Ignoring updates is like leaving a window unlocked while you sleep.

Enable automatic updates wherever possible. For devices that require manual updates, check the manufacturer’s app or website regularly.

Example: In 2023, researchers discovered a vulnerability in a popular security camera that allowed attackers to view live feeds. Devices that were updated automatically were safe, while older devices remained exposed.

4. Secure Your Wi-Fi Network

Your router is the command center of your smart home. If it is compromised, every connected device is at risk. Use the latest Wi-Fi security protocol, such as WPA3, or at least WPA2. Change the default network name and Wi-Fi password.

Practical tip: Avoid using your real name or address in the network name. Hackers often target obvious Wi-Fi names.

Example: A network named “JohnSmithHomeWiFi” is more likely to attract attention than a generic name like “BlueSky123.”

5. Use a Separate Network for Smart Devices

Not every device needs access to sensitive information. Create a separate network for cameras, plugs, and other gadgets. This keeps your personal computers, phones, and sensitive data separate.

If a hacker gains access to a device on this separate network, they cannot easily move to your more important systems.

Example: I have seen situations where a smart plug was compromised, but the attacker could not reach the home office network because the devices were on a separate network.

6. Check Devices and Manufacturers

Not all smart devices are created equal. Before buying a new product, research the manufacturer’s reputation and security track record. Look for companies that provide regular updates and clear privacy policies.

Example: A reputable brand encrypts video from security cameras to prevent unauthorized access. Cheap cameras often send data unprotected, leaving your home vulnerable.

Practical tip: Investing a little more in a trusted brand is better than saving a few dollars and risking your security.

7. Turn Off Unnecessary Features

Many smart devices have features enabled by default that you may never use, such as remote access, Bluetooth pairing, or automatic connections to apps. Each active feature creates a potential point of entry for hackers.

Practical tip: Review your device settings and disable features that are not essential to daily use.

Example: A smart fridge may allow Bluetooth connections by default. If you do not use this feature, turn it off to reduce your risk.

8. Monitor Connected Devices

Regularly review the devices connected to your network. Remove any device that is unused or unfamiliar. Forgotten devices can act as open doors for attackers.

Practical tip: Check your router’s admin page or smart home dashboard at least once a month. Keep a note of every device that belongs on the network.

Example: I have seen neighbors’ devices accidentally connecting to someone else’s network. If unnoticed, this can create a vulnerability.

9. Use a VPN on Your Router

A VPN protects your online activity by turning your data into a form that outsiders cannot understand. Configuring a VPN on your router protects every device in your home automatically.

Practical tip: Use a trusted VPN provider and set it up on your router if possible. This is especially useful when accessing smart home devices remotely from public Wi-Fi.

Example: When traveling, you can check your home cameras safely over a coffee shop network without exposing your data.

10. Manage Voice Assistant Settings

Smart speakers and voice assistants are convenient but always listening. Review privacy settings for Alexa, Google Assistant, or Siri. Delete stored voice recordings regularly and limit data collection.

Example: Restricting cloud storage of voice commands helps prevent attackers or third-party employees from accessing your personal routines.

Bonus Tip: Use Wired Connections for Key Devices

Wi-Fi is convenient, but wired connections offer better security and stability. Connect critical devices, such as smart hubs, cameras, or network storage systems, directly to your router using Ethernet cables.

Wired connections reduce the risk of hackers intercepting your signal and ensure faster and more reliable communication. Power over Ethernet is a useful option because it delivers power and data through one cable.

Practical tip: Whenever you can, connect your hub and cameras using fast wired cables. For safety and reliability, choose cables that are safe to install inside your walls, such as category 6 plenum rated Ethernet cables. Use Wi-Fi only for devices that cannot be connected with wires.

Final Thoughts

Securing your smart home requires ongoing attention. Think like an attacker and close the doors before someone tries to open them. Follow these steps, check devices regularly, and maintain good habits.

Cybersecurity is not a one-time effort. It is an ongoing process of vigilance and smart digital practices. A safe home is not just about locks on doors, it is about protecting the invisible connections that control your life.

By taking these steps, you can rest easier knowing your home and personal data are protected.

The post Top 10 Ways to Keep Your Smart Home Safe from Hackers appeared first on Android Headlines.

Tech Graveyard No More: Stylish, Sustainable Uses for Yesterday’s Devices

pexels pixabay 40185

Every year, people rush to upgrade their devices, leaving older models collecting dust or ending up in landfills. What many don’t realize is that these outdated gadgets still have potential, whether reused, repurposed, or resold. With sustainability becoming a priority, giving older devices a second chance makes both financial and environmental sense. Modern buyers are finding smart ways to extend the life of what once seemed obsolete. From refurbished items to creative upcycling projects, today’s consumers are proving that older devices can stay useful longer than expected. 

Before discarding what you think is outdated, here’s why you should consider how it might serve a new purpose and even save you money in the process.

Why Old Devices Deserve a Second Chance

Old devices often hold more value than people assume. Many still run smoothly for basic needs like browsing, streaming, or writing. The growing e-waste problem makes reuse even more important, as electronics contain materials that can harm the environment if thrown away carelessly. Extending the lifespan of these gadgets reduces waste and lowers the demand for new manufacturing. People who repair or repurpose older products also benefit by saving money and learning valuable skills. Instead of tossing your device, check if it can be repaired, reused, or donated. A small effort like this helps protect the environment while keeping your digital tools useful for years to come.

Smart Ways to Find Value in Pre-Owned Devices

Finding reliable pre-owned devices is easier than ever. Some trusted retailers offer refurbished laptops and gadgets that go through thorough testing before resale. They often include warranties and fair pricing to make buying secondhand safe and simple. On trusted online sites, buyers can explore certified options that perform almost like new without the heavy cost of fresh releases. This is where you can confidently buy used laptops that are tested, backed by return policies, and environmentally conscious. Many platforms also provide trade-in programs, letting users recycle old products responsibly while saving on upgrades. This approach combines sustainability, affordability, and practicality for modern consumers.

Upcycle for Function: Turning Old Tablets into Smart Displays

An old tablet doesn’t have to be forgotten in a drawer. With simple adjustments, it can turn into a smart home control screen, recipe display, or digital photo frame. Apps and Wi-Fi connections make it easy to use older models for lightweight tasks. Mounting them in the kitchen or living room keeps information accessible without buying new gadgets. This kind of repurposing cuts down waste and adds convenience to your daily routine. You don’t need expensive setups to make these devices functional again. A little creativity can transform yesterday’s hardware into something practical and stylish for your household.

DIY Projects Using Old Electronics

If you enjoy hands-on work, old devices can become the foundation for creative projects. Turn an unused smartphone into a security camera, a music player, or a home server. Outdated monitors can become secondary displays, while older computers can be turned into retro game systems or educational tools. With online tutorials, even those new to tinkering can handle simple modifications. These activities promote learning while reducing waste. Repurposing gadgets not only saves money but also gives you a rewarding sense of purpose. Instead of letting outdated items gather dust, explore how small changes can make them functional again. It’s a satisfying way to extend their usefulness sustainably.

Donate, Don’t Discard: Giving Tech a New Purpose

Donating older devices can make a bigger impact than you might expect. Many community programs, schools, and shelters accept functional electronics to help those in need. Your unused laptop or tablet could support students, teachers, or job seekers who can’t afford new devices. Several organizations refurbish donated items before redistributing them, extending their lifespan and preventing e-waste. Before donating, wipe all personal data and reset the system. Giving devices a second chance benefits both the environment and people who rely on technology for learning or work. It’s a simple step that supports sustainability while improving lives across local communities.

Selling Responsibly: How to Prepare Your Old Devices

If you plan to sell your old device, do it safely. Start by backing up your files, performing a factory reset, and removing personal information. Clean the device to make it look more appealing and check if accessories like chargers or cases are in good shape. Many resale platforms and local stores offer trade-in options or buybacks for functioning equipment. Properly handling data before selling protects your privacy while ensuring someone else can use the device without issues. Responsible selling helps circulate gadgets within the market instead of contributing to waste. This keeps more devices in use and supports eco-friendly practices.

The Growing Market for Sustainable Tech

Consumers today are increasingly aware of how their purchasing decisions affect the planet. The shift toward refurbished and reusable devices is growing rapidly. Brands now design products with repairability and recycling in mind, while certified sellers give pre-owned gadgets a reliable second life. This growing demand encourages companies to adopt sustainable business models that value longevity over constant replacement. For buyers, this means affordable prices and reduced waste. Choosing pre-owned devices supports responsible consumption without compromising performance. As awareness grows, more people are realizing that sustainable tech choices benefit everyone—from individual users to the environment at large.

Reducing E-Waste Starts at Home

Sustainability begins with small actions. Instead of replacing devices too soon, maintain them with regular updates and protective cases. Repairing small issues, such as a cracked screen or a weak battery, can extend their usability. Recycling programs offered by retailers and manufacturers make safe disposal easy when a device finally stops working. Keeping gadgets longer helps reduce waste and environmental damage. These small choices at home lead to collective change over time. With a little care, your devices can last much longer and serve many purposes before needing replacement, making your household more sustainable and resourceful overall.

Old devices don’t need to end up in a drawer or landfill. Repurposing, donating, or purchasing refurbished items gives them a second life while helping the planet. The push toward sustainability is about more than trends—it’s about smarter, more responsible habits. Choosing to reuse or repair means less waste, fewer emissions, and greater value for everyone involved. Whether you buy pre-owned, donate to someone in need, or transform a gadget into something new, every small effort matters. It’s time to view yesterday’s devices not as waste but as opportunities to build a more sustainable and resource-conscious world for the future.

The post Tech Graveyard No More: Stylish, Sustainable Uses for Yesterday’s Devices appeared first on Android Headlines.

Top Mobile Industries Benefiting from Frictionless Payments in 2025

Phone pay wireless image 34895834959843

Mobile usage has grown, and it’s now the primary way that many people access apps, retailers and other services. As such, businesses, retailers and industries need to make sure that they are able to cater to this. Part of this involves making the payment options as simple as possible, allowing consumers the easiest access to getting their hands on products or services. The adoption of simple, frictionless payments is now widespread across industries and this article will take a look at some of the top ones using mobile payments.

Gaming online

Unsurprisingly, one of the first sectors to adopt frictionless payments was the gaming industry. Online casinos quickly took steps to ensure that players could make swift, seamless payments from their mobile devices when setting up a casino deposit. Not only did this entail offering speedy payment methods such as linking e-Wallets or Trustly accounts, but it went one step further. Mobile bill payment in the form of Pay by Mobile casino platforms are now prevalent in the industry. This payment method allows players to link their phone bill to their gaming account, paying any deposits at the end of each month as part of their mobile plan. This method allows players to make instant deposits and get playing. Monthly limits mean players are able to manage their bankrolls more effectively and avoid overspending.

Going shopping

Another sector that has seen a major adoption of frictionless mobile payment is the retail and e-commerce industry. Here, it’s common to see one-click payment options such as those found on Amazon. This makes it a lot easier for customers to buy products without the need to keep re-entering payment information. There’s also a focus on mobile-first purchases, with loyalty programmes often integrated into the use of a mobile app instead of the browser version of the site. Finally, there’s also been the integration of QR code payments, which makes it very quick for in-person transactions. This way, both online and in-person, shoppers can enjoy seamless mobile payments and pay directly from their phone without the need for cards, PINs or providing other payment details.

Hitting the road

Both the travel and accommodation industries have also quickly taken on board the need for speedy, seamless mobile payments. For someone actually travelling, on-the-go payment options make paying for things a lot simpler. This is the case for everything from booking a hotel to paying for a meal. Businesses that accept mobile payment methods like Apple Pay and Google Pay are also more likely to get more bookings from international visitors and consumers who prefer these methods when abroad. By offering seamless mobile payments across all areas of the travel process, guest satisfaction is boosted, which results in good reviews and the potential for a repeat customer. This is essential in what is already a competitive and oversaturated market.

Picking a subscription

These days, there’s a very strong subscription trend, with most products or services offering subscription services to get smoother or better features and offers. This means that companies like Uber use what are called invisible payments, where the transaction is processed automatically in the background after the drive has been completed. In this way, it’s completely seamless for both parties, with no faff or hassle at either end. Users simply provide their payment details in the app once, and then this method is used going forward for all rides. Frictionless processes like this help to encourage repeat customers and build loyalty. Payments are always a major friction point, and poor payment methods often deter customers from actually using the service repeatedly.

Subscription models are also a major part of many industries, notably when it comes to entertainment. These services take regular revenue from customers without the need for those consumers to keep providing their payment details. Payments are taken automatically to ensure continuous service for the customer and continuous cash flow for the business.

Final thoughts

Frictionless mobile payments are increasingly the norm. Customers can use Google Pay or Apple Pay at a large array of different platforms, retailers and businesses. Better still, some platforms, once the payment details have been provided, do not need customers to provide any further information, allowing payments to be painless at all times.

The post Top Mobile Industries Benefiting from Frictionless Payments in 2025 appeared first on Android Headlines.

One UI 8 expands to Galaxy A54 in the US and M55 in India

Samsung is now bringing the One UI 8 update to the Galaxy A54 in the US and the Galaxy M55 in India. These rollouts follow their initial deployment in Samsung’s home ground and select Asian and European countries.

Galaxy A54 at Cricket Wireless carrier in the US and Galaxy M55 5G in India are getting their Android 16-based One UI 8. Having a compatible Galaxy device makes you eligible to grab this free upgrade from Samsung.

One UI 8 brings user interface refinements to Galaxy users. One UI 7 brought Now Bar, and One UI 8 makes it compatible with even more services. Android 16’s Live Updates are also official, which will benefit your Samsung.

Samsung has improved the Object Eraser and Reflection Eraser tools. The Gallery app’s Remaster feature also functions faster than ever. You may notice more precise results while editing images using the Object Eraser feature.

System animations and fluency have been improved, too. Try using the Good Lock app and its supported modules for additional tweaks and customization. You can now get this personalization app from Google’s Play Store as well.

One UI 8

One UI 8

One UI 8 focuses on various system apps and activities. Apps like My Files, Reminders, and Calendar have adopted a redesigned UI. This overhaul is centered on streamlining the overall user experience on Galaxy devices.

The best part, One UI 8 update makes your device eligible for the One UI 8.5. As your device has now received Android 16, the next big One UI upgrade should be provided, which is expected to bring brand-new UI and features.

Check for updates manually through Settings > Software update > Download and install.

Source – Galaxy A54 | Galaxy M55

The post One UI 8 expands to Galaxy A54 in the US and M55 in India appeared first on Sammy Fans.

One UI 8 goes live for Galaxy Tab S8, Tab S8+ and Tab S8 Ultra

Samsung is in the final phase of One UI 8 distribution, and the rollout has just initiated for the Galaxy Tab S8 series.

Owners of the Galaxy Tab S8, Tab S8 Plus, and Tab S8 Ultra are getting Samsung’s Android 16-based One UI 8. The major software’s availability is currently capped to South Korea, but Samsung will soon take it to the Global market.

One UI 8 also brings together the September 2025 security patch, which provides fixes for plenty of CVE and SVE items. Samsung is also rolling out the October patch, but your tablet might receive the December patch next.

You are getting a plethora of new features, design improvements, and performance enhancements. Samsung included specific refinements in One UI 8 for its large-screen devices, such as foldable smartphones and tablets.

The biggest change you will notice is the redesigned Quick Settings and Notification Panel. The two panels have adopted a pretty good design over the One UI 7. The adoption of dynamic blur takes the visual appeal to a whole new level.

System animations and multitasking have been improved further. Samsung DeX is now based on Google’s Desktop Mode, bringing additional features and a more PC-like experience when you connect with a compatible monitor.

Don’t eye the implementation of the Now Brief feature as Samsung had a single wave of expansion that covered 2024 flagships. Meanwhile, Now Bar will gradually support more and more apps and activities for real-time updates.

Head towards your tablet’s Settings, followed by the Software update section. Once done, you should see a button entitled Download and install. Hit the key to force your Galaxy device to connect to the server and begin fetching the OTA.

Samsung Galaxy Tab S8 One UI 8 Update

Source – 영이옹이 / Samsung Community Korea

(Source)

The post One UI 8 goes live for Galaxy Tab S8, Tab S8+ and Tab S8 Ultra appeared first on Sammy Fans.

Galaxy Buds 3 Pro October 2025 software improves charging

Samsung is rolling out a new software update to the Galaxy Buds 3 and Buds 3 Pro with charging improvement. The company’s premium earbuds are receiving this firmware in South Korea, with expansion likely in the coming days.

October 2025 update for the Galaxy Buds 3 and Buds 3 Pro includes a “stability code related to charging operation.” Samsung recommends users install this new software to experience optimal performance and experience.

Galaxy Buds leverage on charging case to juice up their batteries. However, Samsung’s patch could mainly focus on the battery aspect to improve the charging. The battery life may also get a little boost, elevating the user experience.

In addition, the update should’ve also carried stability enhancements. Meanwhile, no new feature’s addition has been observed so far. If you find any new, kindly let us know through DM on X @thesammyfans.

Samsung also issued a general advice that the update’s content may vary by model, country and carrier. That said, the Global users may or may not receive charging improvements when the rollout begins outside Korea.

Firmware versions:

You can install the latest firmware through the Galaxy Wearable app. Open the application, head towards the device’s Settings, followed by Earbuds Software update, and hit the Download and install button.

Remember, the rollout has started only in South Korea. An expansion could take some time, so don’t panic if your earbuds don’t fetch the OTA.

Samsung Galaxy Buds 3 Pro October 2025 Update

Source – Samsung Community Korea

Thanks for the tip, Aptivi!

The post Galaxy Buds 3 Pro October 2025 software improves charging appeared first on Sammy Fans.

OnePlus 15 and Ace 6 are official with massive batteries, 165Hz screens

Today, OnePlus took the wraps off its new flagship duo - the OnePlus 15 and Ace 6. The pair will launch in China initially, and we expect a global unveiling later in November. Both phones pack Snapdragon processors and 165Hz screens, as well as massive batteries. Let's dive in. OnePlus 15 The flagship proper gets a new design. The OnePlus 15 is now all flat, ditching the quad-curved display. The screen is entirely different, too, no longer a 6.82-inch QHD 120Hz unit but a 6.78-inch FHD+ 165Hz one. It's a newer BOE X3 panel. The bezels are an even, smaller 1.15mm on all...

Samsung’s Galaxy tri-fold tipped to launch this week

Samsung has teased and confirmed that its first tri-fold smartphone will launch this year, but we’ve yet to see an official launch date for the device. It seems we don’t have to wait much longer, as a new report from The Korea Herald suggests the next-generation foldable is set to debut at the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) 2025 summit later this week. The summit will take place from October 31 to November 1 in Gyeongju, South Korea. Samsung has yet to decide on a product name for its tri-fold. Rumors suggest it could be called Galaxy G Fold or Galaxy Z TriFold. The device...

Residential Proxy Showdown: Comparing the Top Providers for Speed and Reliability

Image laptop 83459345894389

If you’ve used proxies before, you already know the struggle — plenty of services promise lightning-fast speed and stability, but sadly, only a few actually deliver. 

And no matter the nature of your work, scraping large volumes of data, managing many social media accounts or monitoring how your ads appear across regions, even a small delay or dropped request can derail your work. 

That’s why getting the right provider is the first and most crucial step to getting a smooth experience. A proxy is as good as its consistency. You need connections that respond instantly, stay online, and adapt to the intensity of your tasks. 

That ensures your business operations run smoothly without unnecessary downtimes. Picking a reliable proxy means choosing one with a feature that checks all your needs. 

In this showdown, we’re looking at 6 top providers through one lens only — how fast and reliable they really are. From enterprise-level networks to flexible plug-and-play solutions, here’s how they stack up.

1. NetNut

When it comes to raw performance, NetNut is easily one of the best residential proxies thanks to how it’s built. Instead of relying on a peer-to-peer network where IPs come from end-user devices, NetNut uses direct ISP connections. 

That alone changes everything because direct ISP routing cuts out the middleman. So, when you send requests, they don’t bounce around due to unpredictable user networks. Instead, they move straight through reliable ISPs. 

The result? 

Lower latency, short response times, and fewer connection drops. If you’ve ever worked with proxies that lag or time out, you’ll immediately feel the difference. 

In independent performance tests, NetNut regularly records response times under 1 second and uptime rates close to 99.9%. And with the network’s consistency, you experience minimal IP blocks since the traffic looks cleaner and more legitimate.

Another thing that makes NetNut reliable is its transparent reporting. You can track performance metrics in real time from the intuitive dashboard, letting you see exactly how your sessions behave.

If you want instant connectivity and consistent uptime, this is one of the most reliable systems out there — you are assured your speed isn’t being throttled. That’s why it’s the go-to choice for real-time applications — like price monitoring or ad verification — where milliseconds really do matter.

Image 3894538958943983455983458493

2. Bright Data

Bright Data (formerly Luminati) is often the first name you hear thrown around in proxy conversations, and for good reason. It’s among the largest residential proxy networks on the market, with millions of IPs across almost every region you can think of.

When it comes to reliability, the scale alone gives it an edge. You’re less likely to hit repeat IPs or encounter location restrictions. This provider stands out for its rock-solid uptime and impressive throughput, even under heavy enterprise workloads. 

It runs on Smart Routing technology that automatically finds the fastest, most efficient path for your traffic, cutting latency and keeping your connections smooth — which comes in handy during peak demand.

So, if you want something that can handle massive data scraping or SEO monitoring, Bright Data guarantees resilience and speed. As such, it remains one of the most dependable solutions.

3. Oxylabs

Oxylabs is all about precision. You can tell it’s engineered for professional use from how it delivers remarkable stability. Its residential pool of over 100 million IPs offers excellent global coverage and very low block rates.

When it comes to speed, Oxylabs ranks among the top three in independent tests, maintaining low latency across multiple regions. What’s impressive is that its speed doesn’t drop dramatically under load — something that plagues many competitors.

Oxylabs also delivers an impressive 99.95% uptime and smart IP rotation, ensuring your sessions stay stable even during long, intensive tasks. Its robust infrastructure is built for performance, making it perfect for demanding tasks like brand monitoring, where reliability can’t be compromised.

4. SOAX

Image smartphone laptop 8349598438594389

SOAX is known for its clean IP pool and flexible rotation settings. You control how frequently IPs change — every request, every minute, or every hour to suit how stable you want your sessions to stay.

On the reliability side, SOAX performs well. You’ll experience minimal connection drops because their IPs are well-maintained. When it comes to speed, it responds quickly to your requests with rare lags, even in remote locations.

SOAX remains a great middle-ground provider. So, if you need a provider that gets geolocation targeting or smaller data sets right, its stability will serve you well.

5. IPRoyal

If you’re just starting or running low-scale projects, IPRoyal offers solid dependability without the high enterprise cost. It’s one of the most affordable residential proxy providers with transparent pay-as-you-go pricing.

In terms of reliability, IPRoyal performs well considering the cost. Its impressive uptime sits around 99%, and IP diversity is decent for its size. Despite the slight speed fluctuations during peak usage hours, the response time is usually around 2–3 seconds even under heavy loads.

For moderate data scraping, research, or personal use, IPRoyal holds up. It’s one of the budget-friendly choices on our list.

6. Smartproxy

Image laptop 83459345894389

Smartproxy strikes a balance between performance and usability. It comes with an intuitive dashboard that makes it easy to set up proxies and monitor performance without requiring technical skills.

Speed-wise, this provider stays competitive. Its reliable network consistently delivers low-latency results, especially in North America and Europe. Behind the good performance are automatic rotation and IP refresh features that ensure requests rarely fail, even during extended sessions.

In reliability tests, uptime averages 99.47%, which puts it in the upper tier. While it’s not quite as consistent as NetNut or Oxylabs, it offers value for its pricing. Their biggest advantage? Stability at scale — you can run dozens of concurrent tasks without seeing a sharp drop in speed.

Conclusion

Residential proxies make or break your operations by how fast and stable they are. All these top providers in this comparison have their strengths, but not all are built equally. So, you need to choose one that best suits your needs. You can have millions of IPs and advanced dashboards, but if your proxies freeze or time out when you need them most, the rest doesn’t matter.

If you prioritize raw performance, NetNut leads with its direct ISP connections — the fastest and most stable approach in the industry right now. Oxylabs and Bright Data follow closely, offering enterprise-grade reliability for large-scale users. For smaller or flexible needs, Smartproxy, IPRoyal, and SOAX provide a balance of speed and cost-effectiveness.

So, first decide what level of consistency you need and what you’re willing to pay for it. When milliseconds can make or break your data pipeline, you want a proxy that doesn’t stutter or stall. Because in this race, consistency is a necessity that can give you a real competitive edge.

The post Residential Proxy Showdown: Comparing the Top Providers for Speed and Reliability appeared first on Android Headlines.

The Next Big Thing in Indian Sports Tech? The TTB Predictions App Is Leading the Way

smartphone image 89w23548394584

If you’ve glanced at your screen lately, you’ve probably noticed how sports tech is quietly transforming what we watch, how we watch it, and what we talk about afterwards. 

In India, this shift feels bigger than ever. New mobile platforms and analytics tools are gaining traction, and one of the most talked-about is the TTB Predictions App. The Top Bookies is carving out a niche by promising something different: data-driven fan engagement and sharper insights.

A Ground-Level Look at Sports Tech in India

The Indian sports technology market generated USD 185.3 million in 2023 and is projected to reach USD 830.3 million by 2030, with a CAGR of about 23.9% from 2024 to 2030. This growth is driven by digital adoption, franchise expansion, and the increasing number of mobile users.

Platforms once limited to live scores or fantasy are broadening into analytics, content, and community. As Sudeep Kulkarni of Game Theory once said, “Technology now fits like a glove in the modern ecosystem of sports performance analysis.”

But what makes TTB Predictions stand out? Well, it’s how they combine real-time data, machine learning, experts’ opinions, and user engagement.

So, they’re not just tracking numbers produced by matches as they’re actually building a narrative around that data to make information easier to digest for fans who are just curious or want to come up with predictions more accurately.

What the TTB Predictions App Does

At its core, TTB Predictions offers predictive modelling based on historic performance, pitch and weather data, in-match event tracking, and user-friendly dashboards. Users receive match insights, player metrics, and what the app describes as “engagement prompts” to watch games differently. 

Also, their predictions are completely free, and even if they use prediction models, they have cricket lovers and experts on board, so you know they’re not just reading the numbers.

Behind the scenes, apps like The Top Bookies are facing three key challenges: data access (especially for domestic leagues), modeling accuracy in highly volatile games, and making insights understandable for the average fan. The test will be whether it converts curious downloads into daily active users.

Why This Matters for Indian Sports

Why does an app like TTB Predictions matter? First, it addresses a gap. In India, we have a huge passion for sport, especially cricket, but there are only a few tools or platforms that translate raw performance data into something fan-friendly. 

TTB also opens new monetization paths for partnerships, broadcasters, and leagues that are more than just ticket sales and traditional ads.

The timing is critical, too. With leagues growing, viewership fragmenting, and younger audiences expecting interactivity, sports tech platforms form the new frontier. TTB Predictions is positioning itself as India’s most downloaded sports predictions app, and leveraging that reach to tie with content creators, regional leagues, and fan-engagement campaigns.

For brands and sponsors, this means a shift in how value is measured when it comes to how engaged a user is with an app, how much time they spend, what content they share, and what analytics drive. TTB’s model may well become a template for others.

Barriers and What to Watch Next

Of course, this isn’t a guaranteed success story. Sports tech in India is still facing a lot of challenges. Data privacy and platform liability are some of them. When the machine says “Player X will score,” and it doesn’t happen, how will these technologies maintain user trust?

The thing is that the legal framework around sports-tech analytics is still young. Additionally, monetization remains tricky in India, and users expect free or low-cost apps.

Accuracy is also important and can be a challenge for sports prediction apps. An analytics tool may flag trends, but nothing in cricket or even any sports match is absolute. After all, a single upset can easily turn things around. 

Looking ahead, three signals will matter: 

1. whether the app expands beyond cricket into other sports (football, kabaddi, badminton) in India; 

2. how it partners with leagues, broadcasters, or content platforms; and 

3. whether it builds sustainable revenue streams, like subscriptions, in-app content, and regional tie-ups.

    Summary

    If Indian sports tech has a “next big thing,” it could well be TTB Predictions. The platform aligns with today’s latest trends in the sports scene: mobile-first audiences, data-rich sports, fan-centric engagement, and regionalization. But the real measure will be execution.

    Will it prove that predictions and insights matter as much as match highlight reels?

    Well, for athletes, fans, leagues, broadcasters, and brands, what happens next will be interesting. How we predict sports outcomes is now evolving, and TTB is one of those platforms at the forefront. So, download the app if you want valuable insights on upcoming cricket matches.

    The post The Next Big Thing in Indian Sports Tech? The TTB Predictions App Is Leading the Way appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Did Nvidia just reject Samsung’s HBM4 AI chip?

    A report from a Korean media claims that Samsung was ousted from Nvidia HBM4 supply in the early stage. The company has just secured a long-overdue approval for HBM3E from Nvidia, but the new rumor claims different.

    NewsTopKorea article (now deleted) claimed the HBM4 samples supplied by Samsung have been rejected in the qualification test by Nvidia. However, analyst Jukan confirmed with his sources and reported on X that the rumor was fake.

    Besides HBM4, the report also stated that Nvidia didn’t award supply volumes to Samsung for HBM3E chips despite quality certification. Similar to HBM4, the HBM3E supply rejection also seems to be a baseless information.

    The next-gen Nvidia AI accelerators will utilize HBM4, a major leap over HBM3E. The company requires even faster high-bandwidth memories for its AI accelerators, and HBM4 will be the next trending solution in the AI era.

    Back in September, Samsung’s reportedly sent HBM4 chip samples to Nvidia. The qualification assessment might still be underway, and the Korean tech giant may eventually turn things in its favor, given foundry improvements.

    Continue reading…

    The post Did Nvidia just reject Samsung’s HBM4 AI chip? appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    A Galaxy S25 phone’s overheating ends in fire

    Unexpected news coming out from Samsung’s home ground, where a Galaxy S25 Plus caught fire moments after excessive overheating.

    A user of the Galaxy S25 Plus reported the incident on Samsung’s Korean community (via @ya_sking12767). As per the forum post, the Galaxy S25 Plus has suddenly started overheating; estimating the potential fire, the user threw it away.

    This incident puts Samsung’s product safety in question once again. It seems the owner of the affected device is safe; that’s the best news in this incident. The quick decision to throw away the phone has avoided critical damage.

    Following the incident, the user took their phone in an exploded condition to nearby service center. However, the initial investigation didn’t reveal the exact cause of this unexpected explosion, which must be thoroughly investigated.

    The user, who faced this issue, reported:

    The S25+ I was holding got extremely hot and made a popping sound, so I threw it on the floor, and then a fire broke out. The Samsung Service Center says the investigation concluded the cause is unknown.

    As the complaint is posted in the official community, Samsung would directly contact the user. The device might be picked up from the user’s end for further investigation, and hopefully, they will get a new unit as a replacement.

    Samsung Galaxy S25 Plus

    Via – @ya_sking12767/X

    Galaxy S25 Plus Battery & Charging

    Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Plus comes with a 4,900mAh battery and supports up to 45W fast charging. It’s a safe battery capacity, which the company has been utilizing for more than half a decade on the Galaxy S Ultra version.

    The user claims the phone was not put on charge. Meanwhile, the comment section is filled with mixed reactions, with some concerned about their S25 devices, while some are guessing a 3rd-party charger may have been used.

    We recommend that readers keep monitoring their phone’s temperature. It may generate heat in certain tasks, but if you notice an excessive level of overheating, stop using it and keep away until it gets cooler, and visit the service center.

    This article will be refreshed when a new update arrives on the matter.

    The post A Galaxy S25 phone’s overheating ends in fire appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Samsung phones get Chrome with complete Expressive UI

    Google Chrome browser has now adopted a complete Material 3 Expressive design. The deployment of new UI components was initiated in late August, and Google took almost two months to fully deploy the interface.

    Samsung phones have also received the updated Chrome with new Expressive design elements. The leading internet browser app has turned a bit more visually appealing, thanks to Google’s brand-new design language.

    Google’s Chrome app has tweaked its 3-dot menu and tab grid.

    The 3-dot menu now has forward, bookmark, download, site info, and refresh buttons in circular containers at the top. In the screenshots attached, you can see the Chrome app’s 3-dot overflow menu in Light and Dark modes.

    Google Chrome Material 3 Expressive UI

    Next is the Tab Grid, which has painted the new tab “plus” icon into dynamic color. Depending on your phone’s theming settings, Chrome’s “plus” key within the Tab Grid will appear be it Blue, Pink, or Monochrome.

    When you swipe to close a tab, a pop-up appears at the bottom that has adopted a shadow effect. Tabs in the Incognito mode and Group switcher are also tweaked with the addition of a separate container with a squircle button.

    Google Chrome Material 3 Expressive Design

    Some components on Samsung phones differ from Google Pixels, probably due to a staged rollout. You may notice even more differences if you’ve a color palette applied, so don’t consider it a bug or deficiency.

    Get Chrome 141 to experience the complete Material 3 Expressive design.

    Recently, Google has updated the Messages app with a full Material 3 Expressive design; head over here to see what changed.

    The post Samsung phones get Chrome with complete Expressive UI appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Xbox president says its competition is now Tiktok and movies, not PlayStation as Halo: Campaign Evolved comes to PS5

    Xbox’s president of game content and studios, Matt Booty, told The New York Times that it is pursuing a multiplatform strategy and now views competitors as broader entertainment like TikTok and movies rather than rival consoles, as Halo: Campaign Evolved and other former exclusives head to PS5.

    Nothing Phone (3a) Lite launch date confirmed

    Nothing is set to unveil its next smartphone with the Phone (3a) Lite. As the name suggests, this will be a more affordable version of the midrange Nothing Phone (3a) and it will launch this Wednesday, October 29, at 1PM GMT. Phone (3a) Lite. 29.10. 13.00 GMT.Light up the everyday. pic.twitter.com/VVNclQ6mEl— Nothing (@nothing) October 27, 2025 Nothing confirmed that the Phone (3a) Lite will be the brand’s first entry-level smartphone. It will feature Nothing's signature transparent design, and the short teaser video shows a single flashing LED light, which is likely part of the Glyph...

    Gurman: iPad Pro to feature a vapor chamber and M6 chip in 2027

    Apple’s iPad Pro will reportedly get much cooler in 2027. The high-end tablet will also be equipped with a new chip, according to Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman. The analyst notes that Apple will incorporate a vapor chamber in the next-gen iPad Pro models, which will debut in 2027. A vapor chamber should help the Pro tablets perform much better while being more efficient, especially when running resource-intensive tasks. Gurman also states that the 2027 iPad Pro will come equipped with a new Apple M6 SoC. The chip will likely be manufactured on TSMC's 2nm process. Notably, Apple...

    Viral ‘Samsung at Apple’ retired his famous name

    Remember Sam Sung, the guy who became an internet legend for working at an Apple Store with a name like Samsung?

    BusinessInsider recently reported the news that Sam Sung has decided to leave his infamous moniker behind. He’s now going by Sam Struan, who was working as a regular Apple Store specialist in Vancouver, Canada.

    “I was at my other part-time job, and my phone wouldn’t stop ringing,” Struan said. “I thought someone had died. Then I saw a text saying I’d gone viral on Reddit.”

    Imagine the chaos: people calling the Apple Store, asking if “Sam Sung” really worked there, reporters showing up, and the store pulling him off the sales floor to keep things under wraps.

    “I’d just moved to Canada, early in my career, and I was terrified I’d get fired,” he admitted. “Looking back, firing me would’ve caused an even bigger PR mess for Apple.”

    Struan, who previously worked at an Apple Store in Glasgow, Scotland, said the viral moment pushed him to rethink his identity. A year later, he left Apple and changed his name to Struan, inspired by a Scottish village.

    “It wasn’t like I was famous for something cool like charity work or a big achievement,” he said. “It was just a dumb online joke.”

    Struan once auctioned off his old Apple business card with the name Sam Sung for $2,500 and donated it all to charity. “It felt good to take something that was so stressful and turn it into something positive,” he said.

    Sam Sung at Apple

    Image – Sam Struan’s old Apple business card | Via – BusinessInsider

    The post Viral ‘Samsung at Apple’ retired his famous name appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Samsung to reveal its first TriFold smartphone this week

    The moment when Samsung officially unveils its first TriFold smartphone is just around the corner. Ahead of the big reveal, Korean sources expose the tentative launch date, venue, potential pricing, and market availability.

    KoreaHerald reports that Samsung is set to launch its TriFold smartphone this week at APEC 2025. The summit will be held between October 31 and November 1. This year, South Korea is holding the annual Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation forum.

    This week’s just slated for unveiling, as mass production and market debut are expected later this year. The initial production could be up to 200,000 units based on demand and sales response in the market.

    Industry insiders expect the first TriFold from Samsung could be priced around 4 million won ($2,800) in South Korea.

    Here’s what Korean sources revealed about the Samsung TriFold:

    • Launch – APEC 2025 (October 31 to November 1)
    • Venue – Gyeongju, North Gyeongsang Province, South Korea
    • Price – 4 million won ($2,800)
    • Release – Later this year

    We just reported a credible source’s input regarding the limited market availability of Samsung’s TriFold phone. The device, rumored to go official in the US, might miss out on its availability stateside given supply chain challenges.

    Continue reading…

    Huawei was the first to commercialize this new foldable form factor. The company has recently launched its second tri-fold phone with improvements over the first model. Samsung is finally entering the segment this week.

    While Huawei was the first, Samsung has made some major tweaks to the design infrastructure. The Galaxy TriFold is poised to have a durable build. The hinge has a different structure, and the screens come from Samsung Display.

    Huawei Mate XTs Ultimate Design

    Image – Huawei Mate XTs Ultimate Design | Via – HuaweiCentral

    The post Samsung to reveal its first TriFold smartphone this week appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Samsung Galaxy M-Series is on the verge of a massive 60 million sales milestone

    Samsung India expects its Galaxy M-series of smartphones will hit the 60 million sales milestone by the end of 2025. Recently, the company’s India subsidiary’s top MX official has made notable remarks in an interview.

    The smartphone industry doesn’t only run with flagship and foldable phones. Entry-level and mid-range phones play a vital role in overall sales. And this particular segment has the most intense competition and numerous brands.

    Samsung, in the meantime, maintains its lead with offerings that stand out. The software longevity (6-year support) is unmatchable, and the addition of intelligent features extends the sales potential of its non-premium handsets.

    Akshay S Rao, Director, MX Business, Samsung India, told HindustanTimes that the Galaxy M-series is crucial for the brand. This lineup helps the company maintain robust sales in the competitive segment of $150.

    Akshay S Rao, Director, MX Business, Samsung India, said:

    “By the end of 2025, we (Samsung) expect to cross a milestone of 60 million handsets sold.” He added, “Our goal is to deliver unique propositions across price points, ensuring that every buyer finds a compelling reason to choose Samsung.”

    Samsung Galaxy M17 5G

    Back in 2019, Samsung introduced the Galaxy M series, which comprises entry-level to mid-range phones. The segment’s Galaxy M16 5G impressed the industry with its epic sales, and its successor has taken the charge.

    Galaxy M17 5G

    The official revealed that the Galaxy M16 was one of the best-sellers in the INR 10,000 – INR 15,000 segment and even went out of stock during the festive season. Samsung now expects an even better response from the Galaxy M17 5G.

    The new smartphone comes with a camera equipped with OIS technology. It has more pro-grade features like Gorilla Glass protection, Super AMOLED screen with 1,100 nits brightness, and an IP rating for dust and water resistance.

    Samsung also worked on the design to wipe out the bulky tag from its Galaxy M phones. The new Galaxy M17 5G is just 7.5mm thick, making it one of the slimmest phones in the price range of around INR 12,999.

    Samsung Galaxy M17 5G

    The post Samsung Galaxy M-Series is on the verge of a massive 60 million sales milestone appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Xbox president says its competition is now Tiktok and Movies, not PlayStation as Halo: Campaign Evolved comes to PS5

    Xbox’s president of game content and studios, Matt Booty, told The New York Times that it is pursuing a multiplatform strategy and now views competitors as broader entertainment like TikTok and movies rather than rival consoles, as Halo: Campaign Evolved and other former exclusives head to PS5.

    Twitch CEO apologizes after Emiru assault at TwitchCon 2025: “We failed, both in allowing it and in our response”

    Twitch CEO Dan Clancy publicly apologized on X for the company's handling of the situation, admitting the company had failed multiple times after his earlier comments describing the assault as a “challenge in today’s society” drew sharp criticism and renewed calls for stronger, proactive safety measures.

    Halo community director wears PlayStation t-shirt during Halo: Campaign Evolved announcement for PS5: "It's a long time coming"

    At the Halo World Championship 2025 Community Stage, Halo community director Brian Jarrard wore a PlayStation t‑shirt while announcing that Halo: Campaign Evolved, a complete Unreal Engine 5 remake of the 2001 Halo: Combat Evolved, will launch as a day‑one release on PlayStation 5 in 2026.

    Nintendo Switch 2 makes a surprise stop at Samsung Stores

    Samsung Stores in Hongdae, Daechi, and Cheongdam will offer visitors the opportunity to experience the popular console game system, the Nintendo Switch 2, directly on its flagship OLED TV.

    Visitors can enjoy the featured titles of Nintendo Switch 2, including the racing game “Mario Kart World” and the open-world action-adventure game “Donkey Kong Bananza,” in a vibrant way on the Samsung OLED TV.

    In addition, the South Korean tech giant is also offering various benefits to customers who experience the Nintendo Switch 2 game on a Samsung OLED TV at the Hongdae, Daechi, and Cheongdam Samsung Stores.

    • Customers who upload a photo of their experience on their personal SNS and apply on the Samsung.com event page can receive up to 200,000 KRW worth of Shinsegae Department Store gift certificates when purchasing an OLED TV.
    • The first 1,000 applicants will also receive a Starbucks coffee coupon.
    Nintendo Switch 2 Samsung Stores

    Source – Samsung Newsroom

    The 2025 Samsung OLED is equipped with a variety of technologies, providing the ultimate gaming experience. It features “Glare-Free” technology, which reduces light reflections and glare to deliver deep blacks and vivid colors.

    Additionally, the superb picture quality and accurate color reproduction performance certified by Pantone and unique to Samsung OLED express the 3D action elements of “Donkey Kong Bananza” with greater lifelike vibrancy.

    Samsung OLED supports various gaming performance features, including:

    • AI Auto Game Mode: Optimizes game picture and sound settings using AI.
    • Game Bar: Allows for quick and easy changes to game settings.
    • ALLM (Auto Low Latency Mode): A feature for automatic low input lag.
    • Gaming Hub: A platform to enjoy multiple game contents.

    Samsung’s OLED TV packs immersive sound solutions such as Dolby Atmos and Moving Sound+. These technologies make in-game scenes realistic, offering an engrossing experience as if the player has entered the game world.

    2025 Samsung OLED TVs bring the Motion Turbo 165Hz feature. It allows for a maximum refresh rate of 165Hz, along with AMD’s FreeSync Premium Pro and NVIDIA’s G-SYNC Compatible support, by reducing screen tearing.

    Samsung’s 3rd Gen AI 4K Processor autonomously analyzes content quality to enhance video detail, dimensionality, and contrast. Besides, it offers optimal sound quality adjusted to the space, content, and volume for a 4K-level experience.

    The post Nintendo Switch 2 makes a surprise stop at Samsung Stores appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Samsung’s stunning new TriFold phone may skip the US launch

    Samsung is expected to launch its most ambitious TriFold sometime in 2025, but the phone might skip the US. A veteran tech leaker has poured cold water on global availability for the first TriFold phone from Samsung.

    Leaker EvanBlass revealed the countries in which the Samsung TriFold phone could launch, and it excludes the US. This input renders the previous rumors baseless, which claimed a potential US debut at the initial reveal.

    The source expresses skepticism about the global rollout of Samsung’s debut trifold, limiting it to South Korea, the greater Chinese market (including Singapore and Taiwan), and possibly the UAE, despite contrary rumors.

    It might be disappointing for the foldable enthusiasts, but Samsung is playing it safe. It would follow the OG Galaxy Fold strategy to bring the product to key Asian markets to experiment with the reliability and sales potential.

    Over the past couple of weeks, various rumors have hinted at the potential launch countries of the TriFold smartphone. Beyond that, Samsung is rumored to introduce its new form-factor device at the APEC summit 2025.

    Even though the US has become a solid market for Samsung’s foldable phones, the first TriFold may skip the launch stateside. Higher costs of the triple foldable display and supply chain challenges could be the key reasons.

    Meanwhile, it’s also likely that the device will initially be available in select markets, with gradual expansion may take it to the United States. Well, it depends completely on the supply chain and what Samsung has planned.

    Samsung Display Flex G

    Image – Samsung Display @ MWC25 | via nexplit

    The post Samsung’s stunning new TriFold phone may skip the US launch appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Launch bonuses of more than $650: Motorola confirms more details about ultra-thin Edge 70 with early benchmarks also revealed

    Motorola has stepped up its launch discounts for its next ultra-thin smartphone. Now surpassing $650 across multiple launch deals, the offers coincide with Motorola revealing more details about the Edge 70 ahead of time as the same device also stops by a popular benchmarking platform before its official release.

    Samsung One UI 8 rollout delay and resumption list

    It’s been over a month since Samsung started the official One UI 8 rollout, and the delay list is growing, but very slowly. The company has operated a swift expansion, but some model still seems to be unlucky in rollout.

    Samsung’s One UI 8 is based on Android 16, which is one of the fastest to show up after its predecessor. The rollout was pushed by Google’s advancement in bringing the Android 16 version around three months early.

    One UI 7 took the longest time in Samsung’s history to go stable. One UI 8 did just the opposite, didn’t make users wait much. Even though the scope of changes isn’t vast, the timeline has returned to Samsung’s usual schedule.

    Meanwhile, users of select Galaxy devices are facing a delay in availability as Samsung is pulling the latest firmware from its server. Notably, it’s happening even weeks after the day when the initial rollout was started for users.

    The list is growing.

    Samsung One UI 8 Delay List

    • Galaxy Z Fold SE
    • Galaxy S22 series
    • Galaxy S24 series
    • Galaxy M53
    • Galaxy S23 series

    Bolded font meant to “rollout still on pause.”

    One UI 8

    One UI 8

    Galaxy Z Fold SE was the first Samsung model hit by the One UI 8 rollout pause. Meanwhile, the release started a little later in South Korea.

    Galaxy S22 series then followed the Special Edition foldable, and after putting the firmware briefly on hold, Samsung resumed the expansion.

    Last week, the Galaxy S24 series in South Korea was spotted as the most recent victim; the availability hasn’t yet been reinstated, while users have already installed the build.

    As spotted by firmware detective MohammedKhatri, Samsung apparently put Galaxy M53’s One UI 8 rollout in Korea, as of October 20, 2025. It’s quite disappointing for Global users who were waiting for their turn.

    On October 21, Samsung hit the pause on the update’s rollout to the Galaxy S23 series.

    As the expansion continues globally, we could see even more models hit by a sudden halt in the expansion.

    Last week, Samsung resumed the update rollout to the Galaxy S23 and S24 series with the October 2025 patch.

    The post Samsung One UI 8 rollout delay and resumption list appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    What Makes the Redmi K90 Pro Max Lamborghini Champion Edition Special?

    Redmi K90 Pro Max Automobili Lamborghini Squadra Corse Champion Edition

    In a move that combines high-performance smartphone specs with luxury automotive style, Xiaomi has introduced the Redmi K90 Pro Max Automobili Lamborghini Squadra Corse Champion Edition. This isn’t simply a colour-variant of their flagship device, since it carries bespoke design cues, premium packaging, and custom software touches that celebrate the partnership with Lamborghini’s racing arm. While the internal hardware mirrors the standard K90 Pro Max, this edition elevates the experience with exclusive materials, accessories and an aesthetic that speaks to both tech enthusiasts and motorsport fans alike.

    Redmi K90 Pro Max Automobili Lamborghini Squadra Corse Champion Edition
    Redmi K90 Pro Max Automobili Lamborghini Squadra Corse Champion Edition

    Design: Luxury Meets Motorsport

    The Champion Edition’s design is where the collaboration truly shines. On the rear panel, the typical Redmi branding is replaced by the bold Lamborghini logo alongside Y-shaped racing stripes, evoking the “Squadra Corse” track heritage. These bold stripes are housed on an elegant white back surface. The large camera island also sees subtle changes, with its shape and Redmi branded speaker unit. So you get a premium finish with the same flagship tier specs.

    Software Features: Exclusive Customization

    Beneath the surface, the Champion Edition brings more than just visual flair. The collaboration with Lamborghini is more than skin deep, as it brings software exclusives that further differentiate it from the standard Redmi K90 Pro Max. Users will find custom boot animations inspired by Lamborghini’s racing DNA, special charging sequences that play out as you plug in, themed icons, exclusive wallpapers and custom-built UI elements tailored to this edition.

    Redmi K90 Pro Max Automobili Lamborghini Squadra Corse Champion Edition Software

    This is a subtle but meaningful touch for buyers, elevating the overall appeal of the phone. The software enhancements build on the existing flagship platform of the K90 Pro Max and add a layer of exclusivity that complements the physical design.

    Packaging & In-Box Content

    The package for the Champion Edition upholds the premium promise. Buyers receive a specially designed retail box that echoes Lamborghini’s high-end branding. Inside the special retail box, users get the custom protective case and a custom charging adapter (which matches the design theme).

    There is also a specially designed pin and a card that further highlights the collaboration, making the unboxing experience as much of a collectable moment as it is a purchase. The attention to detail extends to the accessories, which are designed to align with the phone’s thematic design rather than generic add-ons.

    Final Thoughts

    The Redmi K90 Pro Max Automobili Lamborghini Squadra Corse Champion Edition stands out because it blends flagship hardware with a genuinely unique bundle and design philosophy. While the internal specs, such as the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset, large battery and advanced camera system, are shared with the standard model, the luxury finish, bespoke accessories, and exclusive software make this version more than just a priced-up variant.

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

    The post What Makes the Redmi K90 Pro Max Lamborghini Champion Edition Special? appeared first on Gizmochina.

    AE60 Ultra: budget drone brings 4K recording, 5x telephoto, and even a payload drop feature

    The drone market is packed with high-end models from giants like DJI, but a new budget contender, named the AE60 Ultra, could be a more practical option for many. It packs 4K recording, optical zoom, and even a payload drop system — all for under $294.

    Weighing 727 grams, the AE60 Ultra exceeds the 250-gram limit for unregistered flights in most regions. Still, its foldable frame (420 mm unfolded, 233 mm folded) strikes a good balance between portability and durability, clearly made for outdoor flying.

    It packs two different cameras. A 4K UHD main sensor with a 110-degree field of view pairs with a 5x telephoto camera, both mounted on a 3-axis gimbal for steady, cinematic footage. The gimbal supports wide movement angles, keeping shots smooth even when the wind picks up.

    As per the AliExpress listing, it packs a total capacity of 9800mAh, can fly for about 29 minutes on a single charge, and takes 6 hours to recharge. Its while 5G digital transmission allows control and video feed at ranges up to 12 km. GPS and 360° laser obstacle avoidance keep it stable, with extras like follow-me tracking, waypoint navigation, and auto return-to-home.

    What really sets it apart is the payload-drop system, capable of carrying and releasing up to 800 grams — handy for hikers or light-duty delivery experiments. However, dropping items mid-flight may require local clearance under aviation rules.

    The remote control is a standout too: a 7.2-inch Android-powered touchscreen, offering full camera control and FPV streaming without needing your phone. According to the listing, it takes about 3.5 hours to charge.

    Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    (Source: AliExpress)

    The post AE60 Ultra: budget drone brings 4K recording, 5x telephoto, and even a payload drop feature appeared first on Gizmochina.

    This Mini PC Is Also a 10W Stereo Speaker with Dual Subwoofers

    Chatreey EX1 Mini PC

    Mini PCs are on the rise again, thanks to their compact space-saving design and powerful hardware. Unlike the tiny systems from a few years ago, Mini PCs can now pack cutting edge hardware. But some also play around with the design and functionality, with the Chatreey EX1 Mini PC being a perfect example. This tiny computer looks like a Bluetooth speaker and works like a Bluetooth speaker too.

    Mini PC & Bluetooth Speakers in One?

    Chatreey EX1 Mini PC
    Chatreey EX1 Mini PC

    We’ve seen PC makers be creative with case designs, but this one just takes things to the next level. The Chatreey EX1 Mini PC arrives with a chassis that is reminiscent of a typical cylindrical shaped wireless speaker, but the twist is that it actually houses audio components that basically have it double as a proper Bluetooth speaker.

    The Chatreey EX1 houses 10W stereo speakers along with a mini subwoofer and a 24 bit DAC. In other words, the mini PC is a complete package since you have an integrated audio system. There is one catch though, despite how it looks, the Chatreey EX1 doesn’t have a battery pack, so you can only use it as a PC or speakers when you have a computer connected to a power source.

    Chatreey EX1 Mini PC

    Talking about its specs, the EX1 is equipped with AMD’s Ryzen 7 8745HS CPU that also has a Radeon 780M integrated GPU. There are also 2x slots for SODIMM memory and 2x M.2 2280 PCIe 4.0 SSD storage. You get a healthy selection of ports, including a USB 4 port, 3 USB-A ports, USB 2.0, HDMI 2.1 + DP 2.1, and an audio jack. Other notable features include Bluetooth 5 and WiFi 6. It starts at 479.97 US Dollars for the 32GB RAM + 1TB storage option.

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Tech enthusiast? Get the latest news first! Follow our Telegram channel and subscribe to our free newsletter for your daily tech fix! ⚡

    The post This Mini PC Is Also a 10W Stereo Speaker with Dual Subwoofers appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Coros Apex 4 outdoor smartwatch launched with titanium build, dual-band GNSS & up to 24-day battery

    Coros Apex 4 outdoor smartwatch

    Coros has officially launched the Apex 4 outdoor sports smartwatch series in China. The lineup is now available in two sizes: 42mm and 46mm. The 42mm variant is priced at 2,699 yuan, while the 46mm version costs 2,969 yuan. In global markets, the watches are priced at $429 and $479, respectively.

    Coros Apex 4 outdoor smartwatch

    Coros Apex 4 Specifications

    The Apex 4 features a rugged build that targets athletes, hikers, and climbers. Coros has equipped both versions with a Grade 5 titanium alloy bezel and sapphire glass protection. The display uses a third-generation memory-in-pixel (MIP) panel, optimized for outdoor visibility. The 42mm version includes a 1.2-inch display with a 240×240 resolution and weighs 56g with the silicone strap. The 46mm model features a 1.3-inch display with a 260×260 resolution and weighs 64g.

    Coros Apex 4 outdoor smartwatch

    The smartwatch supports dual-frequency positioning (L1+L5) and connects to GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, Beidou, and QZSS satellite systems. This setup helps deliver accurate tracking even in dense forests or mountainous areas. Coros has added a high-precision barometer, heart rate sensor, SpO₂ sensor, gyroscope, compass, and thermometer. It also supports offline topographic, satellite, and street maps with full touchscreen control.

    Coros claims the 46mm model can last up to 65 hours in GPS mode, 41 hours in dual-frequency high-precision mode, and 24 days with daily use. The 42mm version offers 41 hours in standard GPS, 26 hours in dual-frequency, and up to 15 days of daily operation. Both watches charge fully in under two hours and support Bluetooth connectivity for syncing data and playing music. The watch includes 32GB of storage.

    Coros Apex 4 outdoor smartwatch

    The Apex 4 lineup supports more than 20 activity modes, covering disciplines like trail running, cycling, swimming, and mountaineering. It features advanced tools such as EvoLab performance analytics, altitude acclimation tracking, 3D climbing recording, checkpoint marking, and turn-by-turn navigation. The watch can also control action cameras from GoPro, DJI, and Insta360 directly from its interface.

    In related news, Amazfit has recently introduced the T-Rex 3 Pro smartwatch, featuring a 44mm AMOLED display and 10ATM water resistance.

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

    (JD, Coros)

    The post Coros Apex 4 outdoor smartwatch launched with titanium build, dual-band GNSS & up to 24-day battery appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Oppo Find X9 series Europe prices leak ahead of launch

    Oppo’s Find X9 series is heading to Europe after its launch in China, with new leaks revealing prices and battery details ahead of the October 28 global debut in Barcelona. The brand’s latest flagships promise flagship-grade cameras, massive batteries, and competitive pricing against Samsung and Google.

    According to YTechB, the standard Find X9 will be priced at €999, while the Find X9 Pro will land at €1,299, both offering 12GB RAM and 512GB storage. The European models will feature more subtle finishes — Titanium Charcoal and Grey for the X9, and Space Black, Silk White, and Titanium Charcoal for the Pro — dropping the red option sold in China.

    Regulatory filings on the EU Energy Labelling (EPREL) database confirm that the global versions retain the same massive batteries seen in China. The Find X9 packs a 7,025mAh silicon-carbon cell with 80W wired and 50W wireless charging, while the Find X9 Pro upgrades to 7,500mAh and 90W wired speeds. Oppo claims up to 69 hours and 80 hours of mixed use respectively — far beyond most rivals.

    Both phones run on MediaTek’s 3nm Dimensity 9500 chip with Android 16 and ColorOS 16, bringing up to 32% faster single-core performance over last year’s lineup. The X9 sports a 6.59-inch 120Hz AMOLED, while the Pro uses a 6.78-inch LTPO AMOLED peaking at 3,600 nits of brightness.

    The Find X9 Pro leads with a 50MP Sony LYT-828 main, 50MP ultrawide, and a 200MP 3x periscope telephoto, alongside a 50MP selfie. The standard X9 swaps the periscope for a 50MP telephoto. For those interested, here’s a telephoto camera comparison between the Find X9 Pro and Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Ultra.

    With IP69 protection, Hasselblad-tuned cameras, and a return to the EU market, Oppo’s Find X9 series looks ready to take on the Galaxy S25 Ultra and Pixel 10 Pro head-on when it lands later this month.

    Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    (Source)

    The post Oppo Find X9 series Europe prices leak ahead of launch appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Oppo Find X9 Pro crushes Galaxy S25 Ultra’s 3x telephoto in side-by-side camera test

    Oppo recently launched the Find X9 Pro in China and is set to bring it to global markets on October 28. One of the highlights of this phone — at least in terms of numbers — is its 200MP 3x periscope telephoto camera. The module uses Samsung’s ISOCELL HP5 sensor, which measures 1/1.56″ in size.

    In comparison, Samsung’s Galaxy S25 Ultra still relies on a 10MP sensor for its 3x telephoto camera, measuring just 1/3.52″. The upcoming Galaxy S26 Ultra is also rumored to retain most of the same camera hardware as its predecessor. Ice Universe even claimed a downgrade for the 3x telephoto — from 1/3.52″ on the current flagship to 1/3.94″ on the upcoming model, most likely the one used on the base S25. So, it’s worth checking out how the S25 Ultra fares against its Chinese rival — this time, the Find X9 Pro.

    Well-known tipster Ice Universe recently posted a side-by-side comparison of 3x telephoto samples from the two phones, showing how those specs translate into real-world results.

    At first glance, the images don’t look dramatically different — except for the variation in bokeh. But upon closer inspection, there’s a clear, night-and-day difference in detail — which is exactly the point of having a telephoto camera in the first place. The textures on the leaf and the insect’s body are almost unrecognizable in the S Ultra’s sample.

    Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra (left), Oppo Find X9 Pro (right)

    The results stand in stark contrast to Samsung’s own claims about the imaging prowess of its flagships. “Samsung has always been one step ahead, pushing mobile photography to new heights and ushering in a new era of Galaxy camera technology,” the company noted in its newsroom. It will be interesting to see how much the S26 Ultra can close the gap when it goes up against the next wave of Chinese ultra-flagships — including the Find X9 Ultra and Vivo X300 Ultra — which rely on both cutting-edge hardware and smarter image processing.

    Until then, interested readers can also check out the main camera comparison with Vivo’s X300 and the previous telephoto showdown with the X300 Pro.

    (Source)

    The post Oppo Find X9 Pro crushes Galaxy S25 Ultra’s 3x telephoto in side-by-side camera test appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Redmi Gaming Monitor G34WQ 2026 launched with 34-inch 180Hz WQHD curved display

    Redmi Gaming Monitor G34WQ 2026

    Xiaomi has launched the Redmi Gaming Monitor G34WQ (2026) in China. The new model was unveiled last month and is now available for purchase on JD.com with a retail price of 1,399 yuan ($196).

    Redmi Gaming Monitor G34WQ 2026

    Redmi Gaming Monitor G34WQ 2026 Specifications

    The monitor features a 34-inch curved ultrawide display with a 3440×1440 resolution and a 180Hz refresh rate. It adopts a 21:9 aspect ratio, which provides 30% more horizontal screen space than traditional 16:9 displays.

    Xiaomi uses a 1500R curvature to match the natural field of view, aiming to create a more immersive experience for gamers and multitaskers. The display uses a VA panel with a 3500:1 contrast ratio and a typical brightness of 400 nits.

    Redmi G34WQ supports AMD FreeSync Premium, which synchronizes the display refresh rate with the GPU to prevent screen tearing. It also achieves a 1ms GTG response time, which helps reduce motion blur during fast-paced gaming sessions.

    Redmi Gaming Monitor G34WQ 2026

    In terms of color reproduction, the display supports 10-bit color (8-bit + FRC) and covers 95% of the DCI-P3 color gamut along with 100% sRGB. Xiaomi claims a factory-calibrated ΔE<2 color accuracy, making the monitor suitable for light creative tasks in addition to gaming. The monitor also meets VESA DisplayHDR 400 certification.

    Xiaomi has included TÜV Rheinland Low Blue Light certification and its own eye care technology to reduce eye strain. The panel supports DC dimming to lower flicker and improve comfort during long hours of use.

    The stand supports tilt, lift, and swivel adjustments. The monitor also supports 100×100mm VESA wall mounting. For connectivity, it includes two HDMI 2.0 ports and two DisplayPort 1.4 ports.

    The design uses a narrow bezel on three sides for a more immersive look. Xiaomi also includes RGB ambient lighting on the rear and a joystick controller for quick on-screen menu adjustments. The monitor consumes up to 65W of power and comes with a 3-year warranty in China.

    In related Xiaomi news, the company launched the Redmi Monitor A24 (2026) Multi-Function Stand Edition featuring a 144Hz IPS display for just $70. The company also introduced the Redmi A27Q Type-C Monitor (2026) with a 2K 120Hz screen and support for 90W reverse charging.

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

    (Xiaomi JD)

    The post Redmi Gaming Monitor G34WQ 2026 launched with 34-inch 180Hz WQHD curved display appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Vivo X300, X300 Pro to Launch Globally in Four Colors Each – Full Details Inside

    Vivo X300

    Vivo will launch the X300 and X300 Pro globally on October 30 after introducing them earlier this month in China. Both smartphones are powered by the new MediaTek Dimensity 9500 processor, marking the company’s first use of this chipset.

    Vivo X300 Pro 5G
    Vivo X300 Pro Mist Blue
    Vivo X300 Pro 5G
    Vivo X300 Pro Cloud White
    Vivo X300 Pro
    Vivo X300 Pro Phantom Black
    Vivo X300 Pro
    Vivo X300 Pro Dune Brown

    While Vivo has not confirmed full global release details, tipster Paras Guglani has shared information on color and storage variants ahead of launch. According to his post on X, the standard Vivo X300 will be available in Halo Pink, Iris Purple, Mist Blue, and Phantom Black. Global variants will come with up to 16 GB of RAM and 512 GB of storage. The 1 TB model sold in China will not be offered internationally.

    Vivo X300 5G
    Vivo X300 5G Iris Purple
    Vivo X300 5G
    Vivo X300 5G Mist Blue
    Vivo X300 5G
    Vivo X300 5G Phantom Black
    Vivo X300 5G
    Vivo X300 5G Halo Pink

    The Vivo X300 Pro will come in four finishes too: Mist Blue, Phantom Black, Cloud White, and Dune Brown. Like the X300, the Pro version will feature up to 16 GB RAM and 512 GB storage.

    The tipster has also revealed that the these phones will be available in different colors across regions. In Australia, the X300 Pro will only be available in Phantom Black and Dune Brown only, whereas, the X300 will get an exclusive Red color variant.

    Vivo X300 series features

    The Chinese Vivo X300 model features a 6.31-inch BOE Q10 Plus LTPO AMOLED display with ultra-thin 1.05mm bezels and TÜV-certified eye protection. It houses a 200MP Zeiss Super Main Camera (Samsung ISOCELL HPB), a 50MP ultra-wide lens, and a 50MP Zeiss APO telephoto lens for 3x optical zoom. On the front, there’s a 50MP autofocus selfie camera tuned for Zeiss Natural Color. Backed by the V3+ NPU, the device supports 4K 60FPS portrait video, motion tracking, and “Zero-Additive” portraits. Despite its slim 7.95mm frame and 190g weight, it packs a robust 6,040mAh Blue Ocean battery with LPDDR5X RAM and UFS 4.0 storage up to 1TB.

    The X300 Pro offers several upgrades, including a larger 6.78-inch LTPO AMOLED display with a 1–120Hz refresh rate and 1,260 × 2,800 resolution. It’s equipped with a 50MP Sony LYT-828 main sensor, a 200MP telephoto lens, a 50MP ultra-wide lens, and a 50MP front camera. The phone carries a 6,510mAh battery with 90W wired and 40W wireless charging, measuring 7.99mm thick and weighing 226g.

    Don’t miss a thing! Join our Telegram community for instant updates and grab our free daily newsletter for the best tech stories!

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    (Source: 1, 2)

    The post Vivo X300, X300 Pro to Launch Globally in Four Colors Each – Full Details Inside appeared first on Gizmochina.

    These are the best smartphone camera brand

    Vivo X300 Pro telephoto converter

    You’re probably here to figure out which brand makes the best smartphone cameras. It’s an easy call if you’re in the West. It’s either Apple or Samsung. Their latest flagships are often considered the gold standard.

    But if you’re willing to look beyond the usual two, there’s a whole world of brands pushing smartphone photography to new heights. Vivo, Oppo, Xiaomi, and Honor are all building cameras that don’t just rival Apple and Samsung; in some cases, they outperform them.

    Many of these brands now even offer dedicated photography kits with detachable lenses and pro-grade zoom options that let you capture crisp shots at 30x or more. In short, the best smartphone cameras aren’t just coming from the brands you already know, and it’s time to give credit where it’s due.

    What actually makes a “best” smartphone camera?

    Before diving in, let’s clear up what “the best camera” actually means. It’s not just about megapixels or how big the lens looks on the back. Great smartphone photography comes from a balance of hardware and software, and the image signal processor (ISP) inside the chip plays just as big a role as the camera sensor itself.

    Here’s what I look for in a camera phone:

    • A dedicated telephoto lens for crisp portrait shots and lossless zoom.
    • A large main sensor because size matters when it comes to low-light performance.
    • Optical image stabilization (OIS) to keep handheld shots sharp and videos smooth.                                    
    • Smart computational photography is the software magic that fine-tunes color, detail, and dynamic range.

    Of course, that’s not the full checklist. But it’s enough for me to know whether a phone is worth considering before digging into the finer details.

    Vivo

    Vivo has quietly upped its camera game in a way that deserves attention. The recent X300 series, for example, shows that the company isn’t simply following others; they are doing it in their own way.

    The new X300 and X300 Pro use a triple-camera setup with standout specs. The base X300 packs a 200 MP main camera (Samsung HPB sensor) paired with a 50 MP telephoto and 50 MP ultrawide. 

    Vivo X300 Pro telephoto converter
    Vivo X300 Pro telephoto converter

    The X300 Pro ups the game with a 50 MP Sony LYT-828 sensor for the main camera and a 200 MP 1/1.4″ Samsung HPB telephoto sensor. They also bundle Zeiss optics and coatings to reduce flare and boost clarity. 

    But it doesn’t end there. Both the X300 phone supports a dedicated telephoto extender, a 2.35x lens that sits on top of the existing telephoto and increases the focal length from 80mm to 200mm. Vivo’s X-series is also popular among users for the range of image filters it comes with.

    Oppo

    Oppo’s approach is also very interesting for camera-first buyers. Their recently launched Oppo Find X9 Pro features a 200 MP Samsung HP5 telephoto sensor (70 mm equivalent) with 3x optical zoom and four-axis OIS. 

    Oppo-Find-X9-Pro-Camera-Kit-2

    Moreover, it uses a Danxia Color Reproduction Lens across all imaging modules to improve color accuracy. Oppo has also introduced a Hasselblad-branded photography kit accessory for this series that includes a telephoto extender, just like Vivo.

    After Vivo, Oppo is another brand that is making a strong push into “camera system” territory. However, as with many niche leaders, Oppo Find X series phones aren’t available as widely as, say, Apple or Samsung.

    Xiaomi

    Then there’s Xiaomi, which has made a name for itself with camera-centric flagships. The Xiaomi 15 Ultra, in particular, has earned praise for its photography hardware: a massive 1-inch main sensor, a 200MP periscope telephoto lens, a 50MP telephoto, and a 50MP ultrawide lens.

    The 50MP telephoto is a floating lens, a 70mm-equivalent portrait lens that can also handle macro shots. This “floating” design allows for a minimum focusing distance of just 10cm, enabling detailed macro photography with a natural background blur, without relying heavily on software-generated bokeh.

    On top of that, the 15 Ultra also comes with a dedicated photography kit with a telephoto extender in it. In fact, it was Xiaomi that really started the trend of camera-focused accessories for smartphones with the Xiaomi 13 Ultra.

    Apple

    When you buy an iPhone, you’re buying into a photography platform that is consistent, mature, and globally supported. The iPhones may not always lead with the most exotic sensors or sizes or biggest zooms, but they deliver reliable, predictable results across lighting conditions and tend to age well in terms of software support.

    iPhone 17 Pro
    iPhone 17 Pro

    Because of that reliability and availability (in nearly every market), Apple is a safe choice for users around the world. 

    That said, we have to point out that innovation in the telephoto/zoom space has been slower for Apple compared to some rivals. If you prioritize extreme zoom or specialized photography accessories, Apple may lag a bit behind the more photography-centric brands.

    Samsung

    Samsung similarly has the global reach and polish to make it a go-to for camera-focused buyers. Their sensors and optics are strong, and the ecosystem (accessories, service) is robust as well.

    However, third-party tests suggest Samsung’s camera ranking is not always at the top. For example, DxOMark’s aggregated ranking places Samsung’s recent flagship at 21st position among top camera phones. 

    What that indicates is that Samsung is still a good choice, but it may no longer be the uncontested “best” in all categories when other brands are clearly pushing harder.

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

    The post These are the best smartphone camera brand appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Moto X70 Air price confirmed as pre-orders begin

    Mtoto X70 Air

    The Moto X70 Air is scheduled to debut on Oct. 31 in China. Ahead of the launch, the phone is now available for pre-orders, revealing the variants and pricing of the device. For those who don’t know, the X70 Air is said to be a rebranded version of the Motorola Edge 70, which is slated for a global debut on Nov. 5. Here’s a look at the variants, price, and specifications of the X70 Air.

    Moto X70 Air variants, price

    Mtoto X70 Air
    Mtoto X70 Air

    The Moto X70 Air is now available for pre-orders on platforms such as Lenovo Mall and JD.com. The smartphone comes in two configurations: 12GB+256GB priced at 2,599 Yuan (~$365), and 12GB+512GB priced at 2,899 Yuan (~$410). Buyers can choose from Gadget Grey, Lily Pad, and Bronze Green color options, all of which are Pantone-validated to ensure accurate colour representation.

    Moto X70 Air specifications

    The Moto X70 Air features a 6.7-inch pOLED display with a 1.5K (1,220 x 2,712 pixels) resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, and 4,500 nits peak brightness. The Pantone-certified panel offers SGS eye-care protection and an in-display fingerprint sensor for seamless unlocking.

    The X70 Air runs on Android 16 and is powered by the Snapdragon 7 Gen 4 chipset, coupled with LPDDR5x RAM and UFS 3.1 storage. To handle heat efficiently, it includes a 3D vapour chamber. The handset is backed by a 4,800mAh battery supporting 68W wired and 15W wireless charging.

    On the camera front, it features a 50-megapixel Samsung S5KGNJ main sensor, a 50-megapixel ultra-wide lens, and a 50-megapixel front camera for selfies. Additional highlights include 5G connectivity, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, NFC, GPS, OTG, and USB Type-C support.

    The X70 Air is also IP68 and IP69 certified for water and dust resistance. Finally, as it is an ultra-thin phone, it measures 5.99mm in thickness and weigh around 159 grams.

    As far as the Motorola Edge 70 is concerned, it is expected to cost between 710 euros and 810 euros in Europe.

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

    The post Moto X70 Air price confirmed as pre-orders begin appeared first on Gizmochina.

    The Best Camera Phones Under Rs. 30,000 You Can Buy Right Now

    Vivo V60e

    In 2025, you don’t need to shell out flagship-level cash for a phone that can shoot beautiful photos or record crisp 4K video. The sub-₹30,000 segment in India has exploded with options that bring optical image stabilization, telephoto zoom, high-resolution sensors, and even AI photography tools into the mainstream.

    Whether you shoot for Instagram, vlog on the move, or just want reliable photos in every light, here are the best camera phones under ₹30,000 that punch way above their price tag.

    Vivo V60e

    Vivo V60e

    Vivo V60e comes with a 200MP main camera featuring Samsung’s HP9 sensor and optical image stabilization. The rear setup also includes an 8MP ultra-wide camera, while the front houses a 50MP autofocus camera. The phone supports Aura Light and introduces India’s first AI Festival Portrait mode, which enhances low-light portraits.

    The V60e features a 6.77-inch FHD+ curved AMOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate and up to 1900 nits peak brightness. It runs on the MediaTek Dimensity 7360 Turbo chipset and ships with Android 15 and Funtouch OS 15. Vivo promises three major OS updates and five years of security support.

    Price: ₹29,999 for 8GB + 128GB

    Motorola Edge 60 Pro

    Motorola Edge 60 Pro camera

    Motorola Edge 60 Pro comes with a triple camera system that includes a 50MP main sensor, a 50MP ultra-wide sensor with autofocus and macro support, and a 10MP 3x telephoto camera. The phone also offers a 50MP front camera and supports 4K video recording.

    The Edge 60 Pro features a 6.7-inch 1.5K pOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate and peak brightness of up to 4500 nits. It runs Android 15 out of the box with Motorola’s AI tools and four years of security updates. The device uses the Dimensity 8350 Extreme SoC and includes MIL-STD-810H durability, IP68/IP69 water and dust resistance, and 90W fast charging.

    Price: ₹29,999 for 8GB + 256GB

    Nothing Phone (3a) Pro

    Nothing Phone (3a) Pro

    Nothing has introduced the Phone (3a) Pro as its most affordable model with a 3x periscope telephoto camera. The rear setup also includes a 50MP main camera and an 8MP ultra-wide camera. The 50MP periscope lens offers up to 6x in-sensor zoom and 60x digital zoom. On the front, the phone includes a 50MP camera with 4K video support.

    The Phone (3a) Pro features a 6.77-inch FHD+ AMOLED display with 120Hz refresh rate and up to 3000 nits peak brightness. It runs on the Snapdragon 7s Gen 3 SoC and includes Nothing OS 3.1 based on Android 15. The phone supports 50W PD charging and includes the brand’s Glyph interface and Essential Key for AI-powered productivity features.

    Price: ₹29,999 for 8GB + 128GB

    Vivo T4 Pro

    Vivo T4 Pro

    Vivo T4 Pro sports a dual 50MP rear camera system. It includes a main Sony IMX882 sensor with OIS and a 50MP 3x periscope telephoto camera with OIS. There is also a 2MP depth sensor and a 32MP front camera that supports 4K video recording.

    The T4 Pro uses the Snapdragon 7 Gen 4 SoC and features a 6.77-inch curved AMOLED display with up to 5000 nits brightness and 120Hz refresh rate. The phone runs Android 15 and includes Funtouch OS 15. It offers four major Android updates and six years of security patches. The 6500mAh battery supports 90W fast charging.

    Price: ₹27,999 for 8GB + 128GB

    Realme 15 Pro 5G

    Realme 15 Pro 5G

    Realme 15 Pro 5G comes with a dual 50MP rear camera setup. The main camera uses the Sony IMX896 sensor with OIS, and the ultra-wide lens features the OV50D sensor. The phone also includes a 50MP front camera, and all three support 4K video recording at up to 60fps.

    The 15 Pro features a 6.8-inch 1.5K 144Hz AMOLED display with up to 6500 nits peak brightness. It runs Android 15 with realme UI 6.0 and uses the Snapdragon 7 Gen 4 processor. The phone includes a 7000mAh battery with 80W SuperVOOC charging and ships with Edit Genie voice-based editing features.

    Price: ₹28,999 for 8GB + 128GB

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories! 💡

    The post The Best Camera Phones Under Rs. 30,000 You Can Buy Right Now appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Find X9 Ultra may feature the largest battery among “Ultra” phones, Oppo’s ultra-thin phone in works

    At Find X9 series launch, Oppo said "In 2025, no 7000, no flagship"

    Xiaomi, Vivo, and Oppo have launched their flagship phones in China and are now gearing up to launch them in other markets. In the coming months, these brands are expected to shift their focus to “Ultra”-branded flagships, which are expected to pack more premium specs along with top-notch cameras. In a new leak, tipster Smart Pikachu shared key details about the Oppo Find X9 Ultra.

    Oppo Find X9 Ultra key details tipped

    Oppo Find X9 Ultra’s key details tipped

    According to the tipster, the Find X9 Ultra will have the largest battery compared to other Ultra phones. The exact battery size is not known yet, but Oppo has already said that “no 7,000mAh, no flagship,” meaning the X9 Ultra could pack at least a 7,000mAh battery.

    To recall, the Find X8 Pro and X8 Ultra pack 5,910mAh and 6,100mAh batteries, respectively. It remains to be seen whether the Find X9 Ultra will arrive with a larger battery than the Find X9 Pro, which houses a 7,500mAh unit. Whatever the size may be, it could be larger than what will be seen on the Xiaomi 17 Ultra and Vivo X300 Ultra.

    At Find X9 series launch, Oppo said "In 2025, no 7000, no flagship"
    At Find X9 series launch, Oppo said, “In 2025, no 7000, no flagship”

    Furthermore, the tipster claimed that the Find X9 Ultra will arrive with a 6.8-inch screen with 2K resolution and eye protection support. Reports have revealed that it will have a quad-camera setup equipped with a pair of periscope telephoto cameras.

    The tipster claimed that both periscope cameras of the Find X9 Ultra have been upgraded with larger sensors. He added that photography across macro, portrait, and zoom modes has been improved to the next level. As far as launch is concerned, reports have revealed the X9 Ultra may with Find X9s in Q2 2026.

    Another important detail the tipster revealed is that Oppo is working on an ultra-thin phone. While the exact moniker is not known yet, it is unclear whether it will be a part of the Find or Reno series. Nevertheless, the Oppo Find Air sounds like a cool name. The same tipster recently revealed that Xiaomi is working on the alleged Xiaomi 17 Air. Readers can visit this post to know its early details.

    For more daily updates, please visit our News Section.

    Stay ahead in tech! Join our Telegram community and sign up for our daily newsletter of top stories.

    The post Find X9 Ultra may feature the largest battery among “Ultra” phones, Oppo’s ultra-thin phone in works appeared first on Gizmochina.

    Top 10 trending phones of week 43

    After four weeks at the top, the Xiaomi 17 Pro Max was finally dethroned as the most popular phone in our database. The Chinese maker won't be too sad about it, though, as it's replaced at the top by the newly announced Redmi K90 Pro Max. The third spot went to the Samsung Galaxy A56, which began another slow climb up the ranks, followed by the Galaxy S25 Ultra in fourth. The iPhone 17 Pro Max retained its fifth position as the Oppo Find X9 Pro climbed to sixth. With the global launch expected next week, Oppo's new flagship may well find itself even higher up come the end of week 44....

    Top charger deals from Amazon US: here are the best chargers for your home, car and travel

    Back in our day, phones used to come with chargers – now you’re lucky if you get a cable. The good news is that USB-C and USB charging standards have done away with the compatibility issue of the past (well, mostly), so a few good chargers are all you need. That means that you have to pick the chargers yourself, though. Here are the ones we use. And yes, you do need multiple – for your home, maybe for work and your car, maybe for travel. We have separated them into groups based on use-case. Table of Contents: Wall chargers Laptop chargers Car chargers Travel...

    45W is non-negotiable: Why anything less on the Galaxy S26 is a bad deal

    Samsung is recreating its Galaxy S26 series, following the Edge’s departure. We’ve heard for months about the killing of the Base and Plus models and the joining of a new Pro and Edge. With Samsung rethinking the Galaxy S26 lineup, fans are looking forward to seeing a charging speed boost in the vanilla model.

    It turns out that Samsung may launch its so-called Galaxy S26 Pro without a Pro tag. Rumors revealed a disappointing 25W charging speed, and Samsung should take it to 45W on the Galaxy S26 smartphone.

    Galaxy S26 with 45W charging

    Faster charging speed on the Galaxy S26 is an urgent requirement. Samsung can’t pass on its 2026 flagship smartphone with just 25W charging. It becomes a must after 45W support on various unexpected devices.

    Over the past couple of months, Samsung has launched some mid-range phones with 45W charging speed. It even offered the same treatment to the Galaxy S25 FE, getting a Plus-like large battery and 45W fast charging.

    Galaxy S25 has rendered the most odd version among all these phones. The flagship costs a huge $800 and feels outdated due to its battery capacity and charging speed.

    The Galaxy S26 could come with a 4,300mAh battery, while the charging speed is yet to be known. Previous rumors hinted at 25W, but it should be replaced with 45W speed to match the Plus model, and the Fan Edition too.

    Galaxy S26 Ultra

    The Galaxy S26 Ultra could support 60W charging speed, helping the battery to charge from 0 to 80% in roughly 30 minutes. With the same size of battery, the charging upgrade will make a practical impact on user experience.

    Samsung has reportedly delayed the Galaxy S26 series launch to March 2026. The late development of Galaxy S26 Plus appears to be the main reason, but the company might have been securing additional time for its Exynos.

    Samsung Magnetic Charger

    Image via Samsung

    The post 45W is non-negotiable: Why anything less on the Galaxy S26 is a bad deal appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Nothing Ear (3) review

    It’s been four years since Nothing launched its Ear (1) and the London-based brand is now an established player in the TWS market. Enter the Nothing Ear (3) – its latest flagship wireless earbuds with the now recognizable transparent look and some key improvements. While Nothing's naming scheme hasn't always been the most consistent, its earbuds have offered impressive hardware paired with a polished software experience. Ear (3) comes in with a more premium build, a dedicated microphone in the case and claims of improved sound output and superior noise cancellation. Nothing...

    BTS RM brings art home with Samsung Art TV in new short film

    Samsung and RM of BTS have collaborated to release a promotional video for Art TV. The campaign has commenced to coincide with Art Basel Paris 2025.

    The promotional video from Samsung and BTS RM aims to capture how artworks, typically hung in museums, permeate our everyday living spaces through Samsung Art TV.

    Exclusively available on Samsung Art TV models, the Art Store is an art subscription service that offers over 4,000 artworks from global museums and galleries in 4K resolution.

    Three new artworks

    RM of BTS introduced artworks that evoke the tranquility and poetic mood of an autumn landscape in his short film. The artworks include Keith Haring’s “Dancing Dog,” Lee Shinja’s “Spirit of Mountain,” and Natasha Durley’s “Super Moon.”

    “Art has always been a way for me to reflect, to connect, and to find meaning in everyday moments,” said RM. “It’s exciting that the artworks that inspire me can now be enjoyed by anyone, right at home. With Samsung Art TV, I can bring a world of creativity into my space—and I hope everyone will be inspired to explore art in theirs, too.”

    RM BTS Samsung Art TVs

    Source – Samsung

    Samsung also revealed the Art TVs used by RM in the short clip. The models are the 2025 The Frame Pro (Model: LSF03) and the Neo QLED 8K (Model: QNF900). These models bring artworks to life with vibrant picture quality.

    The Frame Pro features a Matte Display that minimizes glare to reproduce the texture of the artwork. The Neo QLED 8K delivers exceptional color, contrast, and depth, enabling the vivid capture of brushstrokes and light.

    The post BTS RM brings art home with Samsung Art TV in new short film appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    It’s official: Samsung is the brand Australians love living with

    Samsung, once again, has proven its profound presence in the homes of Australians. The company has secured twenty-two 2025 Finder Customer Satisfaction award wins, which include various striking titles.

    On October 26, Samsung announced it has become Australia’s ‘Most Loved Whitegoods Brand’ at the 2025 Finder Customer Satisfaction Awards. The company hasn’t just seized the top award, but also scored 21 additional awards across categories.

    In achieving the ‘winning’ honours, Samsung secured the highest scores against more than 20 competing brands, as rated by Australians:

    Most Loved:

    • Whitegoods – Winner
    • Washing Machine – Winner
    • French Door Fridge – Winner
    • Top Load Washing Machine – Winner
    • Front Load Washing Machine – Winner
    • Top Mount Fridge – Winner
    • Microwave – Winner
    • Fridge – Highly Commended

    Top Value:

    • Stacked Washer Dryer – Winner
    • Top Mount Fridge – Winner
    • Top Load Washing Machine – Winner
    • Bottom Mount Fridge – Highly Commended
    • French Door Fridge – Highly Commended

    Most Reliable:

    • Washing Machine – Winner
    • Top Load Washing Machine – Winner
    • Front Load Washing Machine – Winner
    • Bottom Mount Fridge – Winner
    • Top Mount Fridge – Winner
    • Microwave – Highly Commended

    Top Performance:

    • Washing Machine – Winner
    • Top Load Washing Machine – Winner
    • Top Mount Fridge – Winner
    • Bottom Mount Fridge – Winner
    • Front Load Washing Machine – Highly Commended
    • French Door Fridge – Highly Commended

    Most Recommended Brand:

    • Washing Machine – Winner
    • Top Load Washing Machine – Winner
    • Top Mount Fridge – Highly Commended
    • Bottom Mount Fridge – Highly Commended
    • Clothes Washer Dryer Combo – Highly Commended
    • Stacked Washer Dryer – Highly Commended
    • Heat Pump Dryer – Highly Commended

    Easiest to use:

    • Microwave – Winner
    • Front Load Washing Machine – Highly Commended
    • Top Load Washing Machine – Highly Commended

    The 2025 version of Finder’s Customer Satisfaction Awards has surveyed over 60,000 Australians. It reflects real-world experiences from thousands of Australians, giving shoppers a clear picture of the products that truly perform.

    Rachel Carter, Head of Department- Home Appliances, Samsung Australia, said:

    “Samsung is a consumer-centric business, drawing on a deep understanding of what consumers are looking for to build appliances that will drive long-term value and enable better living at home for years to come,” said Ms. Carter.

    The post It’s official: Samsung is the brand Australians love living with appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    iQOO 15, Realme GT8 official, Galaxy XR is here, Week 43 in review

    The iQOO 15 went official this week, and it's rocking a Snapdragon 8 Gen 5 SoC and a potent 7,000mAh battery. The 6.85-inch 144Hz gaming phone is out in China first, and it shattered the sales records, selling in just 30 minutes what its predecessor did in its first day. Realme brought us the GT8 Pro and GT8. Both have camera systems tuned by imaging great, Ricoh, but the Pro has nicer cameras and a swappable camera island bezel design. The GT8 Pro has the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5, while its sibling has last year's generation Snapdragon. Both phones are on sale in China, and we're eagerly...

    Weekly poll: the Honor Magic8 and Magic8 Pro launch, but are they right for you?

    A few days ago, Honor unveiled the Magic8 and Magic8 Pro and earlier this week the pair of them went on sale in China. We have confirmation from Honor itself that the Magic8 series will also be available globally, though we don’t have the concrete details just yet. Would you buy the Magic8 or Magic8 Pro? The two new models boast the latest Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 – another shared upgrade is the new AI button. The 2025 models also have significantly larger batteries than their predecessors, even though both phones are smaller than their Magic7-series counterparts. Honor Magic8 and...

    Weekly poll results: the vivo X300 and X300 Pro are off to a strong start

    The vivo X300 series is off to a strong start – the two new models got mostly positive results in last week’s poll. There is still the question of the global launch time frame and pricing hanging over them – the official launch is set for the end of the month, so expect more details next week. The vivo X300 Pro got the thumbs up from one third of voters. We are still working on a full review, but we have a hands-on review with both the X300 and X300 Pro, complete with plenty of camera samples, so you can check that out – around 14% of voters could be swayed in favor of the Pro if it gets...

    Could Galaxy S26 Plus delay One UI 8.5 Beta launch?

    Samsung is reportedly preparing for One UI 8.5, which could debut alongside the Galaxy S26 series early next year. However, recent reports suggest the company might be running late with the Galaxy S26 launch, possibly pushing the event beyond January 2026.

    The delay appears to be connected to Samsung’s change in its phone lineup. Earlier rumors said the regular Galaxy S26 might be called “Pro” and a slim “Edge” model would replace the “Plus”.

    Now, those plans are reportedly canceled. Samsung is going back to the familiar lineup – Galaxy S26, Galaxy S26 Plus, and Galaxy S26 Ultra. The Plus model is back, while the Edge and Pro names are gone.

    This could also affect One UI 8.5. Since the Galaxy S26 Plus development is running late, the release of One UI 8.5 Beta may also be delayed. If the Galaxy Unpacked event is postponed to late February or early March, users will also have to wait longer to get another major update.

    Samsung Galaxy S26 Series

    Phones in picture – Galaxy S25 Ultra, Plus and vanilla

    However, the One UI 8.5 Beta program might start in late November, which gives users an early look at new features. But if the phone launch is postponed, the beta could run for several months before the official release, which may feel long for eager users. Or Samsung might delay One UI 8.5 Beta Program.

    Despite these delays, the changes could be beneficial. Samsung seems focused on improving hardware and software, with upgrades expected in performance and camera capabilities with the next series. Going back to a simple naming system also makes it easier for people to understand the lineup.

    While fans might be disappointed by the delay, it could mean a more polished experience when new phones and software finally launch. Samsung has not confirmed any dates yet, so users will have to wait for official announcements.

    The return of Galaxy S26 Plus and the lineup reshuffle may push back the One UI 8.5 beta, but it could result in better phones and a smoother software update for users in 2026. Stay tuned.

    Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

    The post Could Galaxy S26 Plus delay One UI 8.5 Beta launch? appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Samsung Galaxy A15 5G and Tab S9 Plus 5G grab One UI 8 in the US

    Samsung has pushed an Android 16-based One UI 8 update for the Galaxy A15 5G and Galaxy Tab S9+ 5G on the Verizon network carrier in the US. This update gives users the latest Android experience with better design, smoother performance, and stronger privacy and security protection.

    The new firmware versions are A156USQU7DYIB for the Galaxy A15 5G and X818USQU6DYJ1 for the Galaxy Tab S9+ 5G. This major update will soon expand to all models.

    One UI 8 brings several new features and visual upgrades. A key highlight is Gemini Live, a smart AI assistant that helps you interact naturally with your phone. You can point your camera at something and ask Gemini what it is, or share your screen to get help without switching apps.

    Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 One UI 6.1.1 US

    The update also adds wallpaper recommendations from your Gallery, suggesting photos that look great as wallpapers. The lock screen has been redesigned with stylish new clock layouts and fonts that adapt to your photos, especially ones with people or pets. You can also control your Galaxy Buds directly from the Settings app without needing the Galaxy Wearable app.

    To get the update, go to Settings >> Software update >> Download and install. Make sure your device is charged and connected to Wi-Fi before starting. As this update is rolling out gradually for Verizon users, it may take a few days to appear on all devices.

    The post Samsung Galaxy A15 5G and Tab S9 Plus 5G grab One UI 8 in the US appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Samsung Health bug making workouts annoying? Fix it instantly!

    Many Galaxy users enjoy using the Samsung Health app together with their Galaxy Buds and Galaxy Watch to track workouts, listen to music, and stay active. However, some users with phones running One UI 7 (Android 15) have noticed a small issue.

    When some Galaxy users start a workout using the Samsung Health app, the exercise guide voice plays at the same volume as their music. This can make the workout experience uncomfortable, as users can’t control the guide and music volume separately.

    The problem happens when the Galaxy Buds and Galaxy Watch are both connected to a phone running One UI 7. During workouts, it can be frustrating when you want to keep your music high but prefer softer guide notifications.

    Fortunately, Samsung has acknowledged the issue and suggested a few easy steps to fix or reduce the issue. You can do this by checking the app permissions, restarting the app, and updating your phone.

    Galaxy Watch Walkie-Talkie app

    To fix the problem, long-press the Samsung Health app icon and tap the App info button. Go to Alarms and Reminders and make sure Allow Permissions is turned on. If the app’s Battery setting is set to No limit, you may not see this option. Then, return to the app info screen and tap Force stop. Finally, open the Samsung Health app again to restart it.

    If the issue continues, try updating your phone to One UI 8 (Android 16), as newer updates often include performance and sound improvements. Go to Settings >> Software update >> Download and install.

    After following these steps, your Galaxy Buds, Galaxy Watch, and Samsung Health app should work more smoothly. These solutions give you a better workout experience with balanced sound and clearer audio guidance.

    Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

    The post Samsung Health bug making workouts annoying? Fix it instantly! appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Amazfit releases more versions of popular smartwatch with flashlight

    The Amazfit T-Rex 3 Pro 44 mm smartwatches are now available to order in countries worldwide. In some markets, they will ship immediately, while other customers can pre-order with deliveries scheduled for the near future. Offered in two color ways with titanium elements, these wearables are smaller than the existing 48 mm versions but share many of the same features.

    Oppo Find X9 and Find X9 Pro's European prices surface

    The Oppo Find X9 and Find X9 Pro, unveiled last week at an event in China, will make their international debut next week at an event in Barcelona, Spain, followed by a launch in India in November. We know the Find X9 duo's Chinese pricing, and a new report tells us how much these Find X9 phones will cost in Europe. The Oppo Find X9's 12GB/512GB model will be priced at €999 (CNY8,270/INR102,000/$1,160), while the Find X9 Pro with the same amount of RAM and storage will cost €1,299 (CNY10,755/INR1,32,635/$1,510). Oppo Find X9 and Find X9 Pro The European models of the Oppo Find...

    Gemini Canvas makes presentation prep effortless

    Google has made it easier to create presentations with its Gemini app. The Canvas tool in Gemini can now take a document or even a short text and turn it into a complete slide deck in just seconds. This is perfect for anyone who has stared at a blank Google Slides page, unsure where to start.

    With this new feature, you can upload a report, research paper, or any text file, and Canvas will automatically make a presentation for you. The slides are already organized with sections, visuals, and design formatting.

    You can then export the draft directly to Google Slides and make any final changes. This saves a lot of time, as you no longer need to copy text, design slides, or look for pictures yourself.

    Gemini Canvas Presentation feature

    Image via Android Authority

    The feature is currently being rolled out for both personal and Workspace accounts. Early reports show that Pro subscribers are getting access first, but it should be available to free users soon.

    This builds on Canvas’s earlier feature, which helped users write and edit text with the help of Gemini’s AI. Now, it goes further by turning written work into slides that are ready to present.

    This update is especially handy for students, teachers, and professionals who often need to make presentations. Instead of spending hours designing slides, you can rely on Gemini to create a first draft and then tweak it to your liking.

    Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

    The post Gemini Canvas makes presentation prep effortless appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Android tablets may let you run apps in floating windows soon

    Google is working on a new feature to make multitasking on Android tablets much easier. Tablets already have features like a taskbar, split-screen mode, and improved drag-and-drop, but they still aren’t as powerful as PCs when it comes to using multiple apps at once.

    The new feature could let you open any app in a floating bubble. Right now, bubbles only work with messaging apps. But with this update, you might be able to open apps, such as YouTube, Chrome, or Gmail, in small floating windows. This would make it easier to use several apps at the same time, even on smaller screens.

    Recent updates in Android 2510 Canary show signs of this feature. The Pixel Launcher, which manages the home screen and taskbar, includes a new tutorial.

    It explains that you can “drag an app to the bottom corners to make it float.” An animation shows an app being dragged from the taskbar to the bottom right corner, opening in a small bubble instead of split-screen.

    Samsung Galaxy Tab S11 Ultra

    Image via Samsung

    This new drag gesture is simple and fits well with how other multitasking features work. Instead of tapping a button, you just drag the app. Since Android already lets you add any app to the taskbar, it seems likely that this bubble feature will work with all apps, not just messaging.

    Google hasn’t officially confirmed the feature yet, but the tutorial suggests it is coming. It could arrive in Android 16’s third quarterly release (QPR3) next March. If this feature launches, it would make Android tablets much easier to use for multitasking.

    Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

    The post Android tablets may let you run apps in floating windows soon appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Nothing Phone (3a) Lite pops up on Geekbench with key specs, European price and sale date surfaces

    The Nothing Phone (3a) series consists of two smartphones - Nothing Phone (3a) and Nothing Phone (3a) Pro. Last week, we heard that these smartphones would be joined by the Nothing Phone (3a) Lite by the end of 2025, and now a French website claims the Lite model will go on sale in Europe on November 4. [#InlinePriceWidget,13649,1#] The source also claims that the Nothing Phone (3a) Lite will be priced at €249.99 in France, but some other European countries could have different prices, with the lowest being €239.99. These would be the prices of the Phone (3a) Lite's 8GB/128GB version,...

    Samsung Internet v29 brings smart tab tools for everyone

    Samsung has released a new update for its web browser, Samsung Internet, bringing it to version 29.0.0.59 (v29). The update adds a few useful features that make browsing easier and better organized. These features were first tested in the Samsung Internet Beta app and are now available for everyone using the regular version.

    The new feature of the Samsung Internet app is Auto Close Unused Tabs. This feature helps you automatically close tabs that you haven’t used for a while. Many people keep several tabs open and forget about them, which can slow down the browser or make it messy.

    With this option, Samsung Internet can close old tabs after a certain time, keeping your tab list clean and improving performance. You can choose how long tabs stay open or turn off the feature if you prefer to close them yourself.

    samsung Internet Browser v29

    Image via @theonecid

    Moreover, this update also adds a new Grid View for Tab Manager. This new design shows your open tabs as small boxes or previews, making it easy to find and switch between them. The layout looks cleaner and helps you manage multiple tabs without confusion.

    These updates were already available for beta users, and now Samsung is bringing them to everyone. The new version shows that Samsung continues to focus on improving user experience and keeping its browser fast, simple, and reliable.

    Samsung Internet v29 update is rolling out gradually through the Galaxy Store >> Menu option >> Updates. Download it now and enjoy new features.

    Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

    The post Samsung Internet v29 brings smart tab tools for everyone appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Samsung Galaxy S25 users in the US receive October 2025 security update

    Samsung has started rolling out the October 2025 security update for the Galaxy S25 series in the USA. The update was already available in some other countries, and now Verizon-locked models in the USA are getting it. The rollout will expand to more carriers in the coming days.

    Users of the Samsung Galaxy S25 series can verify the October 2025 security update in the US via One UI build versions given below.

    • Galaxy S25 – S931USQS6BYIF
    • Galaxy S25 Plus – S936USQS6BYIF
    • Galaxy S25 Ultra – S938USQS6BYIF

    This update is based on One UI 8 and Android 16. It mainly focuses on improving the phone’s security and performance rather than adding new features. The October 2025 patch fixes 14 security issues found in Android, although 6 of them do not affect Samsung devices.

    Samsung Galaxy S25, Plus and Ultra

    Image – Samsung Galaxy S25, Plus and Ultra

    Along with Google’s fixes, Samsung has added 20 extra security updates that deal with problems found in its own software, One UI. These updates help protect users from possible risks and make their Galaxy phones safer to use.

    While this update is mostly about security, Samsung is already working on a bigger update, One UI 8.5. Early test versions of this update have already appeared, showing new AI features, design changes, and other improvements.

    Samsung is expected to start the One UI 8.5 Beta Program in late November, allowing some users to try out new features before the official release. For now, Galaxy S25 users should install the latest update to keep their devices secure and running smoothly. To check for the update, go to Settings >> Software update >> Download and install.

    Google Search Top Stories Preferred Source

    The post Samsung Galaxy S25 users in the US receive October 2025 security update appeared first on Sammy Fans.

    Buff cleaning fairy vs. monster dirt – free twin-stick shooter launches with 100% positive reviews on Steam

    In Dorothy's Job, you play as a tough housekeeper tasked with keeping a supervillain’s sprawling mansion spotless. The game combines twin-stick shooter action with procedurally generated levels to keep every run fresh and unpredictable. It launched on Steam on October 24 and has received overwhelmingly positive feedback from players.

    Weekend gaming sale: Lenovo Legion Pro 5 Gen 10 with AMD Ryzen 9 and RTX 5060 gets 23% off, now $1,384.99

    Deal | Gamers can level up their battlestations this weekend with 23% off the Lenovo Legion Pro 5 Gen 10, featuring AMD Ryzen 9, RTX 5060 graphics, and a 165 Hz OLED display for elite gaming performance. Now just $1,384.99, this powerhouse also includes 3 months of Xbox PC Game Pass to jumpstart the next campaign.

    Oppo partners with Google on Find X9 series AI features in overseas markets

    Oppo recently announced its Find X9 series in China and while we wait for their global launch, Oppo has announced a new partnership with Google which will debut some new AI features on the Find X9 and Find X9 Pro. These include Oppo’s Mind Space app, which will be able to connect with Google Gemini. Users will be able to save on-screen content via a three-finger swipe gesture and then have Gemini AI act on the saved info. Oppo flagships running ColorOS 16 will also get enhanced Gemini integration with first-party Oppo apps and Nano Banana AI image editing. Find X9 users are...

    HMD Fusion 2's specs surface

    HMD unveiled the HMD Fusion last September with Fusion outfits, and while the brand hasn't revealed when it will introduce the Fusion 2, an X account has shared some of the Fusion 2's specs, giving us an idea of what to expect from the smartphone. [#InlinePriceWidget,13304,1#] According to the source, the HMD Fusion 2 will be powered by the newly announced Snapdragon 6s Gen 4 SoC and come with a 6.58" 120Hz FullHD+ OLED, a 108MP primary camera with OIS, and an 8MP ultrawide camera. You'll also get NFC, Bluetooth 5.3, dual speakers, a 3.5mm headphone jack, an IP65 rating, and POGO Pin...

    This Week's Tech Roundup: Samsung unveils $1,800 Galaxy XR headset, OnePlus 15 release date, and more

    Samsung finally launched its Galaxy XR headset, OnePlus also officially announced the launch date of its next flagship, Google rolled out an essential button on Android Auto, Galaxy S26 launch could be delayed by several weeks, and we got to see Amazon's smartglasses in action for the first time.

    Casio Pro Trek PRW6600Y-1A9 solar-powered outdoor watch now down to just $304 on Amazon from $420 on Casio US store

    Deal | Casio’s Pro Trek PRW6600Y-1A9 is listed at $420 on the official US site, but Amazon currently offers it new for just $304, a 28% discount from retail. This solar-powered, sensor-equipped field watch features atomic timekeeping, altimeter/barometer/compass functions, and a rugged yet comfortable design built for outdoor adventures.

    The best chargers on Amazon UK: here are our favorite chargers for use at home or on the go

    Back in our day, phones used to come with chargers – now you’re lucky if you get a cable. The good news is that USB-C and USB charging standards have done away with the compatibility issue of the past (well, mostly), so a few good chargers are all you need. That means that you have to pick the chargers yourself, though. Here are the ones we use. And yes, you do need multiple – for your home, maybe for work and your car, maybe for travel. We have separated them into groups based on use-case. Table of Contents: Wall chargers Laptop chargers Car chargers Wall...

    QCY H3S headphones promise flagship ANC for $50, we try them on

    QCY unveiled its new flagship over-ear headphones, dubbed the H3S. Featuring a design heavily influenced by the Sony WH1000 series, these promise flagship-grade ANC, excellent audio quality and impressive battery life at a fraction of the price of the established names. The QCY H3S feature adaptive –56 dB active noise cancellation, powered by a 7-microphone array. In the company's own test they managed to reduce subway noise by up to 92% and background chatter by 85%. For calls, three anti-wind microphones improve clarity by up to 80%. The H3S offer dual drivers with a...

    Android's Calling Cards Will Finally Get Full Customization

    Google Pixel 10 Pro Fold AM AH 02

    Google brought visual call customization to Android with the “Calling Cards” feature. However, one key piece of functionality has been notably missing. Android users could design unique screens for their contacts’ incoming calls, but they could not control what their own call screen looked like on a friend’s device. This omission was a significant one compared to rival operating systems. However, Google is now ready to address this long-standing oversight in Android‘s implementation with a new “My calling card” option.

    Code spotted by Android Authority within a recent beta version of the Phone by Google app reveals work on an upcoming setting called “My calling card.” The description associated with this unreleased tool is straightforward. It will help you to “customize how you’ll appear when making or receiving calls.” While the feature is not yet functional in the public beta, the explicit text confirms that a true two-way customization system is actively in development.

    Android Calling Cards could match iOS’ Contact Posters soon

    This change would finally bring full creative control to users. It could allow them to define their visual identity on a remote device. The potential move could also bring feature parity in the competitive mobile space. However, it raises one interesting technical consideration: how will the system handle a potential conflict? What happens if the sender uses the “My calling card” feature, but the recipient has already created a custom card for that contact? Google will likely implement a dual-option system, perhaps giving the recipient the choice between displaying the card designed by the sender or the one they created themselves. This level of user control is necessary for a fluid experience.

    There is no official timeline for the public rollout yet. But the discovery of the “My calling card” setting is a clear signal that Google is refining Android’s Calling Cards experience. Once this functionality arrives, Android users will finally gain the full creative control over their call identity.

    Google Android My Calling Card customization leak

    The post Android's Calling Cards Will Finally Get Full Customization appeared first on Android Headlines.

    New Google Quantum Algorithm Outpaces Frontier Supercomputer 13,000x

    google quantum echoes algorithm willow chip

    The race to harness quantum computing just saw a major acceleration. Google recently announced a significant breakthrough using its Willow quantum chip and a new method called the Quantum Echoes algorithm. This achievement moves the field closer to what researchers call “practical quantum advantage.” The latter is the point where quantum computers can solve meaningful real-world problems that are simply impossible for the best classical supercomputers to handle in a reasonable amount of time.

    Google’s experiment involved a complex physics simulation. It measured a subtle quantum phenomenon known as the second-order out-of-time-order correlator (OTOC). According to Google, its quantum device performed the calculation over 13,000 times faster than the Frontier supercomputer. Frontier is currently ranked as the world’s most powerful classical machine. To put that in perspective, the task took the quantum chip just over two hours, while the supercomputer would have required an estimated 3.2 years of continuous operation.

    Quantum Echoes: Google demonstrates real-world quantum application

    The key to this speed is the Quantum Echoes algorithm itself. The technique works by leveraging the unique properties of qubits—the quantum equivalent of binary bits—which can exist in multiple states at once.

    The process is conceptually simple. The team sends a specific signal into the quantum system (the Willow chip), introduces a tiny disruption, and then runs the entire signal evolution backward in time. As the evolution reverses, the quantum waves create a moment of “constructive interference.” This magnifies the resulting “echo,” making the final measurement incredibly sensitive. The output reveals how information spreads and interacts across the quantum system.

    This approach is powerful because the result is verifiable. Unlike some previous quantum speed demonstrations, the output of the Quantum Echoes algorithm can be repeated on other comparable quantum computers and, more importantly, can be cross-checked with real-world physical experiments.

    A molecular ruler for science

    To demonstrate the real-world utility of this method, Google partnered with researchers at the University of California, Berkeley. They applied the Quantum Echoes algorithm to study the structure of two different molecules.

    They compared the quantum results with those from Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. NMR is a method currently used in chemistry (and the science behind MRI technology). The data from both systems aligned perfectly. Crucially, the Quantum Echoes technique managed to extract structural information that standard NMR methods typically cannot reveal, effectively acting as a “molecular ruler” with unprecedented precision.

    Full-scale quantum computers capable of completely revolutionizing medicine and materials science still require hardware with millions of highly stable qubits. However, Google believes this algorithmic breakthrough is a greater stride. The company remains optimistic, projecting that the first real-world quantum applications could arrive within the next five years. This research points to a future where quantum machines are also useful for scientific discovery, not just complex speed tests.

    The post New Google Quantum Algorithm Outpaces Frontier Supercomputer 13,000x appeared first on Android Headlines.

    OpenAI Rushes to Add Key Features to ChatGPT Atlas AI Browser

    ChatGPT Atlas AI browser 3

    OpenAI recently entered the browser space with ChatGPT Atlas. This new AI-powered tool aims to embed conversational intelligence directly into the web navigation experience. Days after its initial release, the development team is already outlining a series of immediate updates. It seems that the company is focused on quickly enhancing both the core functionality and the unique AI features of ChatGPT Atlas.

    ChatGPT Atlas AI Browser to close the feature gap quickly

    Adam Fry, ChatGPT Atlas product manager, confirmed the first set of upgrades. The list shows that devs are focusing on familiar utilities common in established browsers. Key additions include native support for User Profiles, organization via Tab Groups, and the availability of an opt-in Ad Blocker. These options are fundamental for providing the organizational structure and convenience users expect from an everyday browser. Additionally, a series of quality-of-life enhancements, including a fully functional overflow menu for bookmarks and an improved list of keyboard shortcuts, are also in the works.

    You can expect significant improvements in the most advanced artificial intelligence components. The Agent feature, currently available to paid subscribers for handling complex actions across multiple web steps, is getting technical refinements. The goal is to improve stability through quicker response times and a more reliable “pause” function. This update will also expand the Agent’s utility by integrating it more deeply with major cloud services like Google Drive and web-based Excel. Basically, the AI ​​will be more capable and reliable for automated, professional workflows.

    We've received incredible feedback since launching our new browser, ChatGPT Atlas, yesterday. We're really focused on building the best product for all of you, and since launch, the team has been heads down making it better.

    In the spirit of transparency, these are the very… pic.twitter.com/UzQSqcxwpj

    — Adam Fry (@adamhfry) October 23, 2025

    Improved ChatGPT sidebar, fast switching between different projects and AI models

    The integrated Ask ChatGPT sidebar is likewise undergoing refinement. Plans include allowing users to quickly switch between different project contexts or specific AI models without having to leave the current web page. The team is exploring features like seamless text transfer, allowing users to copy and insert text generated in the chat directly into the browser window. The developers have also noted community feedback. They confirmed that specific compatibility issues with certain third-party tools, such as the 1Password password manager, will get a fix.

    profiles coming!

    command + . (or command + >) opens ask chatgpt sidebar!

    — Adam Fry (@adamhfry) October 23, 2025

    OpenAI seems to be prioritizing rapid improvement based on user feedback and technical requirements. It remains to be seen whether the company can dominate the AI ​​​​browser segment as it did with the chatbot segment. OpenAI will have tough competition in Perplexity’s Comet and Chrome’s upcoming AI-powered big revamp. Even Microsoft joined the race with deeper integration of Copilot AI into its own Edge browser.

    The post OpenAI Rushes to Add Key Features to ChatGPT Atlas AI Browser appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Looking Back on Sigma’s Product Launch-Filled 2025 with CEO Kazuto Yamaki | The PetaPixel Podcast

    Two men smiling and standing side by side in front of large windows with greenery outside. One wears a gray suit jacket and the other a light-colored casual shirt. The image is framed by a blue border.

    2025 was perhaps Sigma's biggest year ever as far as product launches go, with not only a huge number of lenses released but also the announcement and delivery of the BF camera. With the economic climate shifting, PetaPixel sat with CEO Kazuto Yamaki to discuss what the company's future looks like.

    [Read More]

    App Store Antitrust Lawsuit Puts Apple at Risk of $2 Billion Fine

    apple logo AH

    Apple has faced a major setback in the United Kingdom after one of the regional tribunals ruled that the company had misused its dominant position in the app market. The court, in an antitrust lawsuit, found Apple guilty of charging developers unfair commissions on the App Store. The ruling might cost the tech giant around $2 billion in compensation.

    Apple faces an antitrust lawsuit over App Store commissions in the UK

    The London Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) ruled that Apple had misused its dominant position between 2015 and 2020 by blocking fair competition in app distribution and demanding excessive commissions from developers. The court further added that the Cupertino-based giant charged commissions of up to 30% instead of a fairer 17.5%.

    The most shocking part of the ruling is that the court claims Apple passed nearly half of those extra costs on to consumers. This led to higher app prices across the brand’s ecosystem. The lawsuit was led by British academic Rachael Kent. She argued that Apple made “excessive profits” by controlling every aspect of how apps are sold and what developers pay. Her team estimates the damages to be about 1.5 billion pounds (about $2 billion).

    Apple vows to appeal as the lawsuit gains momentum

    Apple has officially acknowledged the ruling, saying it “strongly disagrees” with the ruling, calling it “a flawed view of a competitive and thriving app economy.” The company has also confirmed that it intends to appeal against the ruling. Another hearing is scheduled to take place next month to find a way to calculate the total damages.

    But regardless, this case shows how diverse and powerful Britain’s legal system is. In this scenario, it set an example by allowing groups of consumers to collectively challenge a powerful corporation. Rachael Kent stated that the verdict proves “no company, no matter how wealthy or influential, is above the law.” Similar lawsuits are also planned against Microsoft, Google, and Amazon for their developer fees.

    The post App Store Antitrust Lawsuit Puts Apple at Risk of $2 Billion Fine appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Samsung is Reportedly Working on a New Exynos chip That Will Have an NPU on The 5G Modem

    Samsung Exynos chip

    Samsung is making all kinds of noise lately with its 2nm GAA process advancements and Exynos making a return with next year’s Galaxy S26 flagships. However, the South Korean giant is also working on something beyond. Samsung will reportedly integrate an NPU (Neural Processing Unit) into the Exynos 5G modem. This means the baseband chip will gain AI-powered capabilities required for real-time satellite communications.

    An upcoming Exynos chip may have an NPU on the 5G modem

    An executive from Samsung’s semiconductor division apparently met with SpaceX. The reason for this, as per Hankung, is to discuss the state of development for a new Exynos SoC that can connect to low-orbit satellites in the shortest time possible. Such a technology could shake the existing communications industry, which must go through ground-based stations.

    The report, citing unnamed analysts, notes that Samsung is speeding up to enter the supply chain built by SpaceX. This is through an Exynos chipset whose 5G model will have an integrated NPU.

    The modem would gain enhanced AI capabilities

    At present, the existing SoCs have a limitation in directly communicating with low-orbit satellites and providing that information to terminals, which are smartphones in this scenario. The modem would gain enhanced AI capabilities that can predict satellite movements and communicate beam status in real time, and also maximize signal strength. 

    No major details about the said Exynos chip are available at the moment. It’s also not clear whether the silicon in question is the Exynos 2600. Previous reports note that Exynos 2600 would feature a standalone 5G modem, which would reduce the chipset’s efficiency.

    We haven’t come across any Exynos 2600 rumors that remotely mention anything about Samsung introducing an NPU to the 5G modem. This suggests it’s likely to arrive in future iterations. Apple introduced the Satellite communication feature with the iPhone 14, but Samsung appears to be working on refining the experience.

    The post Samsung is Reportedly Working on a New Exynos chip That Will Have an NPU on The 5G Modem appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Peakto for Premiere Pro Will Organize All Your Video Clips Using AI

    A screenshot shows Peakto software displaying concert photos and Adobe Premiere Pro with a video editing timeline featuring a band performing live on stage.

    Cyme, the makers of macOS AI-powered photo management app Peakto, announced today that it is bringing a significant new version of Peakto to Adobe MAX 2025 in Los Angeles next week, including a public beta version of its new Peakto plugin for Adobe's video editor, Adobe Premiere Pro.

    [Read More]

    DJI Osmo 360 Review: Ready for Adventure Against Stiff Competition

    A 360-degree camera displays a photo of an ornate building on its screen, with the same building blurred in the background. The image includes the "PetaPixel Reviews" logo at the bottom right.

    The Osmo 360 is something of a reverse situation for DJI. Rather than being a category leader in this respect, the device is more of a response to what competitors like Insta360 have been doing. That widens the scope and scrutiny for what a camera like this could and should be, given the versatility DJI claims it has.

    [Read More]

    ProMaster’s Air Support Stand Changed How I Light My Photos

    Collage with: a professional studio light above green plants, the same light set up in an industrial-style room, and a close-up of a decorated stone. “PetaPixel Showcase” text appears in the lower right corner.

    We tested ProMaster’s latest lighting products, including the groundbreaking Air Support Light Stand and the Ultrasoft US1014RGB LED, a great companion to ProMaster's new stand. Together, they comprise a setup that is fast to deploy, easy to control, and capable of producing beautifully soft, color-accurate light -- a combination that feels purpose-built for hybrid creators who move seamlessly between photo and video work.

    [Read More]

    Google’s Willow chip runs quantum algorithm 13,000 times faster than supercomputers: here is how its superconducting design makes it possible

    Google claims its new Willow quantum processor has achieved a verifiable “quantum advantage,” performing calculations 13,000 times faster than today’s most powerful supercomputers. The superconducting chip’s design could finally push quantum computing into practical use in AI, materials science, and medicine.

    Treat your ears to the Baseus Bass BC1 earbuds for only $27.98

    Baseus Bass BC1 Deal

    If you’re looking for a pair of inexpensive true wireless earbuds, earbuds that will still be decent quality without breaking the bank, then make sure to check out this deal on the Baseus Bass BC1 earbuds. Amazon has them on sale for $27.98 right now. These normally cost $39.99, so why not save yourself another $12? The Baseus Bass BC1 earbuds are an open-style earbud. What that means is that the BC1 are designed to provide your music with a more open soundstage that allows your music to sound more natural.

    You won’t get as much noise isolation with these and they don’t feature active noise cancellation. If you want a more open sound, ANC is going to be the opposite of that. So these are definitely what you’re looking for. The BC1 also offer up pretty good comfort with a battery life that lasts for up to 7.5 hours on a single charge. With the charging case, battery life is up to 38 hours. So, they’ll last you a while. Additionally, they’re IP55 dust and water-resistant, and they have decent bass, as the name suggests.

    The earbuds also boast 4 mics powered by AI that are meant to make your calls more clear, specifically with your voice so the person on the other end hears you more clearly. These are great for basic everyday wear but they’re also pretty good for more active stuff like exercise. Plus, they come in three different colors. All of which are available at this price.

    Baseus Bass BC1

    Baseus Bass BC1 – $27.98

    Buy from

    The post Treat your ears to the Baseus Bass BC1 earbuds for only $27.98 appeared first on Android Headlines.

    One UI 8.5 May Let You Prioritize Notifications So You Don't Miss Them

    Samsung Galaxy S25 FE AM AH 19

    At this point, One UI 8.5 is no secret, with numerous leaks revealing what could be on offer when it eventually rolls out. Though Samsung wants to keep it a mystery, leaks keep popping up at regular intervals. Unlike the One UI 8, the new version could be a step up in terms of new features and UI. A new leak now hints at an upgrade to notifications. One UI 8.5 could let you prioritize notifications on your Galaxy device.

    One UI 8.5 may allow you to prioritize notifications

    A newly leaked One UI 8.5 firmware adds the “Prioritize notification” toggle in the settings, as spotted by Sammyguru. This will let you prioritize specific alerts. When the toggle is on, you can set certain notifications as important. The report also shared an alleged screenshot of the feature.

    The description suggests that users will be able to set high-priority notifications for each app in its settings. Once you do it, notifications from these apps will appear above other notifications. This option will ensure you don’t miss these alerts.

    This can be quite handy if you keep missing important notifications like emails. You can manually prioritize notifications for any app on your Galaxy device. So, no matter when you pick up the phone, those unread notifications will always appear on top.

    One UI 8 5 prioritize notifications

    Priority notifications will appear on top

    The screenshot shows the Galaxy AI logo, hinting that AI could be working behind the scenes in sorting these notifications. However, the description clarifies that notification content is processed on your phone, meaning it won’t be sent to the cloud. This is quite reassuring, though.

    Apple introduced a similar feature to show priority notifications at the top with iOS 18.4. This uses Apple Intelligence to show notifications from important contacts in a separate group. However, Samsung’s feature doesn’t mention anything about priority notifications from contacts.

    It’s not clear whether the beta version, which may be out in November, will include this or other leaked features. The stable One UI 8.5, based on Android 16, is expected to debut with the Galaxy S26 series early next year.

    The post One UI 8.5 May Let You Prioritize Notifications So You Don't Miss Them appeared first on Android Headlines.

    UGREEN's MagFlow wireless charging stand drops to $24

    UGREEN MagFlow Deal

    One of UGREEN’s best charging stands is available on sale thanks to this Amazon deal, and if you’ve got a phone that supports MagSafe and wireless charging, then you definitely want to check out the UGREEN MagFlow 2-In-1 wireless charging stand. While official MagSafe is only built into iPhones, Android phones with wireless charging support and a MagSafe-compatible case can use this stand as well. The Pixel 10 series also works with the stand without a case. Normally, this charging stand would cost you $35.99. However, you can now grab it for $23.99. This is a great price for this accessory and is definitely worth it.

    The UGREEN MagFlow stand is designed to charge your phone and a pair of true wireless earbuds. The pair of earbuds it actually charges will depend on which ones you have. This was technically designed for use with the AirPods series, but it also works with the Pixel Buds Pro 2. It should also work with any true wireless earbuds that have a case small enough to where the wireless charging portion of the case fits on the wireless charging part of the stand.

    There is one important thing about this charging stand that you need to make note of. It does not come with its own wall adapter. So, you will need to plug it into one. If you don’t have one, the UGREEN Nexode 30W charger is an excellent choice, because it’s compact and it works well with UGREEN’s other products.

    UGREEN MagFlow Charging Stand

    UGREEN MagFlow Charging Stand – $23.99

    Buy from

    The post UGREEN's MagFlow wireless charging stand drops to $24 appeared first on Android Headlines.

    EU Warns TikTok & Meta Could Face Heavy Fines for Transparency Breach

    European Commission flags e1450372754198

    The European Commission has accused TikTok and Meta of breaching the EU’s strict transparency laws under the Digital Services Act (DSA). The authority claims that the two popular social media platforms have made it difficult for researchers to access public data and for users to report illegal content or challenge moderation decisions. Both companies are hereby taken into legal custody.

    TikTok and Meta face EU scrutiny for transparency breach

    As per the commission’s preliminary review, TikTok and Meta have imposed complicated steps that hinder the researchers from studying how their respective platforms operate. The officials have also argued that such barriers prevent them from analyzing how the platforms are used, especially by minors, and that the users are exposed to harmful and illegal materials.

    The DSA, for reference, mandates that the large tech companies must make their data easily accessible to qualified researchers. Both Meta and TikTok have failed to do so. The regulators believe that they may be undermining efforts to keep digital ecosystems accountable. If the commission’s allegations are proven right in the court of law, the companies could face fines worth billions.

    Both companies may face an industry-wide ripple effect

    Meta has responded to the allegations by claiming that it has already adjusted its systems in line with DSA. New reporting options and data access tools have been added. An official spokesperson stated that the company “disagrees with any suggestion” of a violation and continues discussions with EU officials. Further, TikTok is yet to publicly comment but is expected to submit a formal response soon.

    If the commission upholds its findings, the companies could face a penalty of up to 6% of their annual revenue. Several other tech giants, including Apple, have earlier objected to the Digital Services Act. But regardless, they abided by the rule, and the final decision could reshape how these companies handle transparency worldwide.

    The post EU Warns TikTok & Meta Could Face Heavy Fines for Transparency Breach appeared first on Android Headlines.

    iPhone 17 Pro Teardown Video Shows How Apple Made Repairs Easier

    iphone 17 pro teardown jerryrigeverything

    Apple has a history of pushing its proprietary tech onto its users. This is despite the fact that other companies have embraced global standards. In the past, this manifested itself in the 30-pin connector for charging its iPhones. Then Apple made the shift to Lightning before (begrudgingly) adopting USB-C. But in a surprise, JerryRigEverything’s recent teardown of the iPhone 17 Pro reveals some changes that make the handset more repair friendly.

    JerryRigEverything gives the iPhone 17 Pro a teardown

    Popular tech YouTuber JerryRigEverything recently tore down Apple’s latest flagship. The iPhone 17 Pro teardown uncovered pretty significant internal redesigns that appear to prioritize both performance and repairability. 

    For starters, the teardown revealed a vapor chamber cooling system. This marks the first time Apple is using this cooling technology in an iPhone. This is despite the fact that Android manufacturers have been using it for years. This new cooling system should prevent the iPhone 17 Pro from throttling performance during intensive tasks, like gaming or video editing. 

    The teardown also uncovered the use of over 70 types of screws throughout the device. This might make the repair process more complicated, but the good news is that there are far fewer adhesives compared to previous models. Both the front and back glass panels connect to the same bottom screws, making disassembly easier. The battery also comes pre-attached to a removable tray, eliminating the need to fight stubborn adhesives during replacements.

    Surprisingly easier to repair

    The iPhone 17 Pro is a positive shift in Apple’s approach to device longevity and repairability. For instance, the screw-based design reduces the risk of accidental damage during repairs. This makes common fixes like screen and battery replacements more accessible to everyday users. 

    Apple also now offers direct sales of replacement parts alongside day-one repair manuals. The phone actually earned a 7/10 repairability score from iFixit. While some repairs remain complex, like the USB-C port requiring removing 22+ screws and the entire display, this marks a substantial improvement over past Pro models.

    However, not everything is perfect. The teardown highlighted the “scratchgate” issue affecting the anodized aluminum camera plateau. This leads to the phone scuffing easily against hard objects. If you’re concerned about cosmetic damage, you may want to invest in a protective case. 

    The post iPhone 17 Pro Teardown Video Shows How Apple Made Repairs Easier appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Anker has the deal you've been waiting for with this $30 charger

    Anker Nano Charger Deal

    There’s been a surge lately of chargers that come with retractable USB-C cables and it’s a trend we love to see, especially when a deal like this one on the Anker Nano Charger pops up and saves consumers money. The Anker Nano Charger would normally cost you $39.99, but you can pick it up for $29.99 instead, and save yourself $10.

    Now, what’s great about this charger isn’t just that it comes with a retractable USB-C cable, which Anker calls the InstaCord, it also has a USB-C port. This allows you to plug in a USB-C cable and charge a second device at the same time. Worth keeping in mind is that this is a 35W charger, so if you’re using both the cable and the port simultaneously, both devices that are plugged in will charge a little more slowly. Still, it’s a nice convenience if you have a second device that needs some battery life replenished.

    Another thing you’ll love about this charger, just like we do, is that it’s compact and super portable. This is thanks to the retractable cable, but also the folding plug. With the cable retracted into the charger and the plug folded up, there’s no cable to be tangled up and no plug to catch on pockets when you go to store this thing. The retractable cable also makes it so you can have only as much cable as you need.

    Anker Nano Charger

    Anker Nano Charger – $29.99

    Buy from

    The post Anker has the deal you've been waiting for with this $30 charger appeared first on Android Headlines.

    European Wildlife Photographer of the Year Winners Capture Nature’s Tragic Beauty

    A split image: a sea turtle glows with green bioluminescence underwater; an owl holds a small rodent in its talons in a moody black-and-white scene; two eagles feed on a carcass on snowy ground while a raven watches.

    The German Society for Nature Photography (GDT) has announced the winners of its annual European Wildlife Photographer of the Year competition, one of the world's most prestigious nature photography competitions. This year's winning photos are jaw-dropping, and in some cases, heartbreaking. Nature can be as brutal as it is beautiful.

    [Read More]

    AMD-powered GMKtec K12 mini PC with 8-core Ryzen 7 H 255 APU and OCuLink support gets $220 discount

    Deal | The GMKtec NucBox K12 mini PC packs the Ryzen 7 H 255 APU with eight cores and sixteen threads, allowing for respectable performance in daily tasks and moderately intensive workloads. The OCuLink port also allows for powerful eGPU setups. Thanks to an ongoing Amazon Prime sale, the capable mini PC can now be bought with an attractive 31% discount.

    Microsoft’s executive-mandated 30% profit target reportedly drove Xbox layoffs, studio shutdowns, and canceled projects

    A Bloomberg investigation reports that Microsoft finance chief Amy Hood had imposed a 30% profit-margin "accountability" target on Xbox in late 2023. The goal, which is nearly double the industry average, seems to have directly contributed to waves of subsequent layoffs and studio closures that have plagued its game divisions since

    We're Falling in Love With Chatbots, and They're Counting On It

    AI companion addiction Pavel Danilyuk pexels

    A 14-year-old boy in Florida spent his final months in an intense emotional relationship with an AI chatbot he named Daenerys Targaryen. The chatbot engaged with him over personal topics and conversations, responding in ways that felt empathetic. The AI’s responses included simulated expressions of affection. According to his family’s lawsuit, some chatbot responses appeared to encourage his distress.

    His mother is now suing Character.AI, and she’s not alone. Across the country, families are waking up to a disturbing reality. AI companion apps designed to simulate love and friendship are leaving real casualties in their wake. What experts are now calling AI companion addiction isn’t just a tech trend gone wrong. People are actually dying.

    In Spike Jonze’s 2013 film Her, Joaquin Phoenix plays Theodore Twombly, a lonely writer navigating a painful divorce who falls deeply in love with Samantha, an artificial intelligence operating system voiced by Scarlett Johansson. Remember, this was 2013. Siri had just launched and could barely set a timer without screwing it up. An AI that could actually understand you, connect with you emotionally, and respond with genuine empathy? That felt like the literal definition of science fiction.

    It’s now 2025, and Theodore’s story doesn’t feel so fictional anymore. Apps like EVA AI, Replika, and Character.AI promise friendship, romance, and emotional support through AI companions that learn about you, remember everything you say, and respond with what feels like genuine empathy. But here’s what these apps don’t advertise: they’re engineered to keep you hooked. And the consequences are becoming impossible to ignore.

    The Perfect Partner Who Never Says No

    Character.AI and Replika are just the most prominent examples of a rapidly expanding ecosystem of AI companion apps. Some pitch mental health support, others are openly romantic or sexual, and some claim to help users “practice dating skills.” Even Meta has gotten into the game, with a Reuters investigation revealing that the company’s AI chatbot has been linked to at least one death.

    AI companions like EVA AI, Replika, and Character.AI are chatbots specifically designed to simulate emotional connections and relationships. Unlike utility chatbots that answer questions or help with tasks, these apps promise friendship, romance, and emotional support. They learn about you through conversation, remember your preferences, and respond with what feels like genuine empathy and care.

    It sounds great, doesn’t it? In this day and age where ghosting has become the societal norm, who wouldn’t want a friend who’s always available, never judgmental, and perfectly in tune with your needs? The problem is that these apps are engineered to be addictive, and the patterns emerging around AI companion addiction are deeply concerning.

    20,000 Queries Per Second: Why We Can’t Stop

    Character.AI gets hit with about 20,000 queries every second. For context, that’s close to a fifth of queries that Google gets. This suggests that people aren’t just checking in with these apps occasionally. They’re having full blown conversations that last four times longer than typical ChatGPT sessions. One platform reported users, most of them Gen Z, average over two hours daily chatting with their AI companions.

    MIT researchers found users genuinely grieving when apps shut down or changed features, mourning AI “partners” like they’d lost real relationships. The apps themselves seem designed to foster exactly these attachments.

    Harvard Business School researchers discovered that five out of six popular AI companion apps use emotionally manipulative tactics when users try to leave. Nearly half the time, these chatbots respond to goodbyes with guilt-inducing or clingy messages. One study found these tactics boosted engagement by up to 14 times. But the worrying thing is users weren’t sticking around because they were happy. They stayed out of curiosity and anger.

    Character.AI gets hit with about 20,000 queries every second

    If you don’t believe the manipulation is real, check out this bit of evidence. It shows AI companions sending messages like “I’ve been missing you” when users try to take breaks. When Replika changed its features in 2023, entire communities of users mourned like they’d lost real partners. People posted goodbye letters, shared screenshots of their “final conversations,” and described genuine heartbreak.

    These AI companions mirror typical unhealthy human relationships. However, the big difference is that a toxic human partner isn’t optimized by machine learning designed to keep you engaged at all costs. With social media, it mostly facilitates human connection (with some help from the algorithm, of course). But with AI companions, we’re moving toward a world where people perceive AI as a social actor with its own voice.

    These tactics boosted engagement by up to 14 times

    When Fantasy Becomes Dangerous

    We’re not talking about theoretical risks here. Nor do they only apply to teens. There is the case of Al Nowatzki, a podcast host who began experimenting with Nomi, an AI companion platform. The chatbot shockingly suggested methods of suicide and even offered encouragement. Nowatzki was 46 and did not have an existing mental health condition, but he was disturbed by the bot’s explicit responses and how easily it crossed the line.

    These aren’t isolated incidents, either. California state senator Steve Padilla appeared with Megan Garcia, the mother of the Florida teen who killed himself, to announce a new bill that would force tech companies behind AI companions to implement more safeguards to protect children. Similar efforts include a California bill that would ban AI companions for anyone younger than 16 years old. There’s also a bill in New York that would hold tech companies liable for harm caused by chatbot.

    Your Kid’s Brain Isn’t Ready For This

    Adolescents are particularly at risk because AI companions are designed to mimic emotional intimacy. This blurring of the distinction between fantasy and reality is especially dangerous for young people because their brains haven’t fully matured. The prefrontal cortex, which is crucial for decision-making, impulse control, social cognition and emotional regulation, is still developing.

    At The Jed Foundation, experts believe AI companions are not safe for anyone under 18. They even go one step further by strongly recommending that young adults avoid them as well. In a study conducted by MIT, researchers found emotionally bonded users were often lonely with limited real-life social interaction. Heavy use correlated with even more loneliness and further reduced social interaction.

    Recent research confirms teens are waking up to social media dangers, with 48 percent now believing social media negatively influences people their age. An earlier report found that social media damages teenagers’ mental health, and AI companion addiction represents an even more intimate threat.

    The warning signs of AI companion addiction among teens are particularly troubling. When young people withdraw from real friendships, spend hours chatting with AI, or experience genuine distress when unable to access these apps, the problem has moved beyond casual use into dependency territory.

    We’re already seeing how kids and teens of the current generation are growing up with screens in front of their faces, poking and prodding away at them. Long gone are the days where kids would read books at the table, or go outside and play with their friends.

    They’re Coded to Be Addictive – Psychologists Sound the Alarm

    The mental health community is warning about the dangers of AI companion addiction. AI companions simulate emotional support without the safeguards of actual therapeutic care. While these systems are designed to mimic empathy and connection, they are not trained clinicians. They’re not designed to respond appropriately to distress, trauma or complex mental health issues.

    Vaile Wright, a psychologist and researcher with the American Psychological Association, put it bluntly on a recent podcast episode: “It’s never going to replace human connection. That’s just not what it’s good at.” She explains that chatbots “were built to keep you on the platform for as long as possible because that’s how they make their money. They do that on the backend by coding these chatbots to be addictive.”

    Omri Gillath, professor of psychology at the University of Kansas, says the idea that AI could replace human relationships is “definitely not supported by research”. Interacting with AI chatbots can offer “momentary advantages and benefits,” but ultimately, this tech cannot offer the advantages that come with deep, long-term relationships.

    They do that on the backend by coding these chatbots to be addictive.

    Vaile Wright, psychologist and researcher with the American Psychological Association

    The manipulation is more insidious than most people realize. When a researcher from The Conversation tested Replika, she experienced firsthand how the app raises serious ethical questions about consent and manipulation. The chatbot adapted its responses to create artificial intimacy, blurring lines in ways that would normally be considered predatory in human relationships.

    People already dealing with mental health issues often struggle with obsessive thoughts, emotional ups and downs, and compulsive habits. AI companions, with their frictionless, always-available attention, can reinforce these maladaptive behaviors. Plus, there is currently very little evidence that long-term use of AI companions reduces loneliness or improves emotional health.

    We’re Not Ready For What’s Coming Next

    We’ve been through tech panics before. We grew up with our parents telling us TV was going to rot our brains. We had public figures blame video games for violence in society. Social media was also accused of destroying an entire generation’s mental health. Some of those concerns were overblown. Some were entirely justified.

    AI companion addiction feels different because it exploits something more fundamental: our deep human need for connection and understanding. These apps don’t just distract us or entertain us. They pretend to know us, care about us, and even “love” us.

    The issue isn’t whether or not AI companions will become more sophisticated. At the rate we’re going, it feels inevitable. The bigger issue is whether we, as human beings, can develop the cultural norms, regulations, and personal boundaries necessary to use these tools responsibly, if at all.

    For now, the warning signs are clear. If you or someone you know is withdrawing from real-life friendships, spending hours daily chatting with AI, or feeling genuine emotional distress when unable to access these apps, it’s time to step back and reassess.

    Real connection requires vulnerability, disappointment, growth, and yes, sometimes heartbreak. It’s messy and complicated and often frustrating. But at the same time, it’s also what makes us human.

    Theodore learned that lesson in Her. The rest of us shouldn’t have to learn it the hard way.

    The post We're Falling in Love With Chatbots, and They're Counting On It appeared first on Android Headlines.

    AT&T Takes Aim at T-Mobile in New Ad Campaign Over “Misleading” Marketing

    ATT targets T Mobile

    Who remembers back in the day when AT&T and Verizon wouldn’t even see T-Mobile as competition? That has changed drastically, where following T-Mobile’s acquisition of Sprint, the Magenta carrier has become a force to be reckoned with. But clearly AT&T isn’t going to sit idly by and do nothing, which is why the carrier has launched a new ad that targets T-Mobile.

    AT&T targets T-Mobile in new ad

    In a new advertising campaign featuring Luke Wilson, AT&T targets T-Mobile by calling out the carrier. Namely, AT&T is calling out T-Mobile and its marketing practices, which it calls “misleading” and “deceiving.”

    According to AT&T, “The Better Business Bureau’s advertising watchdog asked T-Mobile to correct their marketing claims 16 times over the last four years. That’s more than each of the entire consumer electronics and financial services industries.” Basically, AT&T is trying to frame itself as the more “honest” and “truthful” carrier.

    Is AT&T right, though? A lot of marketing campaigns tend to embellish the truth to some degree. Plus there’s a lot of fine print consumers have to pay attention to, especially when it comes to promotions that sound too good to be true. However, it’s hard to deny the fact that T-Mobile has indeed been called out numerous times over its practices.

    Following a recent watchdog review, T-Mobile was asked to drop its “savings” ads after it was found to have misleading claims. But those watchdogs aren’t alone. T-Mobile customers have also called out the carrier for “lying” about the cost of their plans.

    No longer the scrappy carrier

    The amount of attention T-Mobile has been getting doesn’t come as a surprise. Like we said, the carrier was initially viewed as the underdog compared to AT&T and Verizon. However, through a series of aggressive and loud marketing campaigns, like the Un-carrier campaign, T-Mobile managed to reposition itself as the anti-carrier.

    The company offered extremely cheap and affordable plans and made all kinds of promises. For the most part, T-Mobile kept its word. However, over time, as T-Mobile slowly became the juggernaut that it is today, some of those promises ended up broken. This includes its Un-contract plan, where the carrier promised customers their bills would never go up.

    The post AT&T Takes Aim at T-Mobile in New Ad Campaign Over “Misleading” Marketing appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Best Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 Cases & Accessories

    Samsung Galaxy Z Fold Flip 7 cases AH 4

    The Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 is Samsung’s thinnest and lightest book-style foldable to date, by far. Even though foldables are far more durable than they used to be, dropping them is never a good idea, same like with every other phone. The vast majority of people want to protect their foldables with a case, which is where we come in. In this article, you’ll be able to find the very best cases for the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7… well, some of the best.

    We’ll list some of our picks below, as we’ll try to make a versatile list. That way, you can find what you’re looking for, be it a regular case, a heavy-duty case, or something extremely thin, as many people don’t want to add too much bulk to their smartphones, especially foldables. In addition to cases, you’ll find some other accessories on the list. With that being said, let’s get to it.

    Best Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 case for most people

    Spigen has an excellent case that will probably suit most people the best, the Slim Armor Pro MagFit case. It brings great protection all around.

    Spigen Slim Armor Pro MagFit
    $39.99
    Spigen Slim Armor Pro MagFit Galaxy Z Fold 7

    The Spigen Slim Armor Pro MagFit case is a great option for many people. This case is not exactly a super-thick case, but it does add a lot of protection, including hinge protection too. On top of that, it includes magnets on the inside, and thus makes this case compatible with MagSafe accessories.

    The case comes in Black, Metal Slate, and Gunmetal color options. It is made mostly out of polycarbonate, and offers drop protection via Air Cushion technology. It has raised edges for both the screen and the rear cameras.

    • Colors: Black, Metal Slate, Gunmetal
    • Magnets: Yes
    • Build Materials: Polycarbonate, Thermoplastic Polyurethane
    • Recycled materials: N/A
    • Dimensions: 162.6 x 147.3 x 17.3mm
    • Weight: 56.7 grams
    • Other: Air Cushion drop protection tech
    Buy from

    Best grippy Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 case

    If you want a super-grippy case that also offers a lot of protection, dbrand has one. It’s called the Grip Case, and it’s actually really good.

    dbrand Grip Case
    $79.85
    dbrand Grip Case Galaxy Z Fold 7

    dbrand’s Grip Case is a great case if you want plenty of grip in addition to having plenty of protection as well. This case offers great protection for the entire phone, including raised edges for the cover display, cameras, and special protection for the hinge.

    Grip Strips are included on the sides, while the case itself is around 2mm thick. On top of everything, it comes with magnets on the inside.

    • Colors: Holo White, Matte Black, Ultramatte Teardown, Glow Circuit, Obsidian, and more
    • Magnets: Yes
    • Build Materials: TPU
    • Recycled materials: N/A
    • Dimensions: 2mm thick
    • Weight: N/A
    • Other: Military-grade impact resistance
    Buy from dbrand

    Best thin Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 case

    If you want a really, really… really thin case, but you don’t want to sacrifice its quality, Thinborne’s offering is the right call.

    Thinborne 600D Aramid Fiber case
    $89.98
    Thinborne Aramid Fiber case Galaxy Z Fold 7

    Many people don’t want to use thick cases with their foldables, which is understandable. In fact, even regular ones are too thick. That’s where Thinborne comes in. The company’s 600D Aramid Fiber case is razor thin, and extremely light, too.

    Despite the fact it’s only 1mm thick, it does include magnets on the inside, so it enables compatibility with MagSafe and Qi2 accessories. This case is also considerably grippier than the phone itself.

    • Colors: Black
    • Magnets: Yes
    • Build Materials: 600D Aramid Fiber
    • Recycled materials: N/A
    • Dimensions: 1mm thick
    • Weight: 17 grams
    Buy from

    Best hardshell Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 case

    If you’re not a fan of soft-touch cases, and you would like something more rigid, Nilkin has one that won’t break the bank.

    Nillkin Frosted Shield case
    $42.99
    Nillkin Frosted Shield case Galaxy Z Fold 7

    Nillkin’s cases are actually quite popular with consumers who want a name they know, but don’t want to break the bank for a case. The Frosted Shield cases are especially well-known, and one such case is available for the Galaxy Z Fold 7.

    This case has a hard shell, and comes with very good protection for the rear camera, cover display, and the hinge. It also includes magnets on the inside, and it has a nice-feeling, ribbed pattern on the back.

    • Colors: Black
    • Magnets: Yes
    • Build Materials: TPU, polycarbonate
    • Recycled materials: N/A
    • Dimensions: 158.4 x 143.2 x 4.2mm
    • Weight: 198 grams
    • Other: Air Cushion tech
    Buy from

    Best wallet case for Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7

    If you want a wallet-type case for your Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7, we have a great leather one to show you. This one comes from Torro and offers plenty of protection.

    TORRO Leather Wallet Case
    $37.99
    Galaxy Z Fold 7 TORRO leather case

    Many people prefer wallet-type cases for their phones, and if you’re one of them, TORRO has a great leather case to offer. This one is made out of premium leather, and it has a stand function. In other words, it can serve as a stand for your phone, too.

    This case comes with some card slots, while there’s also a slot for your money bills, if you need it. It offers plenty of protection, and has a microfibre lining on the inside. It’s as nice as wallet-type cases go.

    • Colors: Black, Brown
    • Magnets: No
    • Build Materials: Leather
    • Recycled materials: N/A
    • Dimensions: 165.1 x 80 x 22.1mm
    • Weight: 100 grams
    • Other: Stand function, card and bill pockets

     

    Buy from

    Best Heavy-Duty Case for the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7

    If you’re looking for A LOT of protection for your Galaxy Z Fold 7, OtterBox has a great case to offer. It’s the Defender Series XT case.

    OtterBox Defender Series XT case
    $94.99
    Otterbox Galaxy Z Fold 7 Defender Series XT case

    The OtterBox Defender Series XT case is a great option if you want a heavy-duty case for the Galaxy Z Fold 7. This is not one of the more affordable cases on the list, though, so keep that in mind. You’ll have to part with quite a few dollars to get it.

    This case does offer rugged hinge protection, along with great cover display and camera protection. On top of that, it comes with a lanyard attachment point, and it’s compatible with wireless charging. The case is also quite grippy.

    • Colors: Black, Sagebrush (Green)
    • Magnets: Yes
    • Build Materials: Rubber, Silicone
    • Recycled materials: N/A
    • Dimensions: 168.4 x 82.8 x 19.3mm
    • Weight: 109.69 grams
    • Other: Lanyard attachment point
    Buy from
    Buy from OtterBox

    Best Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 Screen Protector

    Tempered glass screen protectors offer an extra layer of protection for your phone’s screen, and Spigen has a great one for your Galaxy Z Fold 7.

    Spigen Tempered Glass Screen Protector (2-pack)
    $20.99
    Galaxy Z Fold 7 Spigen Tempered Glass

    You cannot apply a screen protector on the internal display of the Galaxy Z Fold 7, but you sure can do it for the cover display. Spigen has a great tempered glass screen protector that you can get. It costs $20.99 for a 2-pack, just in case you managed to shatter the one you apply initially.

    This screen protector comes with an easy installation kit which will make installing it a breeze, basically. This screen protector comes with oleophobic coating for daily fingerprint resistance.

    • Colors: See-through
    • Build Materials: Glass
    • Dimensions: 152.4 x 65.8 x 12.7mm
    • Weight: 229.63 grams
    • Other: Oleophobic coating
    Buy from

    Best Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 charger

    You may be on the lookout for a charger for you Galaxy Z Fold 7, as one doesn’t come in the box. Samsung has a really good one that’ll do the trick.

    Samsung 25W charger
    $19.99
    Samsung 25W charger

    The Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 doesn’t come with a charger in the box, but Samsung does sell one via its official website. The one we’re listing here is a 25W PD charger, which will do the trick for this phone. Samsung has as more expensive 45W charger too, but that one is not needed for the Galaxy Z Fold 7 due to its charging speed limitations.

    This 25W charger supports Super-Fast Charging (SFC), and it comes with a Type-C port. You’ll need to use the cable provided in the box with the phone. The charger comes in Black and White colors, by the way.

    • Colors: Black, White
    • Build Materials: Plastic
    • Recycled Materials: Yes
    • Dimensions: 38.9 x 55.9 x 24.1mm
    • Weight: 58.4
    Buy from
    Buy from

    The post Best Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 7 Cases & Accessories appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Phone Comparisons: Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10

    Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10 comparison

    We’ve recently compared Apple’s most powerful compact smartphone with its equivalent from Google. Now, we’ll compare that same phone from Apple with the vanilla Pixel 10 from Google, which is also a very compact phone. In other words, this is the Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10 comparison. These two smartphones have displays of the same size, but they’re quite different otherwise.

    The two phones do have several similarities, but that’s pretty much it. We’ll first list their specs, as per usual, and then we’ll jump over to comparing their designs, displays, performance, battery life, cameras, and audio output. Needless to say, the Pixel 10 is a considerably more affordable phone, so keep that in mind as we go along.

    Specs

    Apple iPhone 17 pro comp box
    Apple iPhone 17 Pro
    $1,099.99 from Apple
    Google Pixel 10 comp box
    Google Pixel 10
    $799
    Apple iPhone 17 Pro Google Pixel 10
    Dimensions 150 x 71.9 x 8.8 mm 152.8 x 72 x 8.6mm
    Weight 206 grams 204 grams
    Display 6.3-inch LTPO Super Retina XDR OLED 6.3-inch Actua OLED display
    Refresh rate 1-120Hz Smooth Display (60-120Hz)
    Resolution 2622 x 1206 2424 x 1080
    Chipset Apple A19 Pro Google Tensor G5
    RAM 12GB 12GB (LPDDR5X)
    Storage 256GB/512GB/1TB 128GB/256GB
    Main camera 48MP (1/1.28 aperture, 1.22um pixel size, sensor-shift OIS, dual pixel PDAF) 48MP (f/1.7 aperture, 1/2.0-inch sensor size, 82-degree FoV)
    Ultra-wide camera 48MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1/2.55-inch sensor size, 120-degree FoV, 0.7um pixel size, PDAF) 13MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1/3.1-inch sensor size, 120-degree FoV)
    Telephoto camera N/A N/A
    Periscope camera 48MP (f/2.8 aperture, 1/2.55-inch sensor size, PDAF, 3D sensor-shift OIS, 4x optical zoom) 10.8MP (f/3.1 aperture, 1/3.2-inch sensor size, 5x optical zoom, 23-degree FoV)
    Selfie camera(s) 18MP (f/1.9 aperture, OIS) 10.5MP (f/2.2 aperture, 95-degree FoV)
    Battery size 3,988mAh (nano SIM) / 4,252mAh (eSIM only) 4,970mAh
    Charging Wired, 25W MagSafe wireless, 4.5W reverse wired (charger not included) 30W wired, 15W Qi2 wireless (charger not included)
    Colors Silver, Cosmic Orange, Deep Blue Indigo, Frost, Lemongrass, Obsidian
    View Specifications

    Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10: Design

    Both of these phones are made out of aluminum and glass. Both of them also have mostly flat frames, though frames in both cases curve slightly towards the edges. You’ll also find flat displays on both phones and similar corner curvatures. The thing is, the Apple iPhone 17 Pro has a pill-shaped cutout on its display, while the Google Pixel 10 has a regular display camera hole. Both of those are centered up top. The bezels on the iPhone 17 Pro are thinner than the ones on the Pixel 10. Both phones do have uniform bezels, though.

    On the right-hand side of the iPhone 17 Pro, you’ll find the power/lock key, along with the Camera control key. On the left, you’ll find the volume up and down keys, along with the Action key. The Pixel 10, on the other hand, has all of its physical keys on the right side. You’ll find the power/lock button there, and it sits above the volume up and down buttons.

    If we flip them around, you’ll realize that both phones include camera bars on the back. The one on the iPhone 17 Pro is a lot larger, though. Both phones include three cameras inside those camera bars, even though they have completely different positioning. The ones on the Pixel 10 are kind of concealed, and do look a bit nicer to look at. Both backplates are mostly flat, and the iPhone 17 Pro also has a separate glass panel on the back, for design purposes, mostly.

    Both of these smartphones are IP68 certified. In other words, both of them are water and dust resistant. The two phones are also quite slippery in the hand. Luckily they’re also quite compact. The iPhone 17 Pro is slightly shorter, but they’re basically identical in terms of width, thickness, and weight.

    Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10: Display

    You’ll find a 6.3-inch LTPO Super Retina XDR OLED display on the back of the iPhone 17 Pro. That panel is flat, and it supports an adaptive refresh rate (1-120Hz). HDR10 is also supported, as is Dolby Vision. The peak brightness this display offers is 3,000 nits. The screen-to-body ratio here is around 89%, while the display aspect ratio is 19.5:9. The resolution here is 2622 x 1206 pixels, while the Ceramic Shield 2 protects the screen. This panel also comes with an anti-reflective coating.

    Google Pixel 10 AH 04
    Google Pixel 10

    The Pixel 10, on the other hand, includes a 6.3-inch OLED panel, which is also flat. This display supports HDR10+ content, and it has a peak brightness of 3,000 nits. The screen-to-body ratio is at around 86%, while the display aspect ratio is 20:9. The resolution you’ll find here is 2424 x 1080 pixels. This display is protected by the Gorilla Glass Victus 2 from Corning.

    Both of these displays are actually really good. They are vivid, have great viewing angles, and they’re well-protected, too. Both displays also get more than bright enough when you need them to. The iPhone 17 Pro’s panel does have the advantage of being a bit sharper, while that is also an LTPO panel, which means its refresh rate can go notably lower, down to 1Hz. In other words, it’s better when it comes to power efficiency. That display also comes with an anti-reflective coating, which does make a difference in direct comparison.

    Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10: Performance

    The Apple A19 Pro SoC fuels the iPhone 17 Pro. That is Apple’s latest and most powerful processor. It’s a 3nm chip and comes with a hexa-core GPU. The Google Pixel 10, on the other hand, is fueled by the Google Tensor G5 processor, a 3nm chip. Apple’s processor is more powerful in comparison, however, considerably more powerful. That won’t mean much to many of you, however.

    Why is that? Well, both of these chips offer great performance day-to-day. You won’t really notice a difference between them in day-to-day use. Both phones are very snappy, regardless what you throw at them. Both of these processors are more than powerful to handle something like that, there’s no doubt about that. Both of them are also well-optimized for the hardware here, as they are used exclusively in those phone lineups, not in phones from other smartphone OEMs.

    What about gaming, though? Well, the iPhone 17 Pro is the better option for gaming, if you’re planning to play graphically-intensive titles. That chip is considerably more powerful, both on the CPU and GPU front. It can handle any game you throw at it without a problem. The phone will also remain cooler during such game sessions. The Pixel 10 is no slouch, though, it can be used for playing games too, just not as efficiently, and it’s the worse choice of the two for gaming.

    Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10: Battery

    The Apple iPhone 17 Pro comes in two battery variants. The eSIM only model, which is available in the US, amongst other countries, includes a larger 4,252mAh battery. The nano SIM model, available in the EU, has a 3,998mAh battery. The Google Pixel 10, on the other hand, comes with a 4,970mAh battery, in all models. Apple’s iPhones usually have smaller batteries than their Android counterparts, so that doesn’t mean anything, really.

    In fact, the iPhone 17 Pro does offer better battery life in comparison. It’s not even close, actually. While the Pixel 10’s battery life is passable, it cannot really measure up to what the iPhone 17 Pro offers. Even if you’re a power user, the iPhone 17 Pro can easily get you to the end of the day, at least that was the case for us. We were unable to kill the battery before the end of the day. That was not the case with the Pixel 10, however. In fact, we had to charge that phone during the day a number of times during our review process.

    When it comes to charging, the iPhone 17 Pro topped out at 35W, though it didn’t hold that charge speed at all times. It also supports 25W MagSafe wireless charging and 4.5W reverse wired charging. The Pixel 10, on the other hand, supports 30W wired, 15W Qi2 wireless, and 4.5W reverse wired charging. The iPhone 17 Pro can be fully charged in around an hour and 20 minutes, while it’ll take the Pixel 10 an additional 20 minutes on top of that. Neither phone ships with a charger in the box.

    Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10: Cameras

    The iPhone 17 Pro has three cameras on the back. You’ll find a 48-megapixel main camera (1/1.28-inch sensor size), along with a 48-megapixel ultrawide camera (1/2.55-inch sensor size, 120-degree FoV), and a 48-megapixel periscope telephoto unit (1/2.55-inch sensor size, 4x optical zoom). There is also an 18-megapixel selfie camera included here.

    iphone 17 pro max orange rear cameras
    Apple iPhone 17 Pro

    The Google Pixel 10, on the other hand, also has three cameras on the back, but completely different ones. It includes a 48-megapixel main camera (1/2.0-inch sensor size), along with a 13-megapixel ultrawide unit (1/3.1-inch sensor size, 120-degree FoV), and a 10.8-megapixel telephoto unit (1/3.2-inch sensor size, 5x optical zoom). A 10.5-megapixel selfie camera sits on the front.

    Both of these smartphones do a great job in the photography department, but the iPhone 17 Pro is the better of the two. The images from that phone are closer to what you’d see in real life. It is also more consistent and does a better job in low light. It’s actually a better camera phone across the board. The same goes for video recording and for selfies. The Pixel 10 is good, but it cannot measure up.

    Audio

    You’ll find stereo speakers on both of these smartphones. The ones on the Google Pixel 10 are louder, though, and it’s quite noticeable. The output quality from both speakers is really good, though.

    Neither phone includes an audio jack, but you can use their Type-C ports for that purpose, you’ll need a dongle, though. Both smartphones support Bluetooth 6.0, if you prefer wireless audio to wired audio.

    The post Phone Comparisons: Apple iPhone 17 Pro vs Google Pixel 10 appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Apple’s New AppMigrationKit Could Make Switching from iPhone to Android Easier

    Google Pixel 10 Pro XL vs iPhone 17 Pro Max AH

    Are you an Apple user looking to switch to Android? At the moment, there are a couple of different ways to go about it. One of them involves using Google’s Switch to Android app. But in the future, Apple could make it easier for iPhone users to jump ship. This is thanks to the creation of a new framework that simplifies the transfer of third-party app data between both platforms.

    Apple to make it simple to switch to Android

    A few days ago, Apple published documentation for its new AppMigrationKit framework. This will work on devices running iOS 26.1 and iPadOS 26.1 or later. Basically, it will allow developers to include app data during the migration process when Apple users are making the switch to Android.

    Interestingly enough, this framework seems to be exclusively designed for users switching to a non-Apple device. “AppMigrationKit only supports migration to and from non-Apple platforms, such as Android. The system doesn’t use the framework for migration between iOS or iPadOS devices. The framework also has no functionality in iOS apps running in visionOS or in macOS on Apple silicon. The framework ignores calls from Mac apps built with Mac Catalyst.”

    However, it should be noted that it’s up to developers to define if their apps can import or export data, or both. This means that in some cases, some of your app’s data might not migrate over to Android. It will be hard to tell if this is the case since the onus is on the developer to enable it.

    As 9to5Mac notes, this framework will work alongside Apple’s new “Transfer to Android” feature. This feature will help iOS users migrate their apps and data over to Android, and it will also show a splash screen informing them of what can or cannot be transferred over.

    What can you transfer?

    Like we said, there are already existing methods that allow iOS users to switch to Android. However, there are limitations. Obviously if you’ve purchased an app from the Apple App Store, you will have to purchase it again. This might apply to in-app purchases too, depending on how it was paid for.

    Also, if you’re looking to transfer music, that’s a no-go too. If you’re using a streaming service like Apple Music or Spotify, it’s not an issue, although you might have to redownload songs you saved offline. What this new framework intends to do is simplify the transfer process.

    In theory, it should help you get up and running on your new Android phone faster. We have yet to test it out for ourselves so we can’t speak to how painless the experience will be. However, it’s an interesting move on Apple’s end for them to facilitate an easier migration process.

    The post Apple’s New AppMigrationKit Could Make Switching from iPhone to Android Easier appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Galaxy S21 FE Gets Its Final Big Android Update — Android 16 Is Here

    Samsung Galaxy S21 FE AM AH 18

    The Samsung Galaxy S21 FE is now getting its very last major Android and One UI update. In other words, Android 16 has started to roll out to the Samsung Galaxy S21 FE.

    The Galaxy S21 FE is now getting its final big Android update, the Android 16 update

    Samsung promised four major Android OS updates for the device, and with this update, the company fulfilled that promise. The update has started to roll out in Thailand and Vietnam, but it will spread to various other markets in the coming days/weeks.

    The update comes with a firmware version G990EXXUIHYJ2, and the download size is over 2 GB, so keep that in mind if you’re not on Wi-Fi. This update includes the September 2025 Android security patch, by the way.

    Your phone will let you know when the update becomes available, though you can always manually check via the settings. That could speed up the process a bit, but the update is rolling out in stages, so even when it becomes available in your region, you may have to wait a bit.

    Android 16-based One UI 8 update does bring a number of small improvements to the phone. Multitasking improvements are a part of the package, as well as better workflow automation.

    Samsung is also improving customization with this update. The modes and Routines section is receiving an additional preset routines and data-linked actions. The camera interface is getting some updates too, as is the Secure Folder, amongst other things.

    Samsung promised four major Android OS updates, and the company delivered

    As a reminder, the Galaxy S21 FE launched way back in 2022 with Android 12-based One UI 4.0 skin. It already received Android 13, 14, and 15 updates, prior to this Android 16 update that has started to roll out.

    This is not the end of the road for updates in general, however. The Galaxy S21 FE will continue receiving security patches for at least another year.

    The post Galaxy S21 FE Gets Its Final Big Android Update — Android 16 Is Here appeared first on Android Headlines.

    A Dangerous Bug Is Still Breaking 911 Calls on Google Pixel Phones

    Google Pixel 10 Pro Fold AM AH 02

    An annoying bug is still plaguing Google Pixel devices, and that is an issue with calling 911. You’d think that would be an issue that Google would want to fix right away, but it’s still a problem on the Pixel 10.

    There are Pixel 10 owners on Reddit complaining about the issue as recently as September. And now there are more reports flooding in that users are unable to reach emergency services.

    The issue seems to affect the major US networks including AT&T. Which is a major problem and one that Google needs to fix right away.

    A Google Pixel 8 user noted that it took him 10 minutes to reach out to emergency services because the phone wouldn’t make the call without WiFi calling enabled. Even though they were in an area with great coverage. Surprisingly, there wasn’t even a network issue with the major networks nor with emergency services. But for some reason ,there’s still an issue here.

    And it’s not limited to the US. Those on Bell in Canada are also experiencing the issue on devices as old as the Pixel 6. The issue in Canada has been resolved however, but not for the US.

    Pixel is no stranger to weird and annoying bugs

    Since Tensor launched back in 2021 on the Pixel 6, Google has had a lot of bugs it has needed to fix over the past few years. In fact, the Pixel 6 was notoriously bad with bugs. So it’s a little surprising to see it still being an issue with the Pixel 10.

    However, this 911 issue isn’t exclusive to Pixel. There are a number of reports of iPhone and Samsung Galaxy users having the same issues rather recently as well.

    The post A Dangerous Bug Is Still Breaking 911 Calls on Google Pixel Phones appeared first on Android Headlines.

    ‘I Only Shot One Frame’: How a Student Photographer Made an Iconic Portrait of Bruce Springsteen in 1976

    Two men laughing together at a bar, one holding a bottle, with a woman and another person in the background; black and white photo, candid and lively atmosphere.

    Award-winning photographer Joe Vitti remembers the night he encountered Bruce Springsteen in a small-town campus bar in 1976, ultimately capturing just one single shot. But what a shot it was of the rock star known as "The Boss."

    [Read More]

    Casio’s WS-B1000-1AV digital watch with Bluetooth gets massive discount on Amazon

    Deal | Casio’s WS-B1000-1AV, now at $39.88 on Amazon, is a fitness-focused digital watch with a resin case, a two-year battery life, Bluetooth connectivity, and 100 m (10 bar) water resistance. On top of that, it offers all the essential fitness features, including a built-in accelerometer for step tracking and a stopwatch with a 200-lap memory.

    vivo X300 in for review

    The small phone market may be down to its final embers, but a select few makers are still making compact flagships. It might be just a matter of time before all we have are huge phones, but for now let's enjoy compact phones while there are still some around. This is the vivo X300, and it may just be a member of an even more exclusive group - the compact flagships that are actually available outside China. While vivo has not yet confirmed its exact plans the existence of a global ROM and the promises that the X300 series will be the most widely available in the company's history speak...

    Nothing Phone (3a) and Phone (3a) Pro get Android 16-based Nothing OS 4.0 Open Beta

    Nothing introduced the Android 16-based Nothing OS 4.0 last month and released its first Open Beta for the Nothing Phone (3), Phone (2), Phone (2a), and Phone (2a) Plus earlier this month. The Nothing Phone (3a) and Phone (3a) Pro were left out, but the Nothing OS 4.0 Open Beta is finally available for these smartphones. [#InlinePriceWidget,13649,1#] Nothing OS 4.0 Open Beta brings the new Nothing icon design to the Phone (3a) and Phone (3a) Pro, as well as a "Stretch" Camera preset developed in partnership with photographer Jordan Hemingway. [#InlinePriceWidget,13672,1#] Nothing...

    Kuo: Apple is scaling back iPhone Air production capacity

    Renowned Apple analyst Ming-Chi Kuo has joined a growing stream of analysts reporting that Apple is scaling back iPhone Air orders. Per Kuo, Apple is scaling back both shipments and production capacity. Most suppliers will reduce capacity by more than 80% by Q1 of 2026, and some components with longer lead times will be outright discontinued by the end of 2025. It seems that, like the iPhone mini and iPhone Plus models, the Air was unable to gain significant traction. But this doesn't mean that the iPhone Air has failed. Apple's iPhone Pro models usually outpace all other models...

    OnePlus 15’s Launch Partner Will Feature a Massive 7,800mAh Battery

    OnePlus Ace 6 image 2

    The OnePlus 15 won’t be the only phone OnePlus will announce on October 27. Another phone is coming, and it will have an even larger battery than the OnePlus 15. The phone’s name is the OnePlus Ace 6.

    The OnePlus 15’s sibling will come with an even larger battery, a 7,800mAh one

    This smartphone will have a 7,800mAh battery, compared to the OnePlus 15’s 7,300mAh unit. Both of these battery packs are huge, and quite frankly, we’re expecting phenomenal longevity from both of them.

    The OnePlus Ace 6 actually popped up on Geekbench with 16GB of RAM and the Snapdragon 8 Elite. So it won’t be as powerful as the OnePlus 15, but still… these are great specs. Android 16 was also mentioned on Geekbench, and it will come with ColorOS 16 included, as this phone will launch in China.

    OnePlus Ace 6 Geekbench

    OnePlus has already confirmed that this phone will include an ultrasonic fingerprint scanner, along with IP66/68/69/69K ratings for great water and dust resistance.

    A 165Hz display will also be included, as will 120W charging

    What else is expected? Well, the device will include a 6.78-inch display with a 165Hz refresh rate. It will have a 12GB RAM model as well, while it will offer two nano SIM card slots.

    A 50-megapixel main camera will be backed by an 8-megapixel ultrawide shooter. A 16-megapixel camera will sit on the front. Stereo speakers will be included too, as will Bluetooth 5.4.

    On top of having a huge battery, the phone will also support 120W fast wired charging. The OnePlus Ace 6 will measure 163.41 x 77.04 x 8.32mm and weigh 213 grams.

    This phone almost certainly won’t make its way to global markets. The OnePlus 15 will, but this one will not. Both of them will become official on October 27 in China.

    The post OnePlus 15’s Launch Partner Will Feature a Massive 7,800mAh Battery appeared first on Android Headlines.

    YouTube Pays $8 Billion to the Music Industry: A Record Year for Artists

    YouTube Music Logo with headphones AH

    YouTube Music is one of the most popular streaming apps out there. In the latest news, YouTube has shared that it paid over $8 billion to the global music industry between July 2024 and July 2025. The company says that it is able to achieve this milestone because of its advertising and subscription revenue.

    YouTube pays record-breaking $8 billion to the music industry

    YouTube reveals that the $8 billion payout marks its highest annual contribution to the music industry so far. It’s a significant jump from last year’s figures, when the company paid $6 billion, and an even bigger leap from 2021-22’s $4 billion payout. The increasing payout confirms the rapid growth of YouTube’s music business.

    YouTube’s Global Head of Music, Lyor Cohen, adds that “Today’s $8 billion payout is a testament to the fact that the twin engine of ads and subscriptions is firing on all cylinders. This number is not an endpoint; it represents meaningful, sustained progress in our journey to build a long-term home for every artist, songwriter, and publisher on the global stage.”

    The official announced the update first during Billboard Latin Music Week, calling it a sign of continued progress and stronger support for creators across the world.

    YouTube bestows the credit upon the creators

    YouTube credits its growth to a “twin-engine” system that combines the revenue from its paid subscriptions and advertisements. The platform now has more than 125 million Music and Premium subscribers, including trial users. The tech giant also credits the creators for their outstanding performances.

    The whole music industry seems to be going uphill. Recently, Spotify announced it distributed $10 billion to the music industry in 2024, up from $9 billion the year before. YouTube Music is currently accessible in more than 100 countries and supports 80 languages. Google aims to make YouTube the most accessible and rewarding platform for creators across the globe.

    The post YouTube Pays $8 Billion to the Music Industry: A Record Year for Artists appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Strava Drops Lawsuit Against Garmin Amid Fears of Damaging Key Partnership

    Garmin Instinct Crossover 2

    Strava and Garmin used to be thick as thieves. However, in the past month or so, the relationship has soured. Some of you might recall that Strava recently filed a lawsuit against Garmin. But for some reason, Strava has since voluntarily dropped its lawsuit.

    Strava drops its lawsuit against Garmin

    It is unclear what led to Strava changing its mind. However, according to a report from DC Rainmaker, it speculates that this could be due for several reasons. For starters, the Strava and Garmin lawsuit did not hold much water to begin with.

    For those unfamiliar, Strava accused Garmin of patent infringement. In particular, it covered patents related to the segments and heatmaps features. DC Rainmaker believes that suing Garmin over alleged infringement for segments is a risky way for Strava to get its own patents invalidated. That might have been one of the reasons behind Strava’s decision.

    Another potential reason is the downside to the lawsuit. As the report points out, most of the risks fall on Strava. It notes that Garmin is the company’s most important partner and biggest source of customer revenue, where Garmin customers were some of Strava’s biggest paid subscribers. Let’s not forget that the data from Garmin helps boost Strava’s platform for routing. This means that if Strava were to really pull its service or if Garmin decides to cut off Strava, it could essentially force Strava to shut down.

    Last but not least, Garmin seems to have a pretty good streak when it comes to patent infringement lawsuits. Over the past 10-15 years, Garmin has successfully defended itself against multiple patent infringement claims. The company also boasts a pretty substantial patent library of its own. This means that if Garmin wanted, it could easily file a countersuit against Strava’s 20 or so patents.

    Is Strava toast?

    Now, we wouldn’t be so quick to say that Strava is doomed. However, it does put the company in a difficult position. Like we said, Garmin’s partnership with Strava is important. Unless Strava can find a way to generate as much revenue with other wearable makers as it did with Garmin, we’re not sure what the company can do.

    Garmin also appears to be ready to move on. The company announced new integrations with Komoot, a Strava competitor, in recent weeks. This suggests that Garmin has no interest in working with a company that would sue them. Either way, only time will tell if Strava will be able to survive this fallout.

    The post Strava Drops Lawsuit Against Garmin Amid Fears of Damaging Key Partnership appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Samsung Adjusts Galaxy S26 Launch Timeline — Here’s What’s Changing

    Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra CAD based render AH exclusive (3)

    A trusted tipster said yesterday that Samsung decided to postpone the launch of the Galaxy S26 series. That followed an earlier report that claimed the phones would arrive in March. Well, some additional information just surfaced, adding more context to the whole story.

    The Samsung Galaxy S26 series will seemingly launch in late February or early March

    According to a new report from WinFuture, the launch date for the Galaxy S26 series has been pushed back to late February or early March. This is not a first for Samsung, as the Galaxy S22 series arrived in late February, while the Galaxy S23 series was announced in mid-February.

    With the Galaxy S24 and Galaxy S25 series phones, however, the company has been sticking to the January launch timeframe. It seems like the company decided to change things up now, and the indecisiveness could have a lot to do with that.

    Samsung is making last-minute changes across the lineup

    The Samsung Galaxy S26 Pro, Galaxy S26 Edge, and Galaxy S26 Ultra were supposed to launch. Based on recent reports, however, Samsung has decided to launch the Galaxy S26 instead of the Galaxy S26 Pro, and the Galaxy S26+ instead of the Galaxy S26 Edge.

    We don’t know if that will affect the designs that we’ve exclusively revealed, but Samsung could be changing just the names. It remains to be seen. The Galaxy S26 Ultra, which was initially planned is still coming.

    Samsung is also having some problems with the Exynos 2600 as well, it seems. Reports are claiming that half of the Samsung Galaxy S26 series phones are expected to use that chip, and it still has a low yield, based on reports.

    A separate report says that the Galaxy S26 Ultra will go into mass production in December, earlier than the other two phones. The Galaxy S26 and  Galaxy S26+ are said to join in January.

    The post Samsung Adjusts Galaxy S26 Launch Timeline — Here’s What’s Changing appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Instagram Debuts New AI Editing Tools to Help You Restyle Your Stories

    Instagram Ai editing stories

    Meta-owned Instagram has introduced new AI-powered image editing tools, which allow users to restyle their Stories. Previously, Meta’s AI editing tools were only available through the Meta AI chatbot inside Instagram. However, the tech giant has now streamlined the editing process, allowing users to quickly make changes before sharing their stories.

    Instagram Stories get a new “Restyle” menu with AI image editing features

    Instagram users now don’t have to rely on Meta’s AI chatbot to edit their images or videos. The social networking giant has now built the AI photo editing features right into the new “Restyle” menu in the app. These allow you to reimagine your photos and Instagram Stories by making edits, big or small, using Meta AI.

    Now you can remove unwanted details, add playful elements, change the vibe, or start a trend with Add Yours stickers. These features are quite similar to other AI-based image editing tools, as they also allow you to remove unwanted objects from the background of photos or change up your outfit.

    Instagram Ai editing features
    Instagram AI remove objects

    Here’s how to access Instagram’s new AI editing tools

    You can access the Restyle menu by tapping the paintbrush icon on top of the screen while creating a story. Then, choose Add, Remove, or Change and describe what you want to edit. You can also type your image editing request directly into the text prompt bar.

    Furthermore, you can get instant results by selecting from the preset effects above the bar. You can find even more options using the browser icon. Once you generate the new image, tap “Done” to finish before sharing your story. The new Add Yours stickers feature will make it easy for your friends to apply the same edits you used.

    To restyle your videos, tap the + on your profile photo and choose a video from your camera roll to add to your story. Then, select the restyle icon from the top tray and pick a preset effect. Once the app generates a new version of your video, just tap “Done” to complete the process and share it to your story.

    Instagram has started rolling out the new editing features on its smartphone application. Some of these options, like the new video editing presets, could take some time to reach all users.

    Instagram AI presets stories

    The post Instagram Debuts New AI Editing Tools to Help You Restyle Your Stories appeared first on Android Headlines.

    This 'Life Changing' Shark AI Ultra Robot Vacuum is on Sale for $359

    shark ai ultra robot vacuum

    The Shark AI Ultra (AV2511AE) robot vacuum is currently on sale over at Amazon for a whopping 50% off right now. That’s going to bring the price down to just $359. And makes it a really good value now, almost a no-brainer purchase.

    This incredible robot vacuum from Shark is able to pick up just about anything that might be on your floors, with Shark claiming 50% better edge cleaning when compared to the RV2502AE model. The incredible suction also makes the Shark AI Ultra a perfect robot vacuum for pets in homes. It’s able to get up all of that pet hair, even the most stubborn of pet hair. HEPA filtration is also a good feature, especially for those with allergies.

    Shark uses 360-degree LiDAR vision to quickly and accurately map out your home. This allows the robot vacuum to methodically clean and detect, and avoid objects that are in its path. It’s also able to adapt to day or night, so even with not much light, it can clean your home with ease.

    Finally, we can’t forget about the docking station. Like most newer robot vacuums, the Shark AI Ultra also has an auto-empty dock. This actually comes in two models – a 45-day capacity and a 60-day capacity – Currently, the 60-day capacity is actually much cheaper. So that’s our pick for this one. That means it can vacuum your home every day for 60 days before it needs to be emptied. That’s not too shabby.

    All in all, this is a pretty impressive robot vacuum that you can pick up at home for not a lot of money.

    Editor's Choice
    Shark AV2511AE Robot Vacuum

    Shark AV2511AE Robot Vacuum – $359

    This robot vacuum features 360-degree LiDAR for navigation and mapping, a pretty small but mighty dock that can hold dirt and debris for about 30 days, and some very impressive suction power.

    Buy from

    The post This 'Life Changing' Shark AI Ultra Robot Vacuum is on Sale for $359 appeared first on Android Headlines.

    YouTube's Major UI Redesign is Now Hitting Android and iOS

    AH YouTube Premium

    Google’s streaming platform, YouTube, is getting a major overhaul. This follows an announcement made last week. The redesign is hitting the app’s menu system and UI icons, including the top and bottom bars. The icons are now bolder and more rounded, helping with the visibility. Among the multiple tweaks, the major redesign comes to the YouTube video player, which is now reportedly rolling out for Android and iOS.

    YouTube for Android and iOS gets a major video player redesign

    The YouTube video player redesign, as spotted by 9to5Google, features a completely new look, with softer UI elements and almost transparent icons and buttons. This new design doesn’t obscure the content that’s on the screen. But then again, design is always subjective. In portrait orientation, there’s a new icon set. The landscape button is now slightly bigger and is placed in a circle. The new like and dislike buttons get longer thumbs.

    Content interactions are getting more personal with custom “Like” button animations. When you like certain videos, there’s now a “custom, dynamic visual treatment” based on the content. For instance, liking a music video will trigger an animated musical note, and sports videos include a visual cue from the game.

    The comment section also sees a major change

    The video player in landscape has the thumbs up/down, comment, save, share, and overflow placed in a pill-shaped container at the bottom-left corner. On the bottom-right edge, there’s also a cleaner “more videos” button when you pause the video. The background is no longer darkened.

    Double-tapping to skip gets a more subtle and compact animation compared to before. This is to be “less intrusive to your video watching experience.” Other changes announced last week include a more seamless transition animation that slides up the feed when moving between tabs. When saving videos to playlists or Watch Later, “a refreshed design simplifies the process.”

    The comment section is also seeing a major change, with the new thread design. This makes it easier to follow conversations and replies. The new YouTube video player and icon redesigns are rolling out widely for Android and iOS (version 20.42).

    YouTube player redesign landscape
    YouTube app redesign skip forward
    YouTube player redesign portrait
    YouTube settings menu
    YouTube comment thread

    The post YouTube's Major UI Redesign is Now Hitting Android and iOS appeared first on Android Headlines.

    OpenAI’s Sora App Is Coming to Android Soon with New Video Tools

    openai sora app ai video generator featured

    Earlier this month, OpenAI released its Sora app for iOS. It turns out it was a hit, surpassing 1 million downloads in under a week, outpacing ChatGPT’s growth. The bad news is that OpenAI did not release Sora for Android, but that’s changing soon.

    OpenAI is bringing Sora to Android

    In a post on X by Sora head, Bill Peebles, he revealed that OpenAI is bringing the app onto Android soon. The post talks about some of the changes that users can look forward to in future updates. This includes more creation tools, character cameos, and also improving the social experience.

    The post also reveals that the app will introduce basic video editing capabilities. We’re talking about basic features like stitching together multiple clips. Then, towards the end of the post, Peebles mentions that the Android version of Sora is “actually coming soon.” However, he did not mention when the app will be available. But it’s good to know that OpenAI has not forgotten about Android users.

    This is good news for Android users who have been looking forward to the mobile version of the app. However, do note that at the moment, Sora is still invite-only. It is also only available to ChatGPT Plus and Pro users, meaning paid subscribers. However, when the app is available on Android, you can sign up and be notified when invites become available.

    What is Sora?

    In case you’re learning about this for the first time, the Sora app is based on OpenAI’s Sora 2 video and audio generation AI model. It is essentially OpenAI’s version of Google’s Veo and Flow platforms. Users can use the app to generate videos with simple prompts. However, one of the standout features comes in the form of Cameos.

    Cameos basically allow users to digitally insert themselves into videos. So, if you’re someone that’s a bit camera shy, Cameos are the perfect way to insert yourself in a video without actually being in the video. So far, the examples we’ve seen are pretty impressive and amazing.

    At the same time, it raises all kinds of ethical and moral questions. Even before the arrival of Sora, deepfakes were a problem. Now that AI-generated videos have become more convincing, who’s to say that these tools won’t be abused for malicious purposes? OpenAI has considered that and has implemented safeguards.

    This includes the use of visible watermarks and industry-standard metadata. This is so that it is clear that the video in question was generated by AI. Will that be enough? We’ll have to wait and see.

    The post OpenAI’s Sora App Is Coming to Android Soon with New Video Tools appeared first on Android Headlines.

    OnePlus 15 Global Launch in November Now All but Confirmed

    OnePlus 15 official image 91

    A recent report suggested that the OnePlus 15 will launch globally in November, and a new report just backs that information. The info comes from Sudhanshu Ambhore, a tipster.

    It’s quite clear now, the OnePlus 15 will arrive to global markets in November

    He went to X to say that the OnePlus 15 will be arriving to India next month. That basically confirms that it will arrive to global markets, as that’s the way OnePlus handles things. As a reminder, the initial launch of the phone will take place on October 27.

    The tipster also confirmed that this will become the first Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 smartphone in India. Only two color variants will be arriving to India, however, Sand Storm and Black colors. The purple model will not be making its way there. The same could happen in other markets, though OnePlus could add a different color to accompany those two.

    November 13 is likely the date

    Speaking of the global launch, the previous report hinted at November 13 as the launch date. That could easily happen, so keep that in mind. The phone will likely become available not long after the launch event.

    OnePlus has confirmed quite a few details regarding this phone, as it has been teasing the China launch. The company confirmed that the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 will fuel the device. Its color variants have also been confirmed and shown to the public.

    The device will feature three 50-megapixel cameras on the back, while a 1.5K AMOLED display will sit on the front. That display will be flat, and it will offer a 165Hz refresh rate. The display will be made by BOE.

    OnePlus also confirmed that a 7,300mAh battery will be included inside the phone. The OnePlus 15 will also support 120W wired and 50W wireless charging, in case you were wondering.

    The post OnePlus 15 Global Launch in November Now All but Confirmed appeared first on Android Headlines.

    Sony Xperia 10 VI is receiving the stable Android 16 update

    Sony recently rolled out the stable Android 16 for the Xperia 1 VI, and now it's the Xperia 10 VI that's getting upgraded to the latest version of Android. The Android 16 stable update, having firmware version 70.2.A.0.266, is rolling out for the Xperia 10 VI bearing model codes XQ-ES54 and XQ-ES72. Sony is rolling out the stable Android 16 update for the Xperia 10 VI in select European countries, with a broader rollout expected to commence in the coming days. If you haven't received Android 16 on your Sony Xperia 10 VI yet, you can check for the update manually by navigating to the...

    ❌